[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2023207723A1 - Communication method and communication apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023207723A1
WO2023207723A1 PCT/CN2023/089301 CN2023089301W WO2023207723A1 WO 2023207723 A1 WO2023207723 A1 WO 2023207723A1 CN 2023089301 W CN2023089301 W CN 2023089301W WO 2023207723 A1 WO2023207723 A1 WO 2023207723A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
cot
resource
terminal device
information
time
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2023/089301
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
张天虹
黎超
杨帆
黄海宁
李君瑶
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority to JP2024563881A priority Critical patent/JP2025516244A/en
Priority to KR1020247039182A priority patent/KR20250005382A/en
Priority to EP23795156.1A priority patent/EP4510738A4/en
Publication of WO2023207723A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023207723A1/en
Priority to US18/929,172 priority patent/US20250056573A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0091Signalling for the administration of the divided path, e.g. signalling of configuration information
    • H04L5/0094Indication of how sub-channels of the path are allocated
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1812Hybrid protocols; Hybrid automatic repeat request [HARQ]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00Modulated-carrier systems
    • H04L27/26Systems using multi-frequency codes
    • H04L27/2601Multicarrier modulation systems
    • H04L27/2602Signal structure
    • H04L27/2605Symbol extensions, e.g. Zero Tail, Unique Word [UW]
    • H04L27/2607Cyclic extensions
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0001Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
    • H04L5/0003Two-dimensional division
    • H04L5/0005Time-frequency
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/16Central resource management; Negotiation of resources or communication parameters, e.g. negotiating bandwidth or QoS [Quality of Service]
    • H04W28/26Resource reservation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/02Selection of wireless resources by user or terminal
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0446Resources in time domain, e.g. slots or frames
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/12Wireless traffic scheduling
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/25Control channels or signalling for resource management between terminals via a wireless link, e.g. sidelink
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00Wireless channel access
    • H04W74/08Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA
    • H04W74/0808Non-scheduled access, e.g. ALOHA using carrier sensing, e.g. carrier sense multiple access [CSMA]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W92/00Interfaces specially adapted for wireless communication networks
    • H04W92/16Interfaces between hierarchically similar devices
    • H04W92/18Interfaces between hierarchically similar devices between terminal devices
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/08Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by repeating transmission, e.g. Verdan system

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication, and more specifically, to a communication method and a communication device.
  • SL sidelink
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • SL-U sidelink unlicensed
  • This application provides a communication method and communication device that can improve the transmission reliability of the initial COT terminal equipment within the COT, improve the spectrum utilization of SL-U, and reduce the transmission delay of the terminal equipment sharing the initial COT.
  • a communication method is provided.
  • the method can be executed by a first terminal device, or can also be executed by a component (such as a chip or circuit) of the first terminal device. This is not limited.
  • the following description takes execution by the first terminal device as an example.
  • the method may include: the first terminal device receives first sideline control information SCI from the second terminal device, the first SCI indicates the reserved resources of the second terminal device; the first terminal device determines the reserved resources of the second terminal device All or part of is located in the first COT, and the first COT is the initial COT of the first terminal device; the first terminal device sends the first COT sharing information to the second terminal device, and the first COT sharing information indicates whether to allow or not allow sharing of the third terminal device.
  • the first terminal device will only send COT sharing information to terminal devices with reserved resources located in the first COT.
  • the first terminal device of the initial COT needs to continuously transmit within the COT, or the first terminal device of the initial COT and the shared UE sharing the initial COT need to continuously transmit within the COT for a period of time. If there is no continuous transmission, the initial COT of the first terminal device will be interrupted, and the first terminal device will no longer be able to continue to use the COT.
  • the first terminal device can perform the operation according to the SCI indication of other terminal devices (such as the second terminal device).
  • the reserved resources indicate whether other terminal devices can share the initial COT, so that the transmission of the first terminal device and the transmission of other terminal devices can form continuous transmission at the COT to avoid interruption of the COT of the first terminal device.
  • the second terminal device can initiate COT transmission by itself or share the COT transmission of the first terminal device.
  • the former the second terminal device's own initial COT transmission
  • the first terminal device does not share it with the second terminal device for transmission (such as transmitting by itself or to Other shared UE transmission)
  • the second terminal device will not succeed in LBT before reserving resources. That is to say, the second terminal device can transmit at least after the COT transmission of the first terminal device is completed.
  • the second terminal device can transmit in the time domain of reserved resources, thereby reducing the delay. If the first terminal device shares the initial COT with the second terminal device, spectrum utilization can also be improved.
  • the method further includes: the first terminal device determines a first resource, and the first resource is used to transmit the first COT shared information.
  • time domain resource and/or the frequency domain resource and/or the cyclic shift of the sequence of the first resource are used to indicate that the first COT shared information is indicated to the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device determines the first resource, including: the first terminal device determines the first resource according to the reserved resources of the second terminal device; or, the first terminal device The device determines the first resource based on the reserved resources of the second terminal device in the first COT; or, the first terminal device determines the first resource based on the first reserved resource, and the first reserved resource belongs to the second terminal device in the first COT.
  • the first reserved resource corresponds to a time slot in the time domain and corresponds to a sub-channel or interleave in the frequency domain.
  • the first terminal device determines the location of the first resource based on the locations of reserved resources of different terminal devices, and may implicitly indicate the location of the first resource to the terminal device associated with the first resource by the first COT shared information.
  • the first reserved resource is the resource with the smallest time slot index, the smallest subchannel or the smallest interleaving index among the reserved resources in the first COT, or the first reserved resource.
  • the reserved resource is the resource with the smallest time slot index and the largest subchannel or interleaving index among the reserved resources in the first COT, or the first reserved resource is the resource with the largest time slot index and the largest subchannel index among the reserved resources in the first COT.
  • the resource with the largest interleaving index, or the first reserved resource is the resource with the largest time slot index and the smallest subchannel or interleaving index among the reserved resources in the first COT.
  • the first terminal device determines the first resource according to the first reserved resource, including: the first terminal device determines the first resource according to the time domain resource of the first reserved resource.
  • the time domain resource of the resource wherein the time domain resource of the first resource is a time domain resource that precedes the first reserved resource and is separated from the first reserved resource by at least a first time interval.
  • the first terminal device determines the first resource according to the first reserved resource, including: the first terminal device determines the first resource according to the frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource.
  • the frequency domain resource of the resource, the frequency domain resource of the first resource is the frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource.
  • the first COT shared information is a sequence of the first resource
  • the method further includes: the first terminal device determines a cycle of the sequence according to at least one of the following parameters or conditions Shift: whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT; the time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot, the reference time slot is the time slot of the first resource, or the starting time slot of the first COT ;Offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain.
  • the offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain indicates that the resources shared by the second terminal equipment in the first COT are relative to the predetermined resources of the second terminal equipment in the first COT.
  • the first COT shared information is carried on the PSFCH, and the first resource is a resource for sending the PSFCH.
  • the first terminal equipment can send the PSFCH by At least one of the time domain position, frequency domain position or associated cyclic shift information implicitly indicates whether which terminal device is allowed to use the first COT of the first terminal device. Since UE2 knows the time-frequency location of its reserved resources, it can determine that the PSFCH is sent to itself based on at least one of the time domain location, frequency domain location, or associated cyclic shift of the PSFCH. Therefore, when PSFCH carries the first COT shared information, compared with other signaling (such as first-order SCI, second-order SCI, MAC CE, RRC, PC5 RRC), the signaling overhead and delay are small.
  • other signaling such as first-order SCI, second-order SCI, MAC CE, RRC, PC5 RRC
  • the first terminal device may indicate the time domain or frequency domain offset information through the cyclic shift of the sequence of the first resource to ensure The resources actually shared by multiple terminal devices sharing the first COT within the first COT will not overlap, so that multiple terminal devices sharing the first COT can share the first COT at the same time.
  • the reliability of the transmission of multiple terminal devices sharing the first COT is ensured; multiple terminal devices sharing the first COT can all access the channel as soon as possible, avoiding re-execution of the LBT process due to transmission conflicts, and reducing the time for UE information transmission.
  • the extension also improves the spectrum utilization within the first COT from a system perspective.
  • the cyclic shift of the sequence is determined based on a first cyclic shift and a second cyclic shift, wherein the first cyclic shift indicates whether the first cyclic shift is allowed or not allowed.
  • the two terminal devices share the first COT, and the second cyclic shift indicates time domain and/or frequency domain offset information.
  • the cyclic shift of the sequence is determined based on the first cyclic shift and the second cyclic shift, wherein the cyclic shift of the sequence indicates whether the first cyclic shift is allowed or not allowed.
  • the two terminal devices share the first COT, the first cyclic shift indicates the time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot, and the second cyclic shift indicates offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain.
  • the cyclic shift of the sequence is determined based on a first cyclic shift and a second cyclic shift, wherein the first cyclic shift indicates whether the first cyclic shift is allowed or not allowed.
  • the two terminal devices share the first COT
  • the second cyclic shift indicates the time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot
  • the third cyclic shift is the cyclic shift of the sequence of two adjacent RBs in the first resource.
  • the third cyclic shift indicates time domain and/or frequency domain offset information, or the first cyclic shift indicates whether the second terminal device is allowed or not allowed to share the first COT, and the second cyclic shift indicates the time domain and/or frequency domain offset information, the third cyclic shift is the difference between two adjacent RBs in the first resource, and the third cyclic shift indicates the time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot.
  • the cyclic shift of the sequence of any RB in the first resource is based on the first cyclic shift, the second cyclic shift and the third cyclic shift.
  • the first cyclic shift indicates whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT, and the second cyclic shift indicates the time between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot. interval, the difference between the third cyclic shifts of two adjacent RBs in the first resource indicates the time domain and/or frequency domain offset information,
  • the first cyclic shift indicates whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT
  • the second cyclic shift indicates the time domain and/or frequency domain offset information
  • the first The difference in cyclic shifts of the sequences of two adjacent RBs in the resource indicates the time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot.
  • the sequence is a sequence of any RB in the first resource, or the sequence is a sequence of the RB with the smallest index in the first resource.
  • the first COT shared information is carried on the PSFCH.
  • the first COT shared information includes N pieces of indication information, and each of the N pieces of indication information includes identification information of the terminal device and the first shared information of the terminal device.
  • COT Resource information N is a positive integer.
  • the identification information of the terminal device includes M terminal device identifiers, and the resource information of the terminal device sharing the first COT indicates a first time unit, and the first time unit is M
  • the time unit that the terminal equipment corresponding to the terminal equipment identification is shared in the first COT.
  • the channel corresponding to the first COT includes L interleaved or sub-channels.
  • Each indication information indicates the i-th terminal equipment identification among the M terminal equipment identifications.
  • the corresponding terminal equipment shares the i-th interlace or sub-channel of L interlaces or sub-channels, where M, L and i are all positive integers, and M is less than or equal to L.
  • the first COT sharing information also indicates that the resources shared by the second terminal device in the first COT are in line with the reserved resources of the second terminal device in the first COT. Offset in time and/or frequency domain.
  • the first COT shared information is carried in any signaling of first-order SCI, second-order SCI, MAC CE, PC-5 RRC, and RRC.
  • each time slot of the first time slot set in the first COT includes time domain resources for type2 LBT, where the first time slot set is A set of time slots for each terminal device sharing the first COT to access the first COT, or the first time slot set is a set of time slots for each terminal device sharing the first COT to transmit sidelink information, or , the first time slot set is the set of all time slots in the first COT.
  • the AGC symbols and/or GAP symbols in each time slot include time domain resources for type2 LBT.
  • a communication method is provided.
  • the method can be executed by a second terminal device, or can also be executed by a component (such as a chip or circuit) of the second terminal device. This is not limited.
  • a component such as a chip or circuit
  • the following description takes execution by the second terminal device as an example.
  • the second terminal device sends first sideline control information to the first terminal equipment, and the first sideline control information indicates the reserved resources of the second terminal equipment;
  • the second terminal device receives the first COT sharing information from the first terminal device.
  • the first COT sharing information indicates whether sharing of the first COT is allowed or not.
  • the first COT sharing information is directed to the second terminal device.
  • the first COT is The initial COT of the first terminal device and all or part of the reserved resources of the second terminal device are located in the first COT; the second terminal device determines whether to share the first COT based on the first COT sharing information.
  • the first resource is used to transmit the first COT shared information
  • the method further includes: the second terminal device determines according to the first resource whether the first COT shared information is indicated to of the second terminal device, wherein the first resource is determined based on the reserved resources of the second terminal device, or the first resource is determined based on the reserved resources of the second terminal device in the first COT, or the first resource is determined based on the reserved resources of the second terminal device in the first COT.
  • One resource is determined based on the first reserved resource.
  • the first reserved resource belongs to the reserved resource of the second terminal device in the first COT.
  • the first reserved resource corresponds to a time slot in the time domain and in the frequency domain. Corresponds to a sub-channel or interlace.
  • the first reserved resource is the resource with the smallest time slot index, the smallest subchannel or the smallest interleaving index among the reserved resources in the first COT, or the first reserved resource.
  • the reserved resource is the resource with the smallest time slot index and the largest subchannel or interleaving index among the reserved resources in the first COT, or the first reserved resource is the resource with the largest time slot index and the largest subchannel index among the reserved resources in the first COT.
  • the resource with the largest interleaving index, or the first reserved resource is the resource with the largest time slot index and the smallest subchannel or interleaving index among the reserved resources in the first COT.
  • the second terminal device determines that the first COT shared information is indicated to the second terminal device according to the first resource, including: the second terminal device determines that the first resource is Time domain resources Finally, the time domain resources separated by at least the first time interval are the time domain resources of the first reserved resources; the second terminal device determines that the first COT sharing information is indicated to the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device determines that the first COT shared information is indicated to the second terminal device according to the first resource, including: the second terminal device determines that the first resource is The frequency domain resource is the same as the frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource; the second terminal device determines that the first COT sharing information is indicated to the second terminal device.
  • the first COT sharing information is a sequence of the first resource, and the cyclic shift of the sequence indicates at least one of the following information: whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT;
  • the time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot, the reference time slot is the time slot of the first resource, or the starting time slot of the first COT;
  • the offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain time
  • the offset information in the domain and/or frequency domain indicates the offset in the time domain and/or frequency domain between the resources shared by the second terminal equipment in the first COT and the reserved resources of the second terminal equipment in the first COT;
  • the frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource is a sequence of the first resource, and the cyclic shift of the sequence indicates at least one of the following information: whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT;
  • the time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot, the reference time slot is the time slot of the first resource, or the starting time slot of the first COT;
  • the cyclic shift of the sequence is determined based on a first cyclic shift and a second cyclic shift, wherein the first cyclic shift indicates whether the first cyclic shift is allowed or not.
  • the two terminal devices share the first COT, and the second cyclic shift indicates time domain and/or frequency domain offset information.
  • the cyclic shift of the sequence is determined based on the first cyclic shift and the second cyclic shift, wherein the cyclic shift of the sequence indicates whether the first cyclic shift is allowed or not allowed.
  • the two terminal devices share the first COT, the first cyclic shift indicates the time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot, and the second cyclic shift indicates offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain.
  • the cyclic shift of the sequence is determined based on a first cyclic shift and a second cyclic shift, wherein the first cyclic shift indicates whether the first cyclic shift is allowed or not.
  • the two terminal devices share the first COT
  • the second cyclic shift indicates the time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot
  • the third cyclic shift is the cyclic shift of the sequence of two adjacent RBs in the first resource.
  • the third cyclic shift indicates the offset information of the time domain and/or frequency domain offset information, or the first cyclic shift indicates whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT, the second cyclic shift bit indicates time domain and/or frequency domain offset information, the third cyclic shift is the difference between two adjacent RBs in the first resource, and the third cyclic shift indicates the difference between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot. time interval.
  • the cyclic shift of the sequence of any RB in the first resource is based on the first cyclic shift, the second cyclic shift and the third cyclic shift.
  • the first cyclic shift indicates whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT, and the second cyclic shift indicates the time between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot.
  • the difference between the third cyclic shifts of two adjacent RBs in the first resource indicates the time domain and/or frequency domain offset information, or the first cyclic shift indicates whether it is allowed or not
  • the second terminal equipment shares the first COT, the second cyclic shift indicates the time domain and/or frequency domain offset information, and the cycle of the sequence of two adjacent RBs in the first resource
  • the difference in shift indicates the time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot.
  • the sequence is a sequence of any RB in the first resource, or the sequence is a sequence of the RB with the smallest index in the first resource.
  • the first COT shared information is carried on the PSFCH.
  • the first COT shared information includes N pieces of indication information, and each of the N pieces of indication information indicates the identification information of the terminal device and the terminal device shares the first COT.
  • Resource information N is a positive integer.
  • the identification information of the terminal device includes M terminal device identifications
  • the resource information of the terminal device sharing the first COT indicates a first time unit
  • the first time unit is multiple A time unit shared by terminal devices in the first COT.
  • the channel corresponding to the first COT includes L interleaved or sub-channels.
  • Each indication information indicates the terminal device sharing corresponding to the i-th terminal device identifier among the M terminal device identifiers.
  • the first COT sharing information also indicates the resources shared by the second terminal device in the first COT relative to the reserved resources of the second terminal device in the first COT. Offset in the time and/or frequency domain.
  • the first COT shared information is carried in any signaling of first-order SCI, second-order SCI, MAC CE, PC-5 RRC, and RRC.
  • each time slot of the first time slot set in the first COT includes time domain resources for type2 LBT, where the first time slot set is A set of time slots for each terminal device sharing the first COT to access the first COT, or the first time slot set is a set of time slots for each terminal device sharing the first COT to transmit sidelink information, or , the first time slot set is the set of all time slots in the first COT.
  • the time domain resources for type2 LBT in each time slot are located in AGC symbols and/or GAP symbols.
  • the method further includes: the second terminal device receives the second COT sharing information, the second COT sharing information is indicated to the third terminal device, and the second COT sharing The information indicates whether to share the first COT; the second terminal device receives the second SCI from the third terminal device, and the second SCI indicates the reserved resources of the third terminal device; the second terminal device responds to the reserved resources of the third terminal device and The second COT shared information determines the first time slot set.
  • the method further includes: the second terminal device receives the second COT sharing information, the second COT sharing information is indicated to the third terminal device, and the second COT sharing The information indicates whether to share the first COT; the second terminal device determines the first time slot set according to the second COT sharing information.
  • the present application provides a communication device.
  • the communication device has the function of implementing the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation thereof.
  • Functions can be implemented by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • Hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the present application provides a communication device, which has the function of implementing the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation thereof.
  • Functions can be implemented by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • Hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the present application provides a communication device, including at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled to at least one memory, the at least one memory is used to store computer programs or instructions, and the at least one processor is used to call from the at least one memory and run the computer program or instructions to cause the communication device to execute the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation thereof.
  • the communication device further includes a memory.
  • the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.
  • the communication device may be a first terminal device.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver or an input/output interface.
  • the communication device may be a component (eg, a chip or an integrated circuit) installed in the first terminal device.
  • the communication interface may be a Input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit, etc.
  • the processor may also be embodied as a processing circuit or logic circuit.
  • the present application provides a communication device, including at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled to at least one memory, the at least one memory is used to store computer programs or instructions, and the at least one processor is used to call from the at least one memory and run the computer program or instructions to cause the communication device to execute the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation thereof.
  • the communication device further includes a memory.
  • the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.
  • the communication device may be a second terminal device.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver or an input/output interface.
  • the communication device may be a component (eg, a chip or an integrated circuit) installed in the second terminal device.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip or chip system.
  • the processor may also be embodied as a processing circuit or logic circuit.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores a program code for device execution.
  • the program code includes a program code for executing the above-mentioned first or second aspect and the first or second aspect. A method in any of the possible implementations.
  • An eighth aspect provides a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product When the computer program product is run on a computer, it makes it possible for the computer to execute the first aspect or the second aspect and any one of the first aspect or the second aspect. method within the method.
  • a chip in a ninth aspect, includes a processor and a communication interface.
  • the processor reads instructions stored in the memory through the communication interface and executes any one of the above-mentioned first aspect or second aspect and the first aspect or the second aspect. possible implementation methods.
  • the chip also includes a memory, in which computer programs or instructions are stored.
  • the processor is used to execute the computer programs or instructions stored in the memory.
  • the processor is used to execute The method in any possible implementation manner of the above-mentioned first aspect or second aspect and the first aspect or second aspect.
  • a tenth aspect provides a communication system, which includes the communication devices shown in the fifth and sixth aspects.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of the SL time slot structure.
  • Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of interleaving at 30KHz subcarrier spacing within a 20MHz frequency bandwidth.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of two different staggered drawing methods provided in this application.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of UE2 transmitting on the channel in an interleaved manner or a non-interleaved manner.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic flow chart of NR SL resource allocation mode 2.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method proposed in this application.
  • Figures 8 to 11 are schematic diagrams of UE2 transmitting on the channel in an interleaved manner or a non-interleaved manner within two adjacent COTs.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic diagram of UE1 determining the time domain and/or frequency domain resources of the first resource according to the time domain and/frequency domain resources of the first reserved resource of UE2.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic diagram of UE1 determining the cyclic shift of the sequence of the first resource according to the frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource of UE2.
  • Figure 14 is a schematic diagram of UE1 determining the cyclic shift of the sequence of the first resource according to the time interval between the time domain resource of the first reserved resource of UE2 and the reference time slot.
  • Figure 15 is a schematic diagram of time domain resources shared by UEs for type2 LBT in the first COT.
  • Figure 16 is a schematic diagram of the location of time domain resources for type2 LBT in ACG, GAP, and CPE symbols.
  • Figure 17 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1000 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 18 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1800 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • D2D links can also be called a sidelink (SL), where the sidelink can also be called a side link or a secondary link.
  • D2D links, side links or secondary links all refer to links established between devices of the same type, and have the same meaning.
  • the so-called link established between devices of the same type can be a link from terminal device to terminal device, a link from network device to network device, or a link from relay node to relay node. links, etc., which are not limited in the embodiments of this application.
  • V2X Vehicle to everything link.
  • V2X specifically includes vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), vehicle-to-infrastructure (V2I), and vehicle-to-pedestrian (V2P) direct communication. communications, and vehicle-to-network (V2N) or vehicle-to-any-entity V2X links, including Rel-14/15.
  • V2X also includes the current 3GPP Rel-16 and subsequent versions of V2X links based on NR systems.
  • V2V refers to communication between vehicles
  • V2P refers to communication between vehicles and people (including pedestrians, cyclists, drivers, or passengers)
  • V2I refers to communication between vehicles and infrastructure, such as roadside units (road side unit, RSU) or network equipment.
  • RSU roadside units
  • V2N refers to the communication between vehicles and network equipment.
  • RSU includes two types: terminal type RSU. Since it is deployed on the roadside, this terminal type RSU is in a non-mobile state and does not need to consider mobility; base station type RSU can provide timing synchronization for vehicles communicating with it. and resource scheduling.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture provided by this application.
  • Figure 1 includes 4 terminal devices and 1 network device. Any two of the four terminal devices can communicate directly with each other, and the direct communication link between the two terminal devices is the SL. It should be understood that FIG. 1 only illustrates four terminal devices, and the communication system may also include a larger number of terminal devices.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application is a device used to implement wireless communication functions, such as a terminal or a chip that can be used in a terminal.
  • the terminal can be user equipment (UE), access terminal, terminal unit, terminal station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, wireless communication in the 5G network or future evolved PLMN.
  • the access terminal may be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (wireless) local loop (WLL) station, personal digital assistant (PDA), handheld device with wireless communication capabilities, computing device or other processing device connected to a wireless modem, vehicle-mounted device or wearable device, virtual reality , VR) terminal equipment, augmented reality (AR) terminal equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control (industrial control), wireless terminals in self-driving (self driving), wireless terminals in remote medical (remote medical) , wireless terminals in smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart city, wireless terminals in smart home, etc. Terminals can be mobile or fixed.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may also be a vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted component, vehicle-mounted chip or vehicle-mounted unit built into the vehicle as one or more components or units.
  • vehicle uses the built-in vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted unit Modules, vehicle-mounted components, vehicle-mounted chips or vehicle-mounted units can implement the method of this application.
  • the network device in the embodiment of the present application is an access device through which the terminal device wirelessly accesses the mobile communication system, including, for example, an access network (AN) device, such as a base station.
  • AN access network
  • Network equipment may also refer to equipment that communicates with terminal equipment over the air interface.
  • Network equipment may include evolved base stations (evolved Node B) (also referred to as eNB or e-NodeB) in LTE systems or long term evolution-advanced (LTE-A); network equipment may also include 5G NR systems
  • eNB evolved base stations
  • e-NodeB evolved base stations
  • LTE-A long term evolution-advanced
  • network equipment may also include 5G NR systems
  • the next generation node B (gNB) in Equipment and future evolution of Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN) equipment, equipment in D2D networks, equipment in machine to machine (M2M) networks, Internet of Things (IoT) networks equipment in the PLMN network or network equipment in the PLMN network, etc.
  • PLMN Public Land Mobile Network
  • M2M machine to machine
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • SL communication on the unlicensed spectrum may be called SL-U
  • NR communication on the unlicensed spectrum may be called NR-U.
  • SL UE, NR UE, Wi-Fi UE, and Bluetooth UE can all transmit on unlicensed spectrum.
  • each node determines its busy and idle status by the received power on the unlicensed frequency band. If the received power is less than a certain threshold, it is considered that there is no interference source on the unlicensed frequency band and is in an idle state. , only when the channel (frequency band) is idle and not occupied by other network equipment or terminal equipment, the network equipment or terminal equipment can use (seize) this channel (frequency band), and then information and data can be sent. This mechanism of listening first and sending later is called LBT, which can avoid conflicts between nodes when using unlicensed spectrum resources.
  • LBT This mechanism of listening first and sending later
  • the channel access process includes type 1 (type1) LBT and type 2 LBT.
  • type1LBT is LBT based on fallback.
  • the fallback time is related to CAPC, and the channel needs to be idle for a long time before access.
  • type2 LBT only requires the channel to be idle for a short period of time (such as 16us or 25us) before the UE can access the channel. It is mainly used when sharing the channel occupancy period (COT), and has corresponding execution conditions, such as initial COT.
  • the UE (that is, the UE that seizes the COT) has a transceiver relationship with the UE that shares the COT.
  • Initial UE The UE of the initial COT, the UE of the initial CO, or the UE that transmits within the COT after successfully executing LBT (such as Type1LBT).
  • the initial UE may transmit at least A time slots starting from the COT, where A is an integer.
  • the initial UE can also transmit in any at least B time slots in the COT, or in at least C time slots before the end of the COT, where B and C are both integers.
  • the initial UE can co-occupy the channel with other terminal equipment for a continuous period of time, that is, the initial UE shares the COT with other terminal equipment.
  • Shared UE UE transmitting within the COT of the original UE.
  • the shared UE performs LBT (such as Type2 LBT) after the transmission of the initial UE and shares the initial COT of the initial UE; or the shared UE performs LBT (such as Type2 LBT) after the transmission of other shared UEs and shares the initial COT of the initial UE.
  • the shared UE is the receiving UE of the initial UE; or the initial UE is the receiving UE of the shared UE; or the initial UE, the first shared UE, and the second shared UE are in the same group, and the first shared UE shares the COT and sends sideline information to the second shared UE.
  • the shared UE transmits in an interleaved manner or a non-interleaved manner within the COT.
  • Type 1 channel access can also be called type1LBT. It includes 2 parts: channel sensing of length Td (defer duration) and loop sensing.
  • the sensing time of T f is 9us at the beginning.
  • CW p is the contention window
  • CW min,p is the minimum value of the contention window
  • CW max,p is the maximum value of the contention window
  • T cot,p is the maximum length of COT.
  • Loop awareness is a loop process based on counter N, including the following steps:
  • Step 3 Sense the channel within an additional sensing slot duration. If the sensing result is idle, go to step 4; otherwise, go to step 5;
  • Step 5 Sense the channel until it senses that one sensing slot in T d is busy, or until all sensing slots in T d are idle;
  • Step 6 If all sensing time slots in T d are idle, go to step 4; otherwise, go to step 5.
  • Type 2 channel access (Type 2 channel access or Type 2 SL channel access)
  • Type2 channel access can also be called type2 LBT.
  • Type 2 channel access includes three types, Type 2A, Type 2B, and Type 2C.
  • Type2 LBT only requires the channel to be idle for a short period of time (such as 16us or 25us) before the UE can access the channel. It is mainly used when COT is shared and has corresponding execution conditions. For example, the UE of the initial COT and the UE of the shared COT mainly have a sending and receiving relationship.
  • Type 2C channel access UE can transmit without channel sensing, and the transmission time is up to 584us.
  • COT Channel occupancy
  • the frequency domain unit of COT is the channel, and the time domain unit is ms or time slot.
  • COT can be a time concept, that is, the time of SL transmission; it can also be a resource concept, that is, the time-frequency resources occupied by SL transmission.
  • CO can be a time concept, that is, the time of SL transmission; it can also be a resource concept, that is, the time-frequency resources occupied by SL transmission.
  • the UE can transmit on multiple adjacent or non-adjacent channels.
  • the UE's transmission on multiple channels can be understood as: the UE's transmission occupies one COT, and the COT occupies multiple channels in the frequency domain; or, the UE's transmission occupies one COT. Multiple COTs are occupied, and each COT occupies 1 channel in the frequency domain. In this application, without further distinction, COT and CO are the same concept.
  • the UE's transmission cannot exceed the limit of the maximum channel occupancy time (MCOT), which is recorded as T cot,p .
  • T cot,p the values of T cot,p are different, as shown in Table 4 or Table 5.
  • T cot,p the transmission time does not exceed the maximum channel occupancy time T cot,p .
  • P is the CAPC of the UE of the initial COT; or, P is the CAPC with the smallest CAPC value among the UEs transmitted by COT.
  • the UE After the UE successfully performs LBT and transmits it in the COT, it can be said that the UE has initialized the COT. For example, channel access is performed through type1LBT.
  • the initial device that initializes the COT can occupy the channel with other devices. This process is shared by the COT. Without causing ambiguity, in this application, the UE with the initial COT is called the initial UE or the UE with the initial COT, and other UEs that jointly occupy the COT are called shared UEs or UEs sharing the COT.
  • the initial device can send data to other devices, and during other time periods of the COT, other devices that receive the data can use the COT to send data to the initial device.
  • Sending a device that has not received the data sent by the initial device generally cannot use the COT to send data to the initial device.
  • an SL time slot includes 14 symbols (symbols), namely symbols 0 to 13.
  • the distribution of channels in an SL time slot is as follows, automatic gain control (AGC) distribution
  • AGC automatic gain control
  • PSSCH physical side link share channel
  • PSCCH physical side link control channel
  • PSFCH physical side link feedback channel
  • GAP is distributed between symbols 11 and 12, and the GAP is distributed between time slots 10 and 13.
  • PSCCH carries first-order sidelink control information (SCI)
  • PSSCH carries second-order SCI
  • medium access control control element medium access control control element (medium access control control element, MAC CE) and/or data
  • PSFCH carries feedback information.
  • Figure 2 only schematically shows a time slot structure including PSFCH in the SL time slot, and PSFCH may not be included in some SL time slot structures.
  • the first symbol of the time slot is AGC, and the last symbol is GAP.
  • GAP can also be called a blank symbol.
  • the first OFDM symbol copies the information sent on the second symbol for AGC.
  • the UE may receive and transmit PSSCH respectively in two consecutive time slots, or the UE may receive and transmit PSSCH and PSFCH respectively in the same time slot. Therefore, after the PSSCH and after the PSFCH symbol, a GAP symbol is required for the UE's transceiver conversion.
  • the scheduling granularity of PSCCH and PSSCH is one time slot in the time domain, and one or more consecutive sub-channels in the frequency domain.
  • One sub-channel consists of ⁇ 10, 12, 15, 20, 25, 50, 75, 100 ⁇ RB composition.
  • a resource block (RB) refers to a frequency domain resource unit composed of 12 consecutive subcarriers.
  • the scheduling unit of PSFCH is one symbol in the time domain and one RB in the frequency domain.
  • RB can also be called physical resource block (PRB).
  • PRB physical resource block
  • Table 3 shows the number of RBs under different transmission bandwidths and different subcarrier spacing (SCS).
  • the UE can support transmission in units of subchannels in the frequency domain, or can also support transmission in an interlace manner. That is, the basic unit of frequency domain resource allocation is a sub-channel or interleave. In the application, the frequency domain unit of sidelink resources is a sub-channel or interlace. Among them, interleaving can also be recorded as interlacing, interlaced, and progressive.
  • the interleaved mode can be understood as the UE transmitting on discontinuous RBs.
  • the non-interleaved mode can be understood as the UE transmitting on continuous RBs, or the UE transmitting on continuous frequency domain resources, or the UE transmitting on a sub-channel, or the UE transmitting in the form of a sub-channel.
  • Interleaving m consists of common resource blocks (CRB) ⁇ m,M+m,2M+m,3M+m,... ⁇ .
  • C common resource blocks
  • M is the staggered number, and there are m ⁇ 0,1,...,M-1 ⁇ .
  • BWP i and interleave m satisfies: Among them, among Indicates the common resource block starting from BWP, which is the number of CBR relative to common resource block 0.
  • the index ⁇ may be omitted when there is no risk of confusion.
  • the UE expects that the number of common resource blocks in the interlace contained by BWP i is not less than 10.
  • the common resource block CRB can be understood as RB.
  • One interleave includes N non-consecutive RBs.
  • the spacing between RBs within the interlace may be the same or different.
  • the RB interval may be M RBs.
  • the RB interval refers to the interval from the frequency domain starting position of one RB to the frequency domain starting position of the second RB in the interleaving.
  • the RB interval may be M-1 RBs.
  • the RB interval refers to the interval from the frequency domain end position of one RB to the frequency domain starting position of the second RB.
  • the horizontal axis represents the frequency domain
  • the unit is RB
  • the vertical axis represents the time domain
  • the unit is symbol.
  • 51 RBs that is, 51 small grids.
  • 10 or 11 equally spaced RBs form an interleave.
  • 11 RBs with the label 0 are interleave
  • 10 RBs with the label 1 are interleave 1
  • 10 RBs are interleave.
  • the RB numbered 2 is interleaved 2
  • the 10 RBs numbered 3 are interleaved 1
  • the 10 RBs numbered 4 are interleaved 4, that is, a total of 51 RBs include 5 interleaves.
  • Table 4 lists the combinations of the number of interleaves M and the number of PRBs in the interleave N under different SCS.
  • the combination of at least one interleave number M and the number of PRBs in the interleave N can be determined according to the configuration or preconfiguration.
  • the RBs within a stagger are actually distributed at intervals.
  • the horizontal axis in Figure 4 represents the time domain (such as 1 time slot), and the vertical axis represents the frequency domain (such as 1 channel).
  • There are 4 interleaves in the channel namely interleave 0, interleave 1, interleave 2, and interleave 3.
  • Each interleave contains 4 RBs.
  • Different UEs can transmit on different interlaces in a frequency division manner. For example, UE2 transmits on the 4 RBs corresponding to interlace 0 and the 4 RBs corresponding to interlace 1, and UE3 transmits on the 4 RBs corresponding to interlace 2.
  • the right diagram of Figure 4 is used in this application to express the same meaning, that is, the channel contains 4 interleaves, UE1 transmits on interleave 0 and interleave 1, UE2 transmits on interleave 2, and no UE transmits on interleave 2. 3 on the transmission.
  • the transmission of one UE on the channel may be in an interleaved manner or in a non-interleaved manner. As shown in Figure 5, they are also transmitted on the channel.
  • the left picture of Figure 5 shows UE2 transmitting on all interleaves of the channel in an interleaved manner.
  • the right picture of Figure 5 shows UE2 transmitting on the channel in a non-interleaved manner.
  • the "non-interleaved mode" can also be called a channel mode, a sub-channel mode, and a channel-occupying mode.
  • a full channel can be understood as occupying at least 80% of the resources in the frequency domain.
  • the nominal channel bandwidth is the widest frequency band allocated to a single channel, including guard bands.
  • Occupied Channel Bandwidth is the bandwidth containing 99% of the signal power.
  • the nominal channel bandwidth of a single operating channel is 20MHz.
  • the occupied channel bandwidth should be between 80% and 100% of the nominal channel bandwidth. For UEs with multiple transmit chains, each transmit chain shall meet this requirement.
  • Occupied channel bandwidth can vary with time/payload.
  • COT Channel Occupancy Time
  • the UE can temporarily transmit at less than 80% of its nominal channel bandwidth, and the minimum transmission bandwidth is 2MHz.
  • Interleaved transmission is to meet OCB requirements. Take 20MHz bandwidth and 30kHz SCS as an example. The transmission bandwidth has 51 RBs. If a subchannel consists of 10 RBs, there are 5 subchannels (remaining 1 RB is free). If the UE transmits on a sub-channel, the occupied bandwidth is about 4MHz, which does not meet the OCB requirement of "the occupied channel bandwidth should be between 80% and 100% of the nominal channel bandwidth".
  • the bandwidth occupied is about 20MHz, that is, 100% of the nominal bandwidth; if the interleaved transmission with index 1 is used, the bandwidth occupied is about 18MHz, that is, About 46/51 ⁇ 90% bandwidth. Can meet the needs of OCB.
  • interleaved mode and “non-interleaved mode” are used to describe two transmission modes.
  • the interleaved mode can be understood as the UE transmitting on discontinuous RBs.
  • the intervals between RBs within the interleave can be the same or different.
  • the non-interleaved mode can be understood as the UE transmitting on continuous RBs, or the UE transmitting on continuous frequency domain resources, or the UE transmitting on a sub-channel, or the UE transmitting in the form of a sub-channel.
  • Time units include symbols, slots, mini-slots, partial slots, sub-frames, and radio frames. , sensing slot, etc.
  • the frequency domain unit (or frequency domain resource) includes resource element (RE), RB, subchannel (subchannel), resource pool (resource pool), bandwidth (bandwidth), bandwidth part (BWP), carrier ( carrier, channel, interlace, etc.
  • RE resource element
  • RB subchannel
  • resource pool resource pool
  • bandwidth bandwidth part
  • BWP bandwidth part
  • carrier carrier, channel, interlace, etc.
  • NR SL communication is based on resource pool.
  • the so-called resource pool refers to a time-frequency resource dedicated to SL communication.
  • the frequency domain resources contained in the resource pool are continuous.
  • the time domain resources contained in the resource pool can be continuous or discontinuous.
  • Different resource pools are distinguished by SL-ResourcePoolID.
  • the UE receives on the receiving resource pool and sends on the transmitting resource pool. If the resource pools have the same resource pool index, the time-frequency resources of the resource pools can be considered to be completely overlapping.
  • the SL resource pool can also be understood as a collection of resources that can be used for SL transmission.
  • the resource pool may also be called a channel, an operating channel, or a nominal channel (Nominal Channel Bandwidth) bandwidth (bandwith). That is, the resource pool, channel, and bandwidth are all used to represent the set of resources that can be used for SL transmission.
  • the UE can transmit PSCCH and/or PSSCH on M adjacent channels, or can transmit PSCCH and/or PSSCH on one channel.
  • the UE transmits PSCCH on interlaces A and PSSCH on interlaces B, where A is less than or equal to B, and A and B are both integers.
  • the service priority of UE B is specifically the transmission priority of UE B. Because UE B may send multiple services at the same time, the priorities of multiple services may be different. Therefore, simply describing the priority of UE B is not very accurate.
  • Service priority can also be called L1 priority (L1priority), physical layer priority, priority carried in SCI, priority corresponding to PSSCH associated with SCI, sending priority, priority of sending PSSCH, used for resource selection
  • L1 priority L1priority
  • physical layer priority priority carried in SCI
  • priority corresponding to PSSCH associated with SCI priority corresponding to PSSCH associated with SCI
  • sending priority priority of sending PSSCH, used for resource selection
  • the priority value range can be an integer from 1 to 8 or an integer from 0 to 7. If the priority value range is 1-8, then a priority value of 1 represents the highest level of priority.
  • the layer 2 source identifier (Source Layer-2 ID or source L2 ID) is 24bit.
  • the lower 8 bits (LSB part (8bits)) of the layer 2 source identifier are called the layer 1 source identifier, which is the source ID (source ID) indicated in the SCI of NR; the upper 16 bits (MSB part (16bits)) are called SRC, indicated in the MAC header of the MAC CE.
  • the source identifier in the control information may refer to the source ID indicated in the SCI of the NR, the SRC in the MAC header, and the layer 2 source identifier.
  • the layer 2 destination identifier (Destination Layer-2 ID or destination L2 ID) is 24 bits.
  • the lower 16 bits (LSB part (16bits)) of the layer 2 destination identifier are called the layer 1 destination identifier, which is the destination ID (destination) indicated in the SCI of NR. ID); the upper 8 bits (MSB part (8bits)) are called DST and are indicated in the MAC header of MAC CE.
  • the destination identifier in the control information may refer to the destination ID indicated in the SCI, the DST in the MAC header, and the layer 2 destination identifier.
  • the DST field in the MAC header indicates the layer 2 destination identifier or the high 16 bits of the layer 2 destination identifier.
  • destination can also be referred to generally in the agreement. Specifically, for unicast, destination represents the pair of layer 2 source identifier and layer 2 destination identifier; for broadcast and multicast, destination represents the layer 2 destination identifier.
  • Sequences are generated by cyclic shifts of a base sequence.
  • a base sequence can generate multiple different sequences through different cyclic shifts.
  • the root sequence number is used to generate the base sequence.
  • the root sequence number can also be called the root sequence index, and the base sequence can also be called the root sequence.
  • the following is a low peak to average power ratio (low-PAPR) sequence. Take an example to illustrate.
  • formula (I) represents the base sequence
  • M ZC represents the length of the base sequence
  • the cyclic shift ⁇ in formula (I) can be described by formula (II);
  • m CS is the cyclic shift value on the length N CS .
  • m CS can also be called the cyclic shift value of the sequence.
  • the base sequence It can be a ZC sequence. Assuming that the length of the ZC sequence M ZC is equal to 12, then It can be expressed by formula (III).
  • Table 5 shows the sum of u in formula (III) when M ZC is equal to 12 value.
  • u can be called the base sequence root serial number.
  • a in the above formula is an integer, such as 0, 1, 2, etc.
  • floor() means rounding down the input variable;
  • x n is the intermediate variable; It is a predefined or configured value, such as 12; It is the total number of all frequency domain RBs and/or the total number of frequency domain RBs and sequence cyclic shifts in a set of feedback resources; It is the number of cyclic shift pairs configured on the sidelink feedback channel PSFCH, such as 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, etc.
  • Mi is the identity of the receiving data channel, and its identity may be indicated by the upper layer protocol (is the identity of the UE receiving the PSSCH as indicated by higher layers).
  • ⁇ l is equal to (m 0 +m cs + min int ), or determined by the following formula (0-4):
  • any of the cyclic shifts determined in the embodiment of the present application may be the first cyclic shift m 0 in the above formula, the second cyclic shift m cs , or the third cyclic shift min int , it can also be a cyclic shift ⁇ .
  • resource allocation (RA) in SL transmission can be divided into two modes: mode 1 and mode 2.
  • mode 1 the time-frequency resources used for SL transmission are centrally scheduled by network equipment; in Mode 2, the time-frequency resources used for SL transmission are determined by the terminal equipment.
  • Resource allocation mode 2 is briefly introduced below.
  • This time point refers to a time slot in which the higher layer of the terminal equipment triggers resource selection for the transmission of PSCCH and/or PSSCH. As shown in Figure 6, this time slot may be called time slot n.
  • the sensing window refers to the window used by the terminal device to sense the time-frequency resource occupancy around it.
  • it may correspond to the time slot range in Figure 6, where is a value calculated based on high-level parameters, a value defined by a standard, or a value based on the capabilities or implementation of the terminal device, or based on high-level parameters.
  • the calculated value may refer to the specific software algorithm and hardware implementation of the terminal (such as the computing chip, communication chip, storage chip, vehicle chip, vehicle module, etc. used by the terminal).
  • the other window among the two important windows is the selection window, which refers to the window used by the terminal device to select candidate single-slot resources (resources for short) based on the sensing results within the sensing window.
  • the selection window may correspond to the time slot range in Figure 2, where is a value obtained according to the implementation of the terminal device, and is a value obtained according to high-layer parameters or the implementation of the terminal device.
  • Step 1 the higher layer of the terminal equipment triggers to select time-frequency resources for the transmission of PSCCH and/or PSSCH and provides higher layer parameters;
  • the higher layer parameters include the identification of the resource pool used when sending the PSCCH and/or PSSCH, the sending priority of the primary PSCCH and/or PSSCH, and the number of subchannels used when sending the PSCCH and/or PSSCH. Count etc.
  • Step 2 The terminal device listens to the SCI sent by other terminal devices using the resource pool indicated in step 1 within the sensing window;
  • Step 3 Based on the listening result of Step 2, the terminal device senses the usage of the time-frequency resources in the resource pool within the selection window, and determines the available candidate single-slot resource set.
  • the available candidate single-slot resource set Excluding time-frequency resources reserved for use by other terminal devices or that may be occupied by other terminal devices, the resources in the candidate single-slot resource set can also be called reserved resources;
  • Step 4 The terminal equipment determines the time-frequency resources used for PSCCH and/or PSSCH transmission according to the available candidate single slot resource set.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic diagram in which the terminal device determines candidate single-slot resources based on the listening results within the sensing window in the above step 3, where UE1, UE2 and UE3 are other terminal devices except the terminal device, SCI1 It is the SCI of UE1 heard by the terminal device within the sensing window. SCI1 indicates that UE1 has reserved part of the time-frequency resources within the selection window, then the terminal device can exclude the time-frequency resources that have been reserved by UE1. In the same way, SCI2 is the SCI of UE2, and SCI3 is the SCI of UE3. The terminal device can exclude time-frequency resources that have been reserved by UE2 and UE3 based on SCI2 and SCI3 respectively, thereby determining available candidates among the remaining resources in the resource selection window. Single slot resource collection.
  • the UE of the initial COT has exclusive use of the channel, and other UEs that have not competed for frequency domain resources cannot use the frequency domain resources.
  • the time domain unit of resources is a time slot, and non-adjacent time slots can be selected to transmit sidelink information.
  • the terminal device with the initial channel occupancy period (COT) needs to transmit continuously within the COT, or continuously transmit for a period of time within the COT with other terminal devices sharing the COT. If not Continuous transmission will cause COT interruption, that is, the terminal device of the initial COT will no longer be able to continue to use the COT. Therefore, in order to allow the transmission of the initial COT terminal device and the transmission of other terminal devices to form continuous transmission, how the initial COT terminal device determines which terminal devices can share its initial COT has become an urgent problem to be solved.
  • this application proposes a method that can effectively solve the above technical problems.
  • the method will be introduced in detail below with reference to Figure X.
  • Figure 7 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method proposed by this application. The method may include the following steps.
  • UE2 sends the first SCI to UE1.
  • the first SCI indicates the reserved resources of UE2.
  • UE1 receives the first SCI sent by UE2.
  • SX01 can also be understood as UE2 sending the first SCI.
  • other UEs in the resource pool including UE1 can sense, monitor, receive or decode the first SCI of UE2.
  • the first SCI displays or implicitly indicates the interval information, frequency domain resource information, time domain resource information, and priority information of the reserved resources of UE2.
  • the reserved resources indicated by the first SCI include retransmission reserved resources of UE2, periodic reserved resources, and retransmission reserved resources of periodic reserved resources.
  • the retransmission reserved resources of UE2 are indicated through the frequency domain resource information and the time domain resource information; and/or the periodic reserved resources of the resource where the first SCI is located are indicated through the interval information; and/or the periodic reserved resources of the resource where the first SCI is located are indicated through the interval information and the frequency domain resource information.
  • the resource information and time domain resource information indicate the retransmission reserved resources of periodic reserved resources.
  • the reservation interval information may also be periodic reservation interval information;
  • the frequency domain resource information includes at least any one of the following information: transmitting PSCCH and/or PSSCH in an interleaved manner, the starting position of the interleave, the number of interleaves, and non- The PSCCH and/or PSSCH, the starting position of the sub-channel, and the number of sub-channels are transmitted in an interleaved (such as channel) manner;
  • the time domain resource information includes at least any one of the following information: one or more are transmitted on discontinuous time slots one or more initial transmissions and/or retransmissions, time interval information for one or more initial transmissions and/or retransmissions, one or more initial transmissions and/or retransmissions, initial transmissions and/or retransmissions on consecutive time slots Transmission number information;
  • priority information includes physical layer priority and/or channel access priority class (CAPC).
  • S702 UE1 determines that some or all of the reserved resources of UE2 are located in the first COT, and the first COT is the initial COT of UE1.
  • the first SCI of UE2 indicates reserved resources within a COT and/or reserved resources across COTs.
  • UE2 may indicate reserved resources for the next transmission in the previous transmission.
  • the transmission method of UE2 in the current COT is the same as the transmission method in the previous COT; or, the transmission method of UE2 in the next COT is the same as the transmission method in the current COT.
  • UE1 can determine the transmission mode of the reserved resource indicated by the first SCI based on the transmission mode of the resource where the first SCI of UE2 is located; or, UE1 can determine the transmission mode of the resource where UE2 is located based on the transmission mode of the resource where the first SCI is located.
  • the transmission method includes an interleaved transmission method and/or a non-interleaved transmission method. As shown in Figure 8, UE2 shares the initial COT of UE1.
  • the first SCI of UE2 indicates reserved resources. UE2 transmitted in an interleaved manner in the last transmission, and UE2 still transmits in an interleaved manner in the next transmission. As shown in Figure 9, UE2 shares the initial COT of UE1 in both transmissions. The first SCI of UE2 indicates reserved resources. The last transmission was transmitted in channel mode (non-interleaved mode), and UE2 still uses channel mode (non-interleaved mode) in the next transmission. non-interleaved mode) transmission. As shown in Figure 10, UE2 shares the initial COT of UE1 in both transmissions. The first SCI of UE2 indicates reserved resources. UE2 transmitted in an interleaved manner in the last transmission.
  • UE2 still uses the initial COT of UE1 in the next transmission. Transmitted in an interleaved manner. As shown in Figure 11, UE2's own initial COT, UE2's first SCI indicates reserved resources, UE2 transmitted in channel mode (non-interleaved mode) in the last transmission, UE2 still uses the channel in the next transmission in UE1's initial COT mode (non-interleaved mode) transmission. After UE1 successfully performs channel access, it transmits in the first COT. It should be noted that the order in which UE1 performs the channel access process and UE2 sends the first SCI is not specifically limited in this application.
  • UE2's first SCI indication requests UE1 for channel access and/or requests transmission within UE1's initial COT.
  • a field in UE2's first SCI indicates a request for UE1 channel access and/or a request for transmission within UE1's initial COT.
  • UE2 may first send the first SCI, which indicates requesting UE1 for channel access and/or requesting transmission within UE1's initial COT, and then UE1 performs channel access and initializes the first COT. It can also be understood that the first SCI of UE2 triggers UE1 to perform channel access; or the first SCI of UE2 triggers UE1 to initiate the first COT.
  • UE1 uses the CAPC information indicated by the first SCI of UE2 to perform type1 channel access and initialize the first COT.
  • UE1 may first perform channel access, and then UE2 sends the first SCI, and the first SCI request is transmitted within the first COT of UE1.
  • UE1 successfully accesses the channel and initiates the first COT, and UE2 transmits within the first COT.
  • UE1 may transmit SL information on the first COT.
  • SL information includes UE1's control information (such as PSCCH), data information (such as PSSCH), feedback information (such as PSFCH), etc.
  • S703 UE1 sends first COT sharing information to UE2, where the first COT sharing information indicates whether sharing of the first COT is allowed or not.
  • UE2 receives the first COT shared information from UE1.
  • UE1 allows UE2 to share the first COT means that UE1 allows UE2 to share resources in the first COT.
  • the specific resources in the first COT that can be shared will not be described here, and will be explained in detail below.
  • UE1 allows UE2 to share the first COT including: UE2 meets the regulatory conditions for sharing the first COT, and UE1 allows UE2 to share the first COT.
  • UE1 does not allow UE2 to share: one is that UE2 meets the legal conditions for sharing the first COT, but UE1 does not allow UE2 to share the first COT; the other is that there is no sharing relationship.
  • the non-sharing relationship includes: UE2 does not meet the legal conditions for sharing the first COT, and UE1 does not allow UE2 to share the first COT.
  • UE2 meeting the regulatory conditions for sharing the first COT means that there is a sending and receiving relationship between UE1 and UE2.
  • UE1 is the receiving UE of UE2; or UE2 is the receiving UE of UE1.
  • UE1 initial UE
  • UE2 shared UE
  • UE3 shared UE
  • UE2 shares the first COT
  • UE3 is the receiving UE of UE2.
  • the preconfiguration or network configuration of the first COT sharing information indicates that UEl is allowed to share the first COT or not allowed to share the first COT; or the preconfiguration or network configuration of the first COT sharing information indicates that UEl
  • the first COT sharing information when the first COT sharing information indicates that sharing the first COT is allowed, the first COT sharing information triggers UE2 to perform Type2 channel access, and UE2 transmits within the first COT initialized by UE1 according to the first COT sharing information.
  • UE1 can also share the first COT with other UEs except UE2, and other UEs perform the same actions as UE2, which will not be described again here.
  • the other UEs sharing the first COT are referred to as UE3.
  • the reserved resources of UE2 and UE3 in the first COT may not overlap or may overlap.
  • the overlap is full overlap or partial overlap.
  • the first COT sharing information indicates that COT sharing is allowed, and UE2 uses UE2's reserved resources in the first COT to perform sidelink transmission.
  • the first COT sharing information indicates that sharing of the first COT is not allowed, and UE2 does not share the first COT, that is, UE2 does not transmit within the first COT.
  • the first COT sharing information indicates that UE2 has no sharing relationship, so regulations do not allow UE2 to share UE1's initial COT.
  • the reserved resources of UE2 and UE3 in the first COT overlap, and UE1 indicates that neither UE2 nor UE3 is allowed to share the first COT, or UE1 indicates that one of UE2 and UE3 is allowed to share the first COT. For example, it is indicated that the UE with a smaller priority value or a higher level among UE2 and UE3 is allowed to share the first COT.
  • the first COT shared information can be carried in any of the signaling such as PSFCH, first-order SCI, second-order SCI, MAC CE, PC-5 RRC, and RRC. It should be noted that since the number of bearer bits of PSFCH is limited, it cannot be explicitly indicated that the first COT shared information is sent to UE2 compared with other signalings mentioned above.
  • the following describes in detail how UE1 sends the first COT shared information to UE2 when the first COT shared information is carried on the PSFCH.
  • the PSFCH carrying the first COT shared information and the PSFCH carrying feedback information have different formats, occupy different time domain resources and/or occupy different frequency domain resources and/or occupy different sequences. Which method is used is (pre)configured.
  • the PSFCH carrying the first COT shared information includes: using a new PSFCH format to carry COT shared information; or using a PSFCH format different from carrying HARQ to carry COT shared information; or using a different PSFCH format to carry collision indication (conflict indication). )'s PSFCH format carries COT shared information.
  • the PSFCH that carries the first COT shared information uses the resources in the PRB set that are not used to transmit HARQ on the PSFCH channel to carry the COT shared information; and/or uses the resources in the PSFCH channel that are not used to transmit the collision indication.
  • the resources in the PRB set carry COT shared information.
  • the PSFCH that carries the first COT shared information uses PSFCH symbols that are not used to transmit HARQ to carry the COT shared information; and/or uses PSFCH symbols that are not used to transmit the collision indication to carry the COT shared information.
  • the PSFCH carrying the first COT shared information uses a cyclic shift of a sequence not used to transmit HARQ to indicate COT shared information; and/or uses a cyclic shift of a sequence not used to transmit collision indication to bear COT shares information.
  • UE1 may implicitly indicate that the first COT shared information is by sending at least one of the time domain position of the first resource of the PSFCH, the frequency domain position of the first resource, or the cyclic shift of the sequence of the first resource. Sent to UE2. Correspondingly, UE2 may determine that the first COT shared information is sent to itself through at least one of the time domain position of the first resource, the frequency domain position of the first resource, or the cyclic shift associated with the first resource.
  • UE1 can determine the first resource according to the reserved resources of UE2; or, UE1 can determine the first resource according to the reserved resources of UE2 in the first COT; or, UE1 can determine the first resource according to the reserved resources of UE2.
  • the reserved resources in a COT determine the first resource; or, UE1 determines the first resource according to the first reserved resource, the first reserved resource belongs to the reserved resource of UE2 in the first COT, and the first reserved resource is Corresponds to a time slot in the domain, and corresponds to a sub-channel or interleave in the frequency domain.
  • the frequency domain resources of UE2's reserved resources in the first COT include one or more interlaces or sub-channels.
  • the first reserved resource may be the resource with the smallest time slot index and the smallest subchannel or interleaving index among the reserved resources of UE2, or the first reserved resource may be the smallest time slot index among the reserved resources of UE2,
  • the resource with the largest subchannel or interleaving index, or the first reserved resource is the resource with the largest time slot index among the reserved resources of UE2, and the resource with the largest subchannel or interleaving index, or the first reserved resource is the reserved resource of UE2
  • the resource with the largest time slot index and the smallest subchannel or interleaving index are given below.
  • Method 1 UE1 determines the frequency domain resource of the first resource according to the frequency domain of the first reserved resource of UE2.
  • the frequency domain resource of the first resource is the frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource.
  • the frequency domain resource of the first resource is an interlace or an RB in the frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource.
  • the frequency domain resource of the first resource is determined to be an interlace or an RB among the frequency domain resources of the first reserved resource through the identification information of UE2.
  • P ID is the identification information of UE2
  • R is the number of resources that can be used for a first COT sharing indication.
  • the number R of resources that can be used for a first COT sharing indication is related to the interleave number or sub-channel number of the first reserved resource, and may be, for example, an integer multiple of the interleave number or the sub-channel number.
  • the identification information of UE2 may be at least any one of: source identification information of UE2, destination identification information of UE2, device identification information of UE2, or group identification information of UE2.
  • the first COT of UE1 includes 4 time slots, namely time slot 1 to time slot 4, and the first COT corresponds to 4 interleaves in the frequency domain, namely interlace 0 to interlace 3.
  • UE2 and UE3 have reserved resources located in the first COT.
  • the reserved resources of UE2 include 2 different resources, namely resource #1 corresponding to time slot 3 and interleave 0, and resource #2 corresponding to time slot 3 and interleave 1.
  • the reserved resources of UE3 include 2 different resources. They are resource #3 corresponding to time slot 4 and interleave 0, and resource #4 corresponding to time slot 4 and interleave 1.
  • UE1 >...
  • the first reserved resource of UE2 is the resource with the smallest slot index and smallest interleaving index among the reserved resources of UE2 (that is, the first reserved resource is resource #1). Specifically, how to determine the first resource is explained.
  • the frequency domain location of the first reserved resource of UE2 is interlace 0. Therefore, UE1 determines that the frequency domain resource of the first resource is also interlace 0.
  • Method 2 UE1 determines the time domain location of the first resource based on the time domain location of the first reserved resource of UE2.
  • UE1 determines the time domain location of the first resource based on the time domain location of the first reserved resource of UE2 and the first time period.
  • the time domain location of the first resource belongs to a COT sharing indication time domain location set, and the time domain locations in the COT sharing indication time domain location set are discretely distributed (for example, periodically distributed).
  • the time domain positions of these discrete distributions may also be called PSFCH opportunities, such as PSFCH opportunities for sending COT sharing indications.
  • the time domain position of the first resource is the first time domain position before the time slot of the first reserved resource and before the first time interval from the time slot of the first reserved resource.
  • the value of the first time interval is preconfigured or configured by the network, and the value is at least any one of 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, and 17 time slots.
  • UE1 sends PSFCH on the PSFCH opportunities included in the time slots of at least the first time interval (for example, 0, 1, and 2 time slots) before the time slot of the first reserved resource of UE2.
  • the value of the first time interval needs to be pre-configured or configured by the network.
  • UE1 and other UEs sharing the first COT determine whether the first COT shared information is an indication based on the same length of the first time interval. For yourself. For example, UE1 sends the first COT sharing information on the first or last PSFCH opportunity in the time slot spaced by the first time interval before the time slot of the first reserved resource.
  • the time domain position of the first reserved resource of UE2 is time slot 3, and the agreed first time interval is 0 time slots. Then UE1 determines the first time slot of UE2 before time slot 3.
  • the PSFCH is sent on the PSFCH opportunity included in the time slot (that is, the time domain resource of the first resource is time slot 2).
  • UE2 may not be able to determine that the PSFCH is sent to itself based on method one or method two alone.
  • Method 1 is taken as an example to illustrate the reason.
  • the interleaving of the first resource and the interleaving of UE2 are the same interleaving, since both UE2 and UE3 have reserved resources on interleaving 0, UE2 only It cannot be determined based on the interleave 0 of the first resource whether the PSFCH sent on the first resource is sent to itself.
  • UE1 may determine the frequency domain resource of the first resource through implementation manner 1, and determine the time domain resource of the first resource through other methods outside this application.
  • UE2 determines through implementation method 1 that the first COT sharing information sent on the first resource is indicated to the UE with the same frequency domain resource as its own, and UE2 determines the first COT shared information sent on the first resource according to other methods outside this application.
  • the COT shared information is indicated to the UE with the same time domain resource as its own, thereby determining that the first COT shared information sent on the first resource is for itself.
  • UE1 can determine the time domain resource of the first resource through implementation method 2, and determine the frequency domain resource of the first resource through other methods outside this application.
  • UE2 determines through method 1 that the first COT shared information sent on the first resource is directed to the UE with the same time domain resource as its own, and UE2 determines the first COT shared information sent on the first resource according to other methods outside this application.
  • the COT sharing information is indicated to the UE with the same frequency domain resource as itself, thereby determining that the first COT sharing information sent on the first resource is for itself.
  • UE1 can jointly determine the time domain resource and frequency domain resource of the first resource through implementation method 1 and implementation method 2.
  • UE2 receives the PSFCH on the first resource, determine the frequency domain resource of the first resource.
  • the domain resource is the same as the frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource, and the time slot of the time domain resource of the first resource with a backward time interval of 0 (i.e., slot 3) is the time slot where the first reserved resource is located, Therefore, UE2 can determine that the PSFCH is sent to itself, that is, determine that the first COT shared information in the PSFCH is directed to itself.
  • the above method 1 and method 2 clarify how UE1 indicates the PSFCH to UE2. Next, continue to explain how UE1 indicates whether UE2 is allowed to share the first COT.
  • the first COT sharing information is a sequence of PSFCH, that is, UE1 can indicate whether sharing of the first COT is allowed through the sequence of PSFCH.
  • the cyclic shifts of the PSFCH sequence include 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, and 11.
  • the cyclic shift of the PSFCH sequence is any one of ⁇ 0,1,2,3,4,5 ⁇ , it means that UE2 is allowed to share the first COT, and the cyclic shift of the PSFCH sequence is ⁇ 6,7 Any one of ,8,9,10,11 ⁇ means that UE2 is not allowed to share the first COT or has no sharing relationship.
  • the cyclic shift of the PSFCH sequence is any one of ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 ⁇ , it means that UE2 is allowed to share the first COT, and the PSFCH
  • the cyclic shift of the sequence is any one of ⁇ 10,11 ⁇ , indicating that UE2 is not allowed to share the first COT or has no sharing relationship.
  • the sequence of the PSFCH may also be called in this application: the cyclic shift associated with the PSFCH, the sequence of the first resource, the cyclic shift associated with the first resource, the sequence of the first COT shared information, and the first COT shared information.
  • the above concepts can be replaced with each other.
  • the cyclic shift associated with the PSFCH may also indicate the frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource and/or the time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot. How to indicate the location of the first reserved resource and/or the time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot is described in detail in methods three and four below.
  • the reference time slot may be: the starting time slot of the first COT, the first complete time slot of the first COT, the first valid time slot of the first COT, and the first PSCCH transmission time slot of the first COT. At least any one of the time slot and the time slot in which the first COT shared information is located (that is, the time slot of the first resource).
  • the preconfigured or network configured reference time slot is at least any one of the above.
  • the cyclic shift associated with the PSFCH is the cyclic shift associated with the i-th interleaved RB where the first COT shared information is located.
  • Method 3 UE1 determines the cyclic shift associated with the PSFCH according to the frequency domain position of the first reserved resource of UE2. That is, in this method, in addition to indicating whether to share the first COT, the cyclic shift associated with the PSFCH can also indicate the frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource.
  • the frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource is an interlace or a sub-channel.
  • UE1 determines the cyclic shift associated with the PSFCH according to the interleaving index or sub-channel index of the first reserved resource of UE2.
  • the cyclic shift associated with the PSFCH is the frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource.
  • the cyclic shift associated with the PSFCH is determined through the frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource and the identification information of UE2.
  • P ID +X mod R is satisfied, where P ID is the identification information of UE2, and R is the number of resources that can be used for a first COT sharing indication.
  • the number R of resources that can be used for a first COT sharing indication is related to the interleave number or sub-channel number of the first reserved resource, and may be, for example, an integer multiple of the interleave number or the sub-channel number.
  • the identification information of UE2 may be: at least any one of the source identification information of UE2, the destination identification information of UE2, the device identification information of UE2, or the group identification information of UE2.
  • the frequency domain position of the first reserved resource of UE2 is interlace 0. Therefore, UE1 determines that the cyclic shift associated with the PSFCH is 0.
  • the frequency domain position of the first resource in Figure 13 is not necessarily interlace 1, but can also be any of interlaces 0, 2, and 3, as long as the cyclic shift associated with the PSFCH is 0.
  • the cyclic shift associated with the PSFCH may be the cyclic shift associated with any RB in the interlace in which the first COT shared information is located and the interleave in which the first COT shared information is located.
  • Method 4 UE1 determines the PSFCH sequence based on the time domain position of the first reserved resource of UE2 and the time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot. That is, in this method, in addition to indicating whether to share the first COT, the cyclic shift associated with the PSFCH can also indicate the time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot. For the meaning of the reference time slot, see the description in Method 2.
  • UE1 determines to send PSFCH in time slot 2, and the reference time slot is the time slot in which UE1 sends PSFCH. Since the time domain resource of the first reserved resource (time slot 3) is different from the reference time slot (time slot) The time interval between slot 2) is 0 slots, therefore, UE1 determines that the cyclic shift associated with the PSFCH is 0.
  • any of the cyclic shifts ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ⁇ associated with the PSFCH indicates that the first COT is allowed to be shared, and indicates the distance between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot. time interval.
  • Method 1 or Method 2 may not be able to determine that the PSFCH in the first resource is sent to itself when using Method 3 or Method 4 alone. Therefore, the methods given above can be used in combination to accurately indicate that the PSFCH is sent to UE2.
  • methods one and four can be used in combination.
  • preconfiguration or network configuration uses one of method one or method three to determine the frequency domain resource of the first resource.
  • preconfiguration or network configuration uses one of method two or method four to determine the time domain resource of the first resource.
  • actions that UE1 and UE2 may perform are described in detail below with reference to Figure 14 .
  • UE1 allows UE2 to share the first COT.
  • UE1 determines the first resource and informs UE2 of the sharing information. Specifically, as shown in Figure 14, UE1 determines that UE2's first reserved resource is the resource corresponding to time slot 3 and interlace 0.
  • UE1 According to the frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource of UE2, the frequency domain resource of the first resource is determined to be interlace 0.
  • UE1 determines to send the PSFCH in time slot 2 (that is, the time domain resource of the first resource is time slot 2), referring to the time slot This is the time slot for UE1 to send the PSFCH.
  • UE1 determines the time slot associated with the PSFCH.
  • the cyclic shift is 0, which also indicates that UE2 is allowed to share the first COT.
  • UE1 sends the PSFCH on the first resource.
  • UE2 receives the PSFCH on the first resource.
  • UE2 determines that the frequency domain resource of the first resource is interleaved 0, the time domain resource is time slot 2, and the cyclic shift is determined to be 0.
  • Time domain resource slot 2 of a resource is followed by time slot 3, which is 0 time slots away.
  • the resources corresponding to interleave 0 and time slot 3 are the first reserved resources of UE2. Therefore, UE2 determines that UE1 allows itself to share the first COT.
  • UE2 sharing the first COT means that UE2 can share the part of resources located in the first COT and belonging to the reserved resources of UE2.
  • PSFCH carries the first COT shared information.
  • signaling such as first-order SCI, second-order SCI, MAC CE, RRC, PC5 RRC
  • the signaling overhead and delay are small. Since the number of bearer bits of the PSFCH is limited, at least one of the time domain position, frequency domain position, or cyclic shift of the PSFCH is sent to implicitly indicate whether which UE is allowed to use the COT of UE1. Since UE2 knows the time-frequency location of its reserved resources, it can determine that the PSFCH is sent to itself based on at least one of the time domain location, frequency domain location, or associated cyclic shift of the PSFCH.
  • UE1 may indicate whether UE2 is allowed to share the first COT according to the above method.
  • the reserved resources of UE2 and UE3 overlap in the first COT, if the above method is used to simultaneously instruct two terminal devices to share the first COT, then, if UE2 and UE3 use the overlapping reserved resources to transmit data at the same time, then, Can cause transmission collisions.
  • the reserved resources of UE2 in the first COT overlap with the reserved resources of UE3 in the first COT.
  • UE1 can indicate that neither UE2 nor UE3 is allowed to share the first COT according to the above method, or UE1 can indicate that UE2 and UE3 are not allowed to share the first COT.
  • One UE among UE3 is allowed to share the first COT, for example, indicating that the UE with a smaller priority value or a higher level among UE2 and UE3 is allowed to share the first COT.
  • this application provides a method that can solve the above problems.
  • the reserved resources of UE2 or UE3 in the first COT can be offset in the time domain and/or frequency domain to ensure that UE2 and UE3 are in the first COT.
  • the resources shared within the COT will not overlap.
  • UE1 can simultaneously instruct UE2 and UE3 to share the first COT, and the shared resources will not conflict. It should be noted that UE1 instructs UE3 and UE2 in the same manner, and UE2 is still used as an example below.
  • the cyclic shift of the PSFCH in this method can also indicate the time domain and/or frequency domain offset information of UE2, and the time domain and/or frequency domain offset information indicates that UE2 is in the first The offset of the resources shared within the COT relative to the resources reserved by UE2 in the first COT in the time domain and/or frequency domain.
  • the offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain includes an offset in the time domain of the resources shared by UE2 in the first COT relative to the reserved resources of UE2 in the first COT.
  • the offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain includes an offset in the frequency domain of the resources shared by UE2 in the first COT relative to the reserved resources of UE2 in the first COT.
  • the offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain includes an offset in the time domain and frequency domain of the resources shared by UE2 in the first COT relative to the reserved resources of UE2 in the first COT.
  • UE1 determines the cyclic shift m associated with the PSFCH, which is equal to the sum of the first cyclic shift m1 and the second cyclic shift m2, where the first cyclic shift m1 indicates whether UE2 is allowed to share the first COT, and the first cyclic shift m1 indicates whether UE2 is allowed to share the first COT.
  • the two-cyclic shift m2 indicates offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain.
  • m2 j ⁇
  • j indicates the offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain
  • j ⁇ 0,1,2,3,4,5 ⁇
  • is an integer, which can be a constant, a preset Configuration or network configuration value.
  • 1.
  • the cyclic shift m uniquely corresponds to a first cyclic shift m1 and a second cyclic shift m2.
  • m1 and m2 corresponding to a value of m are determined.
  • the time domain and/or frequency domain offset information includes at least any one of the following information: offset A time slots forward in the time domain relative to the reserved resources (ie, change to the time slot index value).
  • a small offset of A time slots an offset of B time slots backward relative to the reserved resources in the time domain (that is, an offset of A time slots toward a larger timeslot index value), and an offset of B time slots relative to the reserved resources.
  • the frequency domain is shifted upward by C interlaces (i.e., the interleaving index value becomes larger by A time slots), and relative to the reserved resources, the frequency domain is shifted downward by D interlaces (i.e., the interleaving index value becomes larger).
  • small offset A time slots are integers.
  • cyclic shift m (0 to 11) associated with PSFCH can be divided into two groups, as follows:
  • the time-frequency domain offset value corresponding to m2 can be as shown in Table 6, Table 7 or Table 8.
  • the time domain and/or frequency domain offset information represented by m2 is pre-configured or configured by the network.
  • Table 9 to Table 11 show the offset information corresponding to different frequency domain offset values.
  • Table 12 to Table 15 show the offset information corresponding to different time domain offset values.
  • the frequency domain offset in Table 9 has both an upward offset and a downward offset
  • the frequency domain offset in Table 10 has only a downward offset
  • the frequency domain offset in Table 11 has only an upward offset.
  • the time domain offset has both left and right offsets
  • Table 13 the frequency domain offset only shifts to the left
  • Table 14 the frequency domain offset only shifts to the right.
  • m2 is shown in Table 6, and the time domain offset information in m2 can be determined by looking up Table 9.
  • the frequency domain offset information in m2 can be determined by looking up Table 12.
  • the upward shift in the frequency domain points to a direction shift with a large interleaving index or sub-channel index.
  • the downward shift in the frequency domain points to a small directional shift of the interleaving index or sub-channel index.
  • the time domain shift to the left points to the direction shift with a smaller time slot index.
  • the time domain shift to the right points to the direction shift with a large time slot index.
  • UE1 can determine the cyclic shift m associated with the PSFCH based on whether UE2 is allowed to share and the time-frequency offset information of UE2.
  • UE2 when UE2 receives the PSFCH on the first resource, it can also determine m1 and m2 based on the cyclic shift m associated with the PSFCH, and determine whether UE2 is allowed to share the first COT based on m1. If allowed, determine whether UE2 is in the first COT based on m2.
  • the resources shared within the COT are: the resources that fall within the first COT after the reserved resources of UE2 are offset in the time domain and/or frequency domain according to m2.
  • the UE1 determines the cyclic shift m associated with the PSFCH.
  • the cyclic shift m indicates whether UE2 is allowed to share the first COT.
  • the cyclic shift m is equal to the first cyclic shift m1 and the second cyclic shift.
  • m2 j ⁇
  • j indicates the offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain
  • j ⁇ 0,1,2,3,4,5 ⁇
  • UE1 determines the first cyclic shift m1 according to the time interval between the time slot of the first reserved resource of UE2 and the reference time slot, that is, the first cyclic shift m1 can be used to indicate that the PSFCH is Sent to UE2, correspondingly, UE2 can determine that the PSFCH is sent to itself based on m1 and the reference time slot.
  • the first cyclic shift m1 can be used to indicate that the PSFCH is Sent to UE2
  • UE2 can determine that the PSFCH is sent to itself based on m1 and the reference time slot.
  • cyclic shift m (0 to 11) associated with PSFCH can be divided into three groups, as follows:
  • m indicates that the first COT is allowed to be shared
  • m2 indicates offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain.
  • m indicates that the first COT is allowed to be shared
  • the time-frequency domain offset information corresponding to m2 may be as shown in Table 15, Table 16, or Table 17.
  • UE2 After UE2 receives the PSFCH on the first resource, it determines m1 and m2 based on the cycle value m associated with the PSFCH, thereby determining whether UE2 is allowed to share the first COT. If allowed, it determines the resources shared by UE2 in the first COT based on m2. It is: the resources that fall within the first COT after the reserved resources of UE2 are offset in the time domain and/or frequency domain according to m2.
  • UE1 determines the cyclic shift m associated with the PSFCH, which is equal to the sum of the first cyclic shift m1 and the second cyclic shift m2, where the first cyclic shift m1 indicates the time of the first reserved resource of UE2 The number of time slots between the slot and the reference time slot, and the cyclic shift m2 indicates whether UE2 is allowed to share the first COT and offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain.
  • cyclic shift m (0 to 11) associated with PSFCH can be divided into three groups, as follows:
  • m2 indicates whether UE2 is allowed to share the first COT and the time domain and/or frequency domain. offset information.
  • m2 indicates whether UE2 is allowed to share the first COT and the offset in the time domain and/or frequency domain. transfer information.
  • the time-frequency domain offset information corresponding to m2 may be as shown in Table 18, Table 19, or Table 20.
  • UE2 After receiving the PSFCH on the first resource, UE2 determines m1 and m2 based on the cycle value m associated with the PSFCH, and determines whether the first COT shared information is associated with the time domain resource of the first reserved resource based on the value of m1, that is, determines the COT Whether the shared information is sent to yourself. If it is sent to itself, it determines whether UE2 is allowed to share the first COT based on m2. If allowed, the resources shared by UE2 in the first COT are: resources that fall within the first COT after the reserved resources of UE2 are offset in the time domain and/or frequency domain according to m2.
  • UE1 determines the cyclic shift associated with each RB in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located.
  • UE1 uses the difference between the cyclic shift m associated with the i-th RB in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located and the cyclic shift associated with any two adjacent RBs (for example, two adjacent RBs).
  • n (for example, if the difference is a negative number, the absolute value is taken) to indicate relevant information to UE2.
  • the difference n between the cyclic shifts of any two adjacent RBs in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located is the same.
  • the i-th RB may be any RB in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located.
  • the difference n between the cyclic shifts associated with any two RBs is the difference n between the cyclic shifts of the i-th RB and the i+1-th RB in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located.
  • the cyclic shift m associated with the i-th RB is determined by the first cyclic shift m1, the second cyclic shift m2, and the third cyclic shift m3.
  • the first cyclic shift m1 indicates whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT; the second cyclic shift m2 indicates the time between the first reserved resource of UE2 and the reference time slot. Interval; the difference n between the third cyclic shifts m3 of any two adjacent RBs in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located indicates the time domain and/or frequency domain offset information.
  • the first cyclic shift m1 indicates whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT; the second cyclic shift m2 indicates the distance between the first reserved resource of UE2 and the reference time slot.
  • Time interval; the difference n between the cyclic shifts m of any two adjacent RBs in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located indicates the time domain and/or frequency domain offset information.
  • the first cyclic shift m1 indicates whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT
  • the second cyclic shift m2 indicates time domain and/or frequency domain offset information
  • the first COT The difference n between the third cyclic shifts m3 of any two adjacent RBs in the interlace where the shared information is located indicates the time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot.
  • the first cyclic shift m1 indicates whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT
  • the second cyclic shift m2 indicates time domain and/or frequency domain offset information
  • the first COT The difference n between the cyclic shifts m of any two adjacent RBs in the interlace where the shared information is located indicates the time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot.
  • UE1 indicates the relevant information to UE2 through the difference n between the cyclic shift m associated with the first RB in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located and the cyclic shift associated with any two RBs n. It can also be understood that UE1 indicates the relevant information to UE2 through the cyclic shift m associated with at least 2 RBs in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located.
  • the first cyclic shift m1 indicates whether UE2 is allowed to share the first COT; the second cyclic shift m2 indicates the time interval between the first reserved resource of UE2 and the reference time slot; the interleave in which the first COT sharing information is located
  • the difference n between the third cyclic shifts m3 of any two adjacent RBs indicates time domain and/or frequency domain offset information.
  • m2 j ⁇
  • j indicates the time interval between the first reserved resource of UE2 and the reference time slot
  • j ⁇ 0,1,2,3,4,5 ⁇
  • n k ⁇
  • k indicates offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain
  • k ⁇ 0,1,2,3,4,5 ⁇
  • UE1 determines that the interlace where the first COT shared information is located contains multiple RBs, and the cyclic shifts associated with the multiple RBs are ⁇ 2, 5, 8, 11, 2, 5, 8, 11... ⁇ respectively.
  • the cyclic shift associated with the first RB in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located is 2
  • the cyclic shift associated with the second RB in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located is 5, and so on
  • the first The cyclic shift m3 associated with two adjacent RBs in the interleave where the COT shared information is located is 3, which will not be described again here.
  • the information indicated by m can be described as follows:
  • the interval between the first reserved resource corresponding to m2 and the reference time slot may be as shown in Table 22.
  • the time-frequency domain offset value corresponding to n can be as shown in Table 23, Table 24, or Table 25.
  • UE2 determines m1, m2, and m3 according to the cycle value m associated with the PSFCH. Determine whether the COT shared information is associated with the time domain resource of the first reserved resource according to the value of m2, that is, determine whether the COT shared information is sent to itself. If it is sent to itself, it is determined based on m1 that UE2 is allowed to share the first COT. The interleave where the first COT shared information is located is then determined based on the difference 3 between the cyclic shifts associated with any two RBs. The resources shared by UE2 in the first COT are backward in the time domain relative to the reserved resources of UE2 in the first COT. Offset by 1 time slot and 1 interleave down in the frequency domain.
  • the first cyclic shift m1 indicates whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT
  • the second cyclic shift m2 indicates the time domain and/or frequency domain offset information, and any adjacent interleave where the first COT shared information is located
  • the difference n between the third cyclic shifts m3 of the two RBs indicates the time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference slot.
  • m2 j ⁇
  • j indicates time domain and/or frequency domain offset information
  • j ⁇ 0,1,2,3,4,5 ⁇
  • m3 k ⁇
  • 3.
  • UE1 determines that the interlace where the first COT shared information is located contains multiple BRs, and the cyclic shifts associated with the multiple RBs are ⁇ 2, 5, 8, 11, 2, 5, 8, 11... ⁇ respectively.
  • the cyclic shift m associated with the first RB in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located is 2, and the cyclic shift m associated with the second RB in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located is 5, and so on.
  • the cyclic shift m3 associated with two adjacent RBs in the interleave where one COT shared information is located is 3, which will not be described again here.
  • the information indicated by m can be described as follows:
  • m2 i+1 indicates the time domain and/or frequency domain offset information of UE2
  • m1 i+1 6
  • m2 indicates the time domain and/or frequency domain offset information of UE2.
  • the difference between two RBs is n.
  • the time-frequency domain offset value corresponding to m2 can be as shown in Table 27, Table 28, or Table 29.
  • the interval between the first reserved resource corresponding to n and the reference time slot may be as shown in Table 30.
  • UE1 determines the cyclic shift associated with each RB in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located.
  • UE1 uses the cyclic shift m associated with the i-th RB in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located and any two
  • the difference n between the cyclic shifts associated with the RB indicates relevant information to UE2.
  • the difference in cyclic shifts of any two adjacent RBs in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located is the same.
  • the i-th RB may be any RB in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located.
  • the cyclic shift m associated with the i-th RB is determined by a first cyclic shift m1 and a second cyclic shift m2, where the first cyclic shift m1 indicates whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT, the second cyclic shift m2 indicates the time interval between the first reserved resource of UE2 and the reference time slot, and the third cyclic shift n is the cycle of any two adjacent RBs in the interleave where the first COT shared information is located.
  • the difference of the shifts, the third cyclic shift n indicates time domain and/or frequency domain offset information.
  • m2 j ⁇
  • j indicates the time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot
  • j ⁇ 0,1,2,3,4,5 ⁇
  • the cyclic shift m associated with the i-th RB is determined by a first cyclic shift m1 and a second cyclic shift m2, and the first cyclic shift m1 indicates whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT,
  • the second cyclic shift m2 indicates the difference between the cyclic shifts of any two adjacent RBs in the interlace where the first COT shared information of the time domain and/or frequency domain offset information is located, and the third cyclic shift n is the third cyclic shift of UE2 The time interval between a reserved resource and a reference time slot.
  • m2 j ⁇
  • j indicates time domain and/or frequency domain offset information
  • j ⁇ 0,1,2,3,4,5 ⁇
  • UE1 indicates the relevant information to UE2 through the difference n between the cyclic shift m associated with the first RB in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located and the cyclic shift associated with any two RBs n.
  • UE1 determines that the cyclic shift associated with the RB in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located is ⁇ 2, 5, 8, 11,..., ⁇ , where the cyclic shift associated with the first RB in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located Bit m is 2, and the cyclic shift associated with the second RB in the interleave where the first COT shared information is located is 5.
  • the cyclic shift associated with two adjacent RBs in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located is n It is 3, so I won’t go into details here.
  • the information indicated by m and n can be described as follows:
  • m1 indicates that the first COT is allowed to be shared
  • m2 indicates the interval between the first reserved resource of UE2 and the reference time slot
  • n indicates the offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain.
  • the time-frequency domain offset value corresponding to n can be shown in Table 31.
  • UE1 when the reserved resources of UE2 and UE3 overlap in the first COT, UE1 indicates the time domain or frequency domain offset information to ensure that the resources actually shared by UE2 and UE3 in the first COT do not overlap.
  • UE2 and UE3 can share the first COT of UE1 at the same time. From the perspective of a single UE, the reliability of UE2 and UE3 is ensured; both UE2 and UE3 can access the channel as soon as possible, preventing the UE from re-executing the LBT process, reducing the UE information transmission delay, and improving spectrum utilization from a system perspective.
  • the above describes the indication method when the first COT shared information is carried on the PSFCH.
  • the following example illustrates when the first COT shared information is carried on other signaling, such as first-order SCI, second-order SCI, a new second-order SCI (such as SCI 2-D), MAC CE, PC-5 RRC, and RRC signaling, how does UE1 indicate the first COT shared information to UE2.
  • the first COT sharing information includes N pieces of indication information, each of the N pieces of indication information includes identification information of the terminal device and resource information of the terminal device sharing the first COT, and N is a positive integer.
  • the identification information of the terminal device includes M terminal device identifiers.
  • the resource information of the terminal device sharing the first COT indicates the first time slot.
  • the first time slot is the time shared by the terminal devices corresponding to the M terminal device identifiers in the first COT.
  • the channel corresponding to the first COT includes L interleaves or sub-channels, and each indication information indicates that the terminal device corresponding to the i-th terminal device identifier among the M terminal device identifiers shares the i-th interleave of L interleaves or sub-channels Or sub-channel, where M, L and i are all positive integers, and M is less than or equal to L.
  • the first COT shared information includes an indication information of ⁇ first time slot, UE identification information 1, UE identification information 2, UE identification information 3,... ⁇ .
  • the resource information of the terminal device sharing the first COT indicates the first time slot. Specifically, it may indicate the time slot interval of the first time slot relative to the reference time slot, or indicate the time slot number of the first time slot.
  • the reference time slot may be the first time slot of the first COT, the first valid time slot of the first COT, the time slot in which the first COT shared information is sent, or the time slot indicated by the DFN index and/or the time slot index. any one of the gaps.
  • the slot number of the slot is indicated by a DFN index and/or a slot index.
  • the time slot interval is an integer number of time slots, such as ⁇ 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10 ⁇ time slots.
  • the identification information of the UE may be the identification information of the UE of the first COT, such as the identification information of UE1; or it may be the identification information of the UE sharing the first COT, such as the identification information of UE2.
  • the identification information of the UE may be So: at least any one of the source identification information of UE1 or UE2, the destination identification information of UE1 or UE2, the device identification information of UE1 or UE2, and the group identification information of UE1 or UE2.
  • the identification information of the UE is carried in the first-order and/or second-order SCI.
  • the identification information of the UE includes Q bits, and the value of Q is a predefined, preconfigured or network-configured integer.
  • a value can also be predefined in this implementation.
  • This predefined value indicates that the COT is not shared or indicates that it is used for transmission by UEl.
  • the predefined value contains Q bits, and the values of Q bits are all 0 or all 1; or, the predefined value is P bits (P is less than or equal to Q), and the value of P is all 0 or all 1. is 1.
  • the first COT shared information includes time slot information "3" and UE identification information "SID2, SID2, SID3, X", that is, the first COT shared information is ⁇ 3, SID2, SID2, SID3, X ⁇ , where 3 represents The shared time slot is the third time slot after the first time slot in the first COT; SID2 is the source identification information of UE2, and SID3 is the source identification information of UE3.
  • the frequency domain resources in the first COT include 4 interlaces.
  • UE1 indicates through ⁇ 3, SID2, SID2, SID3, X ⁇ that the 4th time slot in the first COT is used to share with UE2 and UE3 for transmission.
  • X is a predefined value, for example, X is all 0 of the Q bit, or X is P, and X means that it is not shared in interleaved 4.
  • UE1 uses ⁇ 6,SID1,SID1,SID1,SID1 ⁇ or ⁇ 6,Y ⁇ to indicate the 6th time slot in the first COT for its own transmission; or, to indicate the 6th time slot in the first COT
  • the channel is used for its own transmission; or, it is used to indicate that the 6th time slot in the first COT is not used for COT sharing; or, it is used to indicate that the channel of the 6th time slot in the first COT is not used for COT sharing.
  • Y is a predefined value, for example, Y is all 1s of Q bits.
  • the first COT shared information includes the identification information and resource indication information of the UE.
  • the resource indication information may be information about the UE's transmission time-frequency resources in the first COT corresponding to the UE's identification information (that is, transmission resources shared within the first COT), or whether the UE is enabled to share the first COT's information.
  • identification information of the UE please refer to the description in Embodiment Mode 2, which will not be described again here.
  • the first COT shared information includes R combinations, and each combination includes identification information of a UE and resource indication information.
  • UE1 indicates the time domain resources and frequency domain resources transmitted by the UE in the first COT through ⁇ identification information of the UE, information on the time domain resources, and information on the frequency domain resources ⁇ .
  • the information of time domain resources is indicated by TRIV.
  • the frequency domain resource information is indicated by FRIV.
  • the frequency domain resources are frequency domain resources in an interleaved manner or frequency domain resources in a channel form.
  • UE1 indicates the time domain resources and frequency domain resources transmitted by UE2 in the first COT through ⁇ SID2, TRIV, FRIV ⁇ .
  • UE1 instructs the UE to transmit according to the time-frequency location of the UE's reserved resources within the first COT through ⁇ identification information of the UE, enable ⁇ .
  • UE1 uses ⁇ SID2, enable ⁇ to instruct UE2 to transmit in the first COT according to the time-frequency location indicated by the reservation information of UE2.
  • UE1 indicates the resources that the UE transmits in the first COT through ⁇ identification information of the UE, bitmap ⁇ .
  • UE1 indicates the resources transmitted by UE2 in the first COT through ⁇ SID2, bitmap ⁇ .
  • UE1 may also indicate time domain and/or frequency domain offset information in the first COT shared information.
  • the first COT sharing information includes time-frequency offset information
  • the time-frequency offset information indicates that UE2 shares the first transmission according to the reserved resources and time-frequency offset information of UE2 in the first COT. resource.
  • UE2 may determine the first transmission resource according to its own reservation information and the time domain and/or frequency domain offset information indicated by UE1.
  • the first transmission resources are resources that fall within the first COT after the reserved resources of UE2 are offset in the time domain and/or frequency domain according to the time-frequency offset information.
  • UE2 shares the first transmission resources.
  • the time-frequency offset information includes a time-frequency offset direction and a time-frequency offset value.
  • 2 bits are used to indicate the time-frequency offset direction, for example: 00 indicates an upward offset in the frequency domain, 01 indicates a downward offset in the frequency domain, 10 indicates a left offset in the time domain, and 11 indicates a right offset in the time domain.
  • N bit is used to indicate the number of interleaves shifted downward or upward in the frequency domain.
  • M bit is used to indicate the number of time slots shifted to the left or right in the time domain.
  • V is an integer less than 40.
  • the time-frequency offset information includes a time-domain offset direction and a time-domain offset value, or the time-frequency offset information includes a frequency-domain offset direction and a frequency-domain offset value.
  • the time-frequency offset information includes a frequency domain offset direction and a frequency domain offset value.
  • UE1 can use 1 bit to indicate the frequency domain offset direction, for example: 0 indicates an upward offset and 1 indicates a downward offset.
  • N bit is used to indicate the number of interleaves shifted downward or upward. For example, when there are U interleaves in the channel, then
  • UE1 when the reserved resources of UE2 and UE3 overlap within the first COT, UE1 enables both UE2 and UE3 to transmit within the first COT of UE1 by indicating the time domain or frequency domain offset information. From the perspective of a single UE, the reliability of UE2 and UE3 is ensured; both UE2 and UE3 can access the channel as soon as possible, avoiding the need to re-execute the LBT process and reducing latency. Spectrum utilization is also improved from a system perspective.
  • the first-order control information includes a first field, the first field indicates whether the resource where the first-order control information is located carries the first COT shared information; or, whether the first field exists indicates that the first-order control information exists Whether the resource where it is located carries the first COT shared information.
  • Whether the resource where the first-order control information is located carries the first COT shared information includes whether the second-order SCI, MAC CE or PSFCH in the resource where the first-order control information is located carries the first COT shared information.
  • UE1 uses the first field to instruct UE2 to decode the second-order SCI (for example, second-order SCI-D) and MAC CE bearer in the first-order SCI.
  • the first-order SCI is the first-order SCI carried by the resource where the first COT shared information is located; or, the PSSCH scheduled by the first-order SCI carries the first COT shared information.
  • the first field occupies 1 bit.
  • a 0 in the first field indicates that the second-order SCI, MAC CE or PSFCH does not carry the first COT shared information;
  • a 1 in the first field indicates that the second-order SCI, MAC CE or PSFCH carries the first COT share. information.
  • the presence of the first field indicates that the second-level SCI or MAC CE carries the first COT shared information; the absence of the first field indicates that the second-level SCI or MAC CE does not carry the first COT shared information.
  • the main reason for using the first field indication in SCI-1 is to let the receiving UE know whether the second-order SCI, MAC CE or PSFCH carried on the resource where the control information is located carries the first COT shared information when detecting the control information. . If it is carried, decoding will continue, even if the resource does not carry the data sent to itself; if it is not carried, the data sent to itself is not carried on the resource, and there is no need to continue decoding.
  • the second-order SCI when the second-order SCI carries the first COT shared information, the second-order SCI includes a second field and a third field.
  • the second field indicates the number of time slots available for sharing within the first COT.
  • the third field is used to indicate the UE information on the number of shared time slots.
  • the third field is ⁇ time slot information, UE identification information 1, UE identification information 2, UE identification information 3,... ⁇ .
  • the second-order SCI when the second-order SCI carries the first COT shared information, the second-order SCI includes a fourth field and a fifth field.
  • the fourth field indicates the number of UEs sharing transmission within the first COT.
  • the fifth field indicates the transmission information of the UE.
  • the fifth field is ⁇ identification information of UE, information of time domain resources, information of frequency domain resources ⁇ , or ⁇ identification information of UE, enable ⁇ .
  • the MAC CE when the MAC CE carries the first COT shared information, the MAC CE can transmit the first COT shared information through multicast or broadcast.
  • all UEs sharing the first COT can decode MAC CE; or, UEs in the same group as UE1 can decode MAC CE; or, UEs in the resource pool can decode MAC CE.
  • the RNTI of the MAC CE indicates that the MAC CE carries the first COT shared information.
  • the above describes in detail how the first COT shared information is carried in different signaling and indicated to UE2.
  • the conditions that need to be met for sending the first COT shared information time domain resource (that is, the time domain resource of the first resource) to UE2 are described in detail below.
  • the time interval between the starting time domain position of the first COT and the time domain position of the first resource is greater than or equal to the first duration.
  • the time interval between UE2 sending the resource of the first SCI and sending the first COT shared information is greater than the second time length.
  • the interval between the time domain position of the first resource and the actual reserved resource position of UE2 is greater than the third duration.
  • the third duration is the time for UE2 to decode the first COT shared information, package packets, and transmit and receive conversion. Otherwise, UE2 itself Initial COT.
  • the time interval between the time domain location of the first resource and the actual reserved resource location of UE2 is greater than the fourth time length.
  • the time interval between the time domain position of the first resource and the time domain position transmitted by UE2 in the first COT is greater than or equal to the fifth time length.
  • the time domain position of the first resource in the above condition is the starting position of the time slot where the first resource is located, the end position of the time slot where the first resource is located, the starting position of the symbol where the first resource is located, the starting position of the symbol where the first resource is located, Any of the ending position of the symbol, the ending position of the last symbol of the first resource, or the starting position of the first symbol of the first resource.
  • the time domain location of the first resource is pre-configured or configured by the network to be any one of the above locations.
  • the Sth duration is related to subcarrier spacing (SCS), where the Sth duration is any one of the first duration, the second duration, the third duration, the fourth duration, and the fifth duration.
  • SCS subcarrier spacing
  • the length of the S-th time slot under different SCS is as shown in Table 32 or Table 33 or Table 34 or Table 35 or Table 36 or Table 37.
  • the Sth duration is any one of 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8 time slots.
  • the value of the Sth duration is configured through preconfiguration or network configuration.
  • the Sth duration includes a sum of times corresponding to A milliseconds + B number of time slots, and A and B are both positive numbers.
  • the Sth duration includes at least one of the following times, or the sum of at least two of them: time to prepare sensing results; time to report sensing results to the MAC layer; MAC layer selection of resources or creation of authorization (selected sidelink grant) The time; the time when the MAC layer indicates resources to the physical layer; the time for transceiver conversion; and the data preparation time.
  • the data preparation time includes the time for at least one of channel coding, modulation, RE mapping, OFDM signal generation, and packetization.
  • UE2 does not share the first COT, or UE2 accesses the initial COT through a type 1 channel (for example, type 1 LBT) .
  • a type 1 channel for example, type 1 LBT
  • the time domain resource carrying the first COT shared information (that is, the time domain resource of the first resource) can be any of the following:
  • the first COT shared information time domain resource is located on the M symbols after the symbol where the PSCCH is located; or, the first COT shared information time domain resource is located on the nearest M symbols after the symbol where the PSCCH is located; or, the first COT shared information time domain resource is located on the M symbols after the symbol where the PSCCH is located.
  • the domain resources are located on the nearest M symbols separated by the first symbol interval after the symbol where the PSCCH is located, and the first symbol interval is a positive integer; or, the first COT shared information time domain resource is located on the first M symbols of the timeslot, or,
  • the first COT shared information time domain resource is located on the penultimate and penultimate symbols of the time slot.
  • S704 UE2 determines whether UE2 is allowed to share the first COT based on the first COT sharing information.
  • UE1 can indicate whether other terminal devices can share the initial COT according to the reserved resources indicated by the SCI of other terminal devices (such as UE2), so that the transmission of UE1 and the transmission of other terminal devices can be formed within the COT. Continuous transmission to avoid UE1 initial COT interruption.
  • shared UE2 can transmit its own initial COT or share UE1's COT transmission.
  • UE2 For the former (UE2's own initial COT transmission), if UE2's reserved resources are within the initial COT of UE1 and UE1 does not share them with UE2 for transmission (such as transmitting by itself or transmitting to other shared UEs), then UE2 will not reserve the resources before LBT is successful. That is to say, UE2 will not be able to transmit until at least UE1's COT transmission is completed. For the latter (UE2 shares the COT of UE1), UE2 can transmit in the time domain of reserved resources to reduce latency.
  • the first COT of UE1 includes 6 time slots, namely time slot 1 to time slot 6.
  • UE2, UE3, and UE4 are all UEs that share the first COT.
  • type2 LBT must be performed before access.
  • the time slots shared by UE2, UE3, and UE4 in the first COT are as shown in the figure.
  • the time slot that UE2 and UE3 need to access the first COT is time slot 3
  • the time slot that UE4 needs to access the first COT is time slot. 4. Since the starting time slots of the reserved resources of UE2 (or UE3) and UE4 in the first COT are different (that is, UE2 and UE4 access the channel in different time slots successively), UE2's continuous transmission will cause UE4's LBT to fail. , therefore, this embodiment designs that UE2, UE3, and UE4 reserve time domain resources for type2 LBT at certain time domain locations within the first COT to ensure that UEs newly accessing the first COT can successfully access.
  • the time domain resources for type 2 LBT can be understood as time domain resources in which UE1 and/or the UE sharing the first COT do not send SL information; or, the transmission of UE1 and/or the UE sharing the first COT is The time domain resource of GAP; or the time domain resource of UE1 and/or the UE sharing the first COT to stop sending SL information; or the time domain resource of UE1 and/or the UE sharing the first COT to stop sending SL information.
  • the time length unit for performing type2 LBT is us, ms, symbol, and time slot.
  • the time length for type2 LBT is at least any one of 16us, 23us, 25us, 29us, 30us, 32us, 38us, 39us, 42us, and 51us.
  • the time length for preconfiguration or network configuration to perform type2 LBT is at least any of the above values.
  • the location of the time domain resource for type2 LBT in a time slot may be located at the following location: M symbols after the starting position of a time slot, or M symbols before the end position of a time slot. , or, on M symbols in a time slot.
  • the time domain resources for type 2 LBT in a time slot are located on the M symbols after the symbol where the PSCCH is located; or, the time domain resources for type 2 LBT in a time slot are located on the nearest M symbols after the symbol where the PSCCH is located. ;
  • the time domain resource for type2 LBT in a time slot is located on the nearest M symbols after the symbol where the PSCCH is located and separated by the first symbol interval, and the first symbol interval is a positive integer number of symbols.
  • this application provides several specific implementation methods for determining which time slots of the first COT to reserve time domain resources for type 2 LBT.
  • Each time slot in the first time slot set includes time domain resources for type2 LBT, where the first time slot set is the time when each terminal device among all terminal devices sharing the first COT accesses the first COT. A collection of gaps.
  • UE2 continuously transmits N PSCCH and/or PSSCH on N time slots (N is an integer greater than or equal to 1), then the time slot in which UE2 transmits the first PSCCH and/or PSSCH is when UE2 accesses the third time slot.
  • a COT time slot For example, as shown in Figure 15, the first COT of UE1 includes 6 time slots, namely time slot 1 to time slot 6.
  • UE2, UE3, and UE4 are all UEs sharing the first COT.
  • the time slots shared by UE2, UE3, and UE4 in the first COT are as shown in Figure 15.
  • the time slot for UE2 and UE3 to access the first COT is time slot 3.
  • the time slot in which UE4 accesses the first COT is time slot 4, then the first time slot set includes time slot 3 and time slot 4.
  • UE2 continuously transmits N PSCCH and/or PSSCH on M time slots (N is an integer greater than or equal to 1), then the first PSCCH and/or PSSCH time slot that UE2 continuously transmits is the time slot for UE2 access
  • the time slot of the first COT For example, as shown in Figure 15, the first time slot set includes time slot 3.
  • UE2 transmits N PSCCH and/or PSSCH non-continuously on M time slots (N is an integer greater than or equal to 1), then the time slot in which UE2 transmits each PSCCH and/or PSSCH is the first time UE2 accesses COT time slot.
  • the first time slot set includes time slot 3 and time slot 4.
  • Each time slot of the first time slot set includes time domain resources for type2 LBT, where the first time slot set is a set of time slots for each terminal device to transmit SL information among all terminal devices sharing the first COT. .
  • UE2 transmits N PSCCH and/or PSSCH on N time slots (N is an integer greater than or equal to 1), then the time slot in which UE2 transmits each PSCCH and/or PSSCH is the time slot in which UE2 transmits SL information.
  • the first time slot set includes time slot 3 and time slot 4.
  • Each time slot in the first time slot set includes time domain resources for type2 LBT, where the first time slot set is the set of all time slots in the first COT.
  • the first time slot set includes time slot 1, time slot 2, time slot 3, time slot 4, time slot 5, and time slot 6.
  • it can be at least any one of the above three implementation methods of predefinition, preconfiguration, or network configuration.
  • UE2 determines the resources that UE3 transmits (shares) in the first COT based on the COT sharing information indicated by UE1 to UE3 and the second SCI sent by UE3, where the second SCI indicates the reservation of UE3 resource.
  • UE2 can determine which times of the first COT according to any of the above three implementation methods. Slots are required for type2 LBT, i.e. determine the first set of slots. For example, when the first COT shared information is carried on the PSFCH, which time slots of the first COT need to be used for type 2 LBT can be determined through implicit indication.
  • UE1 can explicitly indicate whether there are type2 LBT time domain resources on the time slot after the reference time slot.
  • the reference time slot may be: a time slot for sending the first COT shared information, a time slot for UEl to access the channel, the first time slot within the first COT of UEl, and the first complete time slot within the first COT of UEl. time slot, the first valid time slot in the first COT of UE1.
  • the explicit indication may use a bitmap to indicate whether there are type2 LBT time domain resources on the time slot after the reference time slot. For example, based on Figure 15, taking the time slot for sending the first COT sharing information as the reference time slot, 1100 indicates that in slots 3 to 6, the UE sharing the first COT can perform type2 LBT in slots 3 and 4. . For another example, taking the first time slot in the first COT of UE1 as the reference time slot, and using 001100 to indicate time slots 1 to 6, the UEs sharing the first COT can perform type2 LBT in time slots 3 and 4.
  • the AGC symbols and/or GAP symbols in each time slot in the first time slot set include time domain resources for type2 LBT.
  • the time domain resource of type2 LBT is the sixth duration as an example.
  • the sixth duration is at least any one of 16us, 23us, 25us, 29us, 30us, 32us, 38us, 39us, 42us, and 51us.
  • the value of the sixth duration is pre-configured or network-configured.
  • Method 1 The symbol where the AGC is located includes time domain resources for type2 LBT.
  • Method 2 Use cyclic prefix extension (cyclic prefix extension) CPE to replace AGC.
  • the symbol where CPE is located includes time domain resources for type2 LBT.
  • Method 3 The symbol where the GAP is located includes time domain resources for type2 LBT.
  • GAP symbols include time domain resources for type2 LBT. It can also be understood that the time domain resource used for type2 LBT is located on the last symbol of the time slot, or on the first symbol of the time slot. As shown in (c) of Figure 16, the first sixth duration of the symbol is used for the GAP of the time slot, and the GAP is the time domain resource used for type2 LBT.
  • the remaining part of the symbol is CPE, copying the contents of the previous symbol, or copying the contents of the next symbol.
  • the remaining part of the symbol carries PSSCH.
  • the last sixth duration of the symbol is used for the GAP of the time slot, and the GAP is the time domain resource used for type2 LBT.
  • the remainder of the symbol is CPE, copying the contents of the previous symbol or copying the contents of the next symbol.
  • the remaining part of the symbol carries PSSCH.
  • Method 4 The last symbol of the previous time slot and the first symbol of the next time slot in two adjacent time slots include time domain resources for type2 LBT.
  • the time domain resources used for type2 LBT are located in two adjacent time slots.
  • the GAP symbol of the previous time slot and the AGC symbol of the next time slot include the time domain resources used for type2 LBT.
  • AGC, sixth duration, and GAP occupy a total of 2 symbols. For example, at 30kHz, the length of a symbol is 35.68us, the AGC symbol is shortened to (35.68-A)us, and the GAP symbol is shortened to (35.68-B)us, where the sum of the lengths of A and B is equal to the sixth duration.
  • Method 5 The last symbol of the previous time slot and the first symbol of the next time slot in two adjacent time slots include time domain resources for type2 LBT.
  • the time domain resources used for type2 LBT are located in two adjacent time slots.
  • the GAP symbol of the previous time slot and the AGC symbol of the next time slot include the time domain resources used for type2 LBT.
  • the sixth duration is located between the last symbol of the previous time slot and the first symbol of the next time slot.
  • the first sixth duration of these two symbols is used for the GAP of the previous time slot, which is the time domain resource used for type2 LBT, and the remaining part of these two symbols is used for AGC. For example, at 30kHz, the length of one symbol is 35.68us, and the length of two symbols is 71.35us.
  • the first sixth duration of these two symbols is used for the GAP of the previous time slot, which is the time domain resource used for type2 LBT, and the remaining part of these two symbols is used for AGC. For example, at 60kHz, the length of one symbol is 17.84us, and the length of two symbols is 35.68us.
  • Method 6 Increase the CP length between symbols in the time slot to ensure that there is exactly 25us at the end of the time slot.
  • the existing GAP symbol is too long, which may cause other UEs to successfully access the channel through type1LBT within this time period, causing the first COT of UE1 to be interrupted.
  • the GAP position and AGC position in the resource pool are still unified.
  • For GAP when the sending UE transmits, the receiving UE is still undergoing transceiver conversion and cannot receive.
  • AGC transmission at a certain frequency domain position will not affect the AGC adjustment at subsequent positions.
  • the first symbol of each time slot in the first time slot set is a symbol used for AGC.
  • the first symbol of a time slot that does not belong to the first time slot set in the first COT is not a symbol used for AGC; or, the first symbol of a time slot that does not belong to the first time slot set in the first COT symbols are used to transmit SL information.
  • UE1 transmits on the first time slot and the second time slot within the first COT; or, UE2 transmits on the first time slot and the second time slot within the first COT.
  • the first time slot and the second time slot are adjacent in the time domain.
  • the last symbol of the first time slot is not a GAP symbol; or the last symbol of the first time slot is used to transmit SL information.
  • Time slot 1 is used for UE1 to send, and time slot 2 is also used for UE1 to send. Then, UE1 does not need to perform transceiver conversion. Therefore, the end position of time slot 1 does not require GAP.
  • Time slot 1 is used for UE1 transmission, and time slot 2 is also used for UE1 transmission. Therefore, AGC is not required at the beginning of time slot 2 to achieve continuous transmission by UE1.
  • Time slot 5 is used for UE1 to receive, and time slot 6 is used for UE1 to send. Then, UE1 needs to perform transceiver conversion, and the end position of time slot 5 requires GAP.
  • Time slot 4 is used for UE3 and UE4 transmission, and time slot 5 is used for UE3 and UE4 transmission. Then, the end position of time slot 4 does not require GAP.
  • Time slot 4 is used for UE3 and UE4 transmission, and time slot 5 is used for UE3 and UE4 transmission. Then, the starting position of time slot 5 does not require GAP.
  • whether there is a GAP and/or AGC location in the time slot within the first COT may be predefined, preconfigured, or configured by the network.
  • Figure 17 is a schematic block diagram of the communication device 1000 provided by this application.
  • the communication device 1000 includes a transceiver unit 1100 and a processing unit 1200.
  • the communication device 1000 can implement steps or processes corresponding to those executed by the first terminal device in the above method embodiments.
  • the communication device 1000 can be the first terminal device, or can also configure a chip in the first terminal device or circuit.
  • the transceiver unit 1100 is configured to perform operations related to reception and transmission of the first terminal device in the above method embodiment
  • the processing unit 1200 is configured to perform operations related to processing of the first terminal device in the above method embodiment.
  • the transceiver unit 1100 is used to receive the first sideline control information SCI from the second terminal device, where the first SCI indicates the reserved resources of the second terminal device; the processing unit 1200 is used to determine the reserved resources of the second terminal device. All or part of it is located in the first COT, which is the initial COT of the first terminal device; the transceiver unit 1100 is also used to send the first COT sharing information to the second terminal device, and the first COT sharing information indicates whether it is allowed or not. Share the first COT.
  • the processing unit 1200 is also used to determine the first resource, and the first resource is used to transmit the first COT shared information.
  • the processing unit 1200 is specifically configured to: determine the first resource according to the reserved resources of the second terminal device; or, determine the first resource according to the reserved resources of the second terminal device in the first COT; or, according to The first reserved resource determines the first resource.
  • the first reserved resource belongs to the reserved resource of the second terminal device in the first COT.
  • the first reserved resource corresponds to one time slot in the time domain and corresponds to one in the frequency domain. sub-channel or interleaving. For the description of the first reserved resource, refer to the description in the corresponding embodiment, and will not be described again here.
  • the processing unit 1200 is specifically configured to: determine the time domain resource of the first resource according to the time domain resource of the first reserved resource, wherein the time domain resource of the first resource is before the first reserved resource, and
  • the first reserved resource interval is time domain resources of at least a first time interval.
  • the processing unit 1200 is specifically configured to: determine the frequency domain resource of the first resource according to the frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource, where the frequency domain resource of the first resource is the frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource.
  • the first COT sharing information is a sequence of the first resource
  • the processing unit 1200 is further configured to determine the cyclic shift of the sequence according to at least one of the following parameters or conditions: whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT; The time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot, the reference time slot is the time slot of the first resource, or the starting time slot of the first COT; the offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain, time domain and/or frequency domain offset information indicates that the second terminal device is in the first The offset in the time domain and/or frequency domain of the resources shared within the COT relative to the resources reserved by the second terminal device in the first COT; the frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource.
  • the specific determination method of the cyclic shift of the first resource association please refer to the description in the corresponding embodiment, which will not be described again here.
  • the transceiver unit 1100 may be a receiver.
  • the receiver and transmitter can also be integrated into a single transceiver.
  • the processing unit 1200 may be a processing device.
  • the functions of the processing device can be realized by hardware, or can also be realized by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the processing device may include a memory and a processor, where the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor reads and executes the computer program stored in the memory, so that the communication device 1000 performs the steps performed by the first terminal device in each method embodiment. Operation and/or processing.
  • the processing means may comprise only the processor, with the memory for storing the computer program being external to the processing means.
  • the processor is connected to the memory through circuits/wires to read and execute the computer program stored in the memory.
  • the processing device may be a chip or an integrated circuit.
  • the transceiver unit 1100 may be a communication interface or an interface circuit.
  • the processing unit 1200 may be a processor or microprocessor integrated on the chip or integrated circuit. No limitation is made here.
  • the communication device 1000 includes a transceiver unit 1100 and a processing unit 1200.
  • the communication device 1000 can implement the steps or processes performed by the second terminal device corresponding to the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device 1000 can be a second terminal device, or can also configure a chip in the second terminal device or circuit.
  • the transceiver unit 1100 is configured to perform operations related to reception and transmission of the second terminal device in the above method embodiment
  • the processing unit 1200 is configured to perform operations related to processing of the second terminal device in the above method embodiment.
  • the transceiver unit 1100 is configured to send the first sideline control information to the first terminal device, and the first sideline control information indicates the reserved resources of the second terminal device; the transceiver unit 1100 is also configured to receive the first sideline control information from the first terminal device.
  • the first COT sharing information indicates whether to allow or not share the first COT.
  • the first COT sharing information is directed to the second terminal device.
  • the first COT is the initial COT of the first terminal device.
  • the second terminal All or part of the reserved resources of the device are located in the first COT; the processing unit 1200 is configured to determine whether to share the first COT according to the first COT sharing information.
  • the processing unit 1200 is further configured to determine according to the first resource that the first COT shared information is indicated to the second terminal device, wherein the first resource is used to transmit the first COT shared information, and the first resource is configured according to the first resource.
  • the first resource is determined based on the reserved resources of the second terminal device, or the first resource is determined based on the reserved resources of the second terminal device, or the first resource is determined based on the reserved resources of the second terminal device in the first COT.
  • the first resource is determined based on the first reserved resource
  • the first reserved resource belongs to the reserved resource of the second terminal device in the first COT, and the first reserved resource corresponds to a time slot in the time domain, Corresponds to a sub-channel or interlace in the frequency domain.
  • the processing unit 1200 is specifically configured to: after determining the time domain resource of the first resource, the time domain resource separated by at least a first time interval is the time domain resource of the first reserved resource; determine that the first COT shared information is Indicated to the second terminal device.
  • the processing unit 1200 is specifically configured to: determine that the frequency domain resource of the first resource is the same as the frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource; determine that the first COT sharing information is indicated to the second terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 1100 is also configured to receive the second COT sharing information on the second resource.
  • the second resource is used to indicate that the second COT sharing information is directed to the third terminal device.
  • the second COT sharing information indicates whether Share the first A COT; the processing unit 1200 is also configured to determine the resources shared by the third terminal in the first COT according to the second resource and the second COT sharing information; the processing unit 1200 is also configured to determine the resources shared by the third terminal device in the first COT according to the second terminal device and the third terminal.
  • the time domain resources of the resources shared within the first COT determine the first time slot set, and each time slot of the first time slot set in the first COT includes time domain resources for type2 LBT.
  • the transceiver unit 1100 may be a receiver.
  • the receiver and transmitter can also be integrated into a single transceiver.
  • the processing unit 1200 may be a processing device.
  • the functions of the processing device can be realized by hardware, or can also be realized by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the processing device may include a memory and a processor, where the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor reads and executes the computer program stored in the memory, so that the communication device 1000 performs the steps performed by the second terminal device in each method embodiment. Operation and/or processing.
  • the processing means may comprise only the processor, with the memory for storing the computer program being external to the processing means.
  • the processor is connected to the memory through circuits/wires to read and execute the computer program stored in the memory.
  • the processing device may be a chip or an integrated circuit.
  • the transceiver unit 1100 may be a communication interface or an interface circuit.
  • the processing unit 1200 may be a processor or microprocessor integrated on the chip or integrated circuit. No limitation is made here.
  • Figure 18 shows a communication device 1800 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device shown in Figure 18 can be a hardware circuit implementation of the device shown in Figure 17 .
  • the communication device can be adapted to the flow chart shown above to perform the functions of the terminal device or network device in the above method embodiment.
  • FIG. 18 shows only the main components of the communication device.
  • the communication device 1800 may be a terminal device, capable of realizing the functions of the first terminal device or the second terminal device in the method provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • the communication device 1800 may also be a device that can support the first terminal device or the second terminal device to implement the corresponding functions in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1800 may be a chip system. In the embodiments of this application, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices. For specific functions, please refer to the description in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device 1800 includes one or more processors 1810, which are used to implement or support the communication device 1800 to implement the functions of the first terminal device or the second terminal device in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processor 1810 can also be called a processing unit or processing module, and can implement certain control functions.
  • the processor 1810 may be a general-purpose processor, a special-purpose processor, or the like. For example, include: central processing unit, application processor, modem processor, graphics processor, image signal processor, digital signal processor, video codec processor, controller, memory, and/or neural network processor wait.
  • the central processing unit may be used to control the communication device 1800, execute software programs and/or process data.
  • processors may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors, for example, integrated on one or more application specific integrated circuits.
  • the processor in the embodiment of the present application can be a central processing unit (CPU), or other general-purpose processor, digital signal processor (DSP), or application-specific integrated circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any combination thereof.
  • a general-purpose processor can be a microprocessor or any conventional processor.
  • the communication device 1800 includes one or more memories 1820 to store instructions 1840, which can be executed on the processor 1810, so that the communication device 1800 performs the methods described in the above method embodiments. Law.
  • Memory 1820 and processor 1810 are coupled.
  • the coupling in the embodiment of this application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, which may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information interaction between devices, units or modules.
  • the processor 1810 may cooperate with the memory 1820. At least one of the at least one memory may be included in the processor. It should be noted that the memory 1820 is not necessary, so it is illustrated with a dotted line in FIG. 18 .
  • the memory 1820 may also store data.
  • the processor and memory can be provided separately or integrated together.
  • the memory 1820 may be a non-volatile memory, such as a hard disk drive (HDD) or a solid-state drive (SSD), etc., or it may be a volatile memory (volatile memory).
  • volatile memory volatile memory
  • RAM random-access memory
  • the processor may also be flash memory, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM) ), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically EEPROM, EEPROM), register, hard disk, mobile hard disk, CD-ROM or any other form of storage media well known in the art.
  • An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor such that the processor can read information from the storage medium and write information to the storage medium.
  • the storage medium can also be an integral part of the processor.
  • the processor and storage media may be located in an ASIC. Additionally, the ASIC can be located in network equipment or terminal equipment.
  • the processor and the storage medium can also exist as discrete components in network equipment or terminal equipment.
  • Memory is, but is not limited to, any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer.
  • the memory in the embodiment of the present application can also be a circuit or any other device capable of realizing a storage function, used to store program instructions and/or data.
  • the communication device 1800 may include instructions 1830 (sometimes also referred to as codes or programs), and the instructions 1830 may be executed on the processor, causing the communication device 1800 to perform the methods described in the above embodiments. .
  • Data may be stored in processor 1810.
  • the communication device 1800 may also include a transceiver 1850 and an antenna 1806.
  • the transceiver 1850 may be called a transceiver unit, transceiver module, transceiver, transceiver circuit, transceiver, input/output interface, etc., and is used to realize the transceiver function of the communication device 1800 through the antenna 1806.
  • the processor 1810 and transceiver 1850 described in this application can be implemented in integrated circuits (ICs), analog ICs, radio frequency identification (RFID), mixed signal ICs, ASICs, printed circuit boards (printed circuit boards) board, PCB), or electronic equipment, etc.
  • the communication device that implements the communication described in this article can be an independent device (for example, an independent integrated circuit, a mobile phone, etc.), or it can be a part of a larger device (for example, a module that can be embedded in other devices).
  • ICs integrated circuits
  • RFID radio frequency identification
  • ASICs integrated circuits
  • PCB printed circuit boards
  • the communication device 1800 may also include one or more of the following components: a wireless communication module, an audio module, an external memory interface, an internal memory, a universal serial bus (USB) interface, a power management module, and an antenna. Speakers, microphones, input and output modules, sensor modules, motors, cameras, or displays, etc. It can be understood that in some embodiments, the communication device 1800 may include more or fewer components, or some components may be integrated, or some components may be separated. These components may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • this application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, which stores computer instructions.
  • each method embodiment of the application is executed by the first terminal device. operations and/or processes are performed.
  • This application also provides a computer-readable storage medium.
  • Computer instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium. When the computer instructions are run on the computer, the operations performed by the second terminal device in each method embodiment of the application are performed. and/or the process is executed.
  • the computer program product includes computer program code or instructions.
  • the operations performed by the first terminal device in each method embodiment of the application are caused and/or or process is executed.
  • the computer program product includes computer program code or instructions.
  • the operations performed by the second terminal device in each method embodiment of the application are caused and/or or process is executed.
  • this application also provides a chip, which includes a processor.
  • the memory used to store the computer program is provided independently of the chip, and the processor is used to execute the computer program stored in the memory, so that the operations and/or processing performed by the corresponding device or network element in any method embodiment are performed.
  • the chip may also include a communication interface.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, or an interface circuit, etc.
  • the chip may further include the memory.
  • this application also provides a communication system, including one or more of the devices or network elements involved in the embodiments of this application.
  • the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip and has the ability to process signals. During the implementation process, each step of the above method embodiment can be completed through an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor or instructions in the form of software.
  • the processor can be a general processor, digital signal processor (DSP), application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic Devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc.
  • the steps of the methods disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be directly implemented by a hardware encoding processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the encoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other mature storage media in this field.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • the memory in the embodiment of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memories.
  • non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable ROM (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase electrically programmable read-only memory (EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • double data rate SDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • DDR SDRAM double data rate SDRAM
  • ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM synchronous link dynamic random access memory
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, each unit can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of this application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, ROM, RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application provides a communication method and a communication apparatus. In the communication method, a first terminal device determines that reserved resources of a second terminal device are within an initial COT of the first terminal device, and the first terminal device sends first COT sharing information to the second terminal device to indicate whether the second terminal device shares the first COT, so that the second terminal device can also use a resource in the initial COT of the first terminal device to perform sidelink transmission. Thus, COT interruption caused by the possibility that the first terminal device may not be able to perform continuous transmission within the initial COT can be avoided, spectrum utilization can also be improved, and transmission delay of the second terminal device can be reduced.

Description

通信方法和通信装置Communication method and communication device

本申请要求于2022年4月29日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202210474978.6、申请名称为“通信方法和通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office of China on April 29, 2022, with application number 202210474978.6 and application title "Communication Method and Communication Device", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference. .

技术领域Technical field

本申请涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及一种通信方法和通信装置。The present application relates to the field of communication, and more specifically, to a communication method and a communication device.

背景技术Background technique

在无线通信系统中,频谱资源可以分为授权频段和非授权频段,发射节点在使用非授权频段时,需要按照竞争的方式使用频谱资源。目前,侧行链路(sidelink,SL)通信在车与任何事物通信(vehicle-to-everything,V2X)场景中受到广泛的应用,使能非授权频段的SL通信是一个重要演进方向,相应的协议技术可以统称为非授权侧行(sidelink unlicensed,SL-U)。In wireless communication systems, spectrum resources can be divided into licensed frequency bands and unlicensed frequency bands. When transmitting nodes use unlicensed frequency bands, they need to use spectrum resources in a competitive manner. Currently, sidelink (SL) communication is widely used in vehicle-to-everything (V2X) scenarios. Enabling SL communication in unlicensed frequency bands is an important evolution direction. Accordingly, The protocol technology can be collectively referred to as sidelink unlicensed (SL-U).

在SL-U中,初始信道占用时间(channel occupancy period,COT)的终端设备将COT共享给其他UE时,有可能的发生COT中断的情况,即初始COT的终端设备就不能够再继续使用该COT,从而导致数据传输的可靠性无法保证。因此,如何提高初始COT的终端设备的传输可靠性已成为亟待解决的问题。In SL-U, when the terminal device with the initial channel occupancy period (COT) shares the COT with other UEs, COT interruption may occur, that is, the terminal device with the initial COT cannot continue to use the COT. COT, resulting in the reliability of data transmission not guaranteed. Therefore, how to improve the transmission reliability of the terminal equipment of the initial COT has become an urgent problem to be solved.

发明内容Contents of the invention

本申请提供一种通信方法和通信装置,能够提高初始COT的终端设备在COT内传输可靠性,以及,提高SL-U的频谱利用率,降低共享初始COT的终端设备的传输时延。This application provides a communication method and communication device that can improve the transmission reliability of the initial COT terminal equipment within the COT, improve the spectrum utilization of SL-U, and reduce the transmission delay of the terminal equipment sharing the initial COT.

第一方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以由第一终端设备执行,或者,也可以由第一终端设备的组成部件(例如芯片或者电路)执行,对此不作限定,为了便于描述,下面以由第一终端设备执行为例进行说明。In the first aspect, a communication method is provided. The method can be executed by a first terminal device, or can also be executed by a component (such as a chip or circuit) of the first terminal device. This is not limited. For the convenience of description, The following description takes execution by the first terminal device as an example.

该方法可以包括:第一终端设备接收来自第二终端设备的第一侧行控制信息SCI,第一SCI指示第二终端设备的预留资源;第一终端设备确定第二终端设备的预留资源的全部或者部分位于第一COT内,第一COT为第一终端设备初始的COT;第一终端设备向第二终端设备发送第一COT共享信息,第一COT共享信息指示允许或不允许共享第一COT。The method may include: the first terminal device receives first sideline control information SCI from the second terminal device, the first SCI indicates the reserved resources of the second terminal device; the first terminal device determines the reserved resources of the second terminal device All or part of is located in the first COT, and the first COT is the initial COT of the first terminal device; the first terminal device sends the first COT sharing information to the second terminal device, and the first COT sharing information indicates whether to allow or not allow sharing of the third terminal device. One COT.

应理解,第一终端设备只会向有预留资源位于在第一COT内的终端设备发送COT共享信息。It should be understood that the first terminal device will only send COT sharing information to terminal devices with reserved resources located in the first COT.

在SL-U中,初始COT的第一终端设备需要在COT内连续传输,或者,初始COT的第一终端设备和共享初始COT的共享UE一起在COT内连续传输一段时间。如果不连续传输,会造成第一终端设备初始的COT中断,第一终端设备就不能够再继续使用该COT。上述技术方案中,第一终端设备可以根据其他终端设备(例如第二终端设备)的SCI指示 的预留资源,指示其他终端设备是否可以共享该初始COT,从而使得第一终端设备的传输和其他终端设备的传输能够在COT形成连续的传输,避免第一终端设备的COT中断。In SL-U, the first terminal device of the initial COT needs to continuously transmit within the COT, or the first terminal device of the initial COT and the shared UE sharing the initial COT need to continuously transmit within the COT for a period of time. If there is no continuous transmission, the initial COT of the first terminal device will be interrupted, and the first terminal device will no longer be able to continue to use the COT. In the above technical solution, the first terminal device can perform the operation according to the SCI indication of other terminal devices (such as the second terminal device). The reserved resources indicate whether other terminal devices can share the initial COT, so that the transmission of the first terminal device and the transmission of other terminal devices can form continuous transmission at the COT to avoid interruption of the COT of the first terminal device.

另外,第二终端设备可以通过自己初始COT传输,也可以共享第一终端设备的COT传输。对于前者(第二终端设备自己初始COT传输),如果第二终端设备的预留资源在初始第一终端设备的COT内,第一终端设备没有共享给第二终端设备传输(比如自己传输或者给其他共享UE传输),那第二终端设备在预留资源前不会LBT成功。也就是第二终端设备至少会在第一终端设备的COT传输结束后才能传输。对于后者(第二终端设备共享第一终端设备的COT),第二终端设备能够在预留资源的时域传输,降低时延。第一终端设备如果将初始COT共享给第二终端设备使用,同时也可以提高频谱利用率。In addition, the second terminal device can initiate COT transmission by itself or share the COT transmission of the first terminal device. For the former (the second terminal device's own initial COT transmission), if the reserved resources of the second terminal device are within the initial COT of the first terminal device, the first terminal device does not share it with the second terminal device for transmission (such as transmitting by itself or to Other shared UE transmission), then the second terminal device will not succeed in LBT before reserving resources. That is to say, the second terminal device can transmit at least after the COT transmission of the first terminal device is completed. For the latter (the second terminal device shares the COT of the first terminal device), the second terminal device can transmit in the time domain of reserved resources, thereby reducing the delay. If the first terminal device shares the initial COT with the second terminal device, spectrum utilization can also be improved.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:第一终端设备确定第一资源,第一资源用于传输第一COT共享信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: the first terminal device determines a first resource, and the first resource is used to transmit the first COT shared information.

可以理解,第一资源的时域资源和/或频域资源和/或序列的循环移位用于指示该第一COT共享信息是指示给第二终端设备的。It can be understood that the time domain resource and/or the frequency domain resource and/or the cyclic shift of the sequence of the first resource are used to indicate that the first COT shared information is indicated to the second terminal device.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,第一终端设备确定第一资源,包括:第一终端设备根据第二终端设备的预留资源确定第一资源;或,第一终端设备根据第二终端设备在第一COT内的预留资源确定第一资源;或,第一终端设备根据第一预留资源确定第一资源,第一预留资源属于第二终端设备在第一COT内的预留资源,第一预留资源在时域上对应一个时隙,在频域上对应一个子信道或交错。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first terminal device determines the first resource, including: the first terminal device determines the first resource according to the reserved resources of the second terminal device; or, the first terminal device The device determines the first resource based on the reserved resources of the second terminal device in the first COT; or, the first terminal device determines the first resource based on the first reserved resource, and the first reserved resource belongs to the second terminal device in the first COT. Among the reserved resources in the COT, the first reserved resource corresponds to a time slot in the time domain and corresponds to a sub-channel or interleave in the frequency domain.

可以理解,第一终端设备根据不同终端设备的预留资源的位置确定第一资源的位置,可以第一COT共享信息隐式的指示给与第一资源关联的终端设备。It can be understood that the first terminal device determines the location of the first resource based on the locations of reserved resources of different terminal devices, and may implicitly indicate the location of the first resource to the terminal device associated with the first resource by the first COT shared information.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,第一预留资源为第一COT内的预留资源中时隙索引最小,子信道或交错索引最小的资源,或,第一预留资源为第一COT内的预留资源中时隙索引最小,子信道或交错索引最大的资源,或,第一预留资源为第一COT内的预留资源中时隙索引最大,子信道或交错索引最大的资源,或,第一预留资源为第一COT内的预留资源中时隙索引最大,子信道或交错索引最小的资源。In connection with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first reserved resource is the resource with the smallest time slot index, the smallest subchannel or the smallest interleaving index among the reserved resources in the first COT, or the first reserved resource. The reserved resource is the resource with the smallest time slot index and the largest subchannel or interleaving index among the reserved resources in the first COT, or the first reserved resource is the resource with the largest time slot index and the largest subchannel index among the reserved resources in the first COT. Or the resource with the largest interleaving index, or the first reserved resource is the resource with the largest time slot index and the smallest subchannel or interleaving index among the reserved resources in the first COT.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,第一终端设备根据第一预留资源确定第一资源,包括:第一终端设备根据第一预留资源的时域资源确定第一资源的时域资源,其中,第一资源的时域资源为在第一预留资源前,与第一预留资源间隔至少第一时间间隔的时域资源。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first terminal device determines the first resource according to the first reserved resource, including: the first terminal device determines the first resource according to the time domain resource of the first reserved resource. The time domain resource of the resource, wherein the time domain resource of the first resource is a time domain resource that precedes the first reserved resource and is separated from the first reserved resource by at least a first time interval.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,第一终端设备根据第一预留资源确定第一资源,包括:第一终端设备根据第一预留资源的频域资源确定第一资源的频域资源,第一资源的频域资源为第一预留资源的频域资源。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first terminal device determines the first resource according to the first reserved resource, including: the first terminal device determines the first resource according to the frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource. The frequency domain resource of the resource, the frequency domain resource of the first resource is the frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,第一COT共享信息为第一资源的序列,该方法还包括:第一终端设备根据以下参数或条件中的至少一个确定序列的循环移位:是否允许第二终端设备共享第一COT;第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的时间间隔,参考时隙为第一资源的时隙,或,第一COT的起始时隙;时域和/或频域的偏移信息,时域和/或频域的偏移信息指示第二终端设备在第一COT内共享的资源相对于第二终端设备在第一COT内的预留资源在时域和/或频域上的偏移;第一预留资源的频域资源。In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first COT shared information is a sequence of the first resource, and the method further includes: the first terminal device determines a cycle of the sequence according to at least one of the following parameters or conditions Shift: whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT; the time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot, the reference time slot is the time slot of the first resource, or the starting time slot of the first COT ;Offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain. The offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain indicates that the resources shared by the second terminal equipment in the first COT are relative to the predetermined resources of the second terminal equipment in the first COT. The offset of the reserved resources in the time domain and/or frequency domain; the frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource.

可选地,第一COT共享信息承载于PSFCH,第一资源为发送PSFCH的资源。由于PSFCH的承载比特数有限,因此上述技术方案中,第一终端设备可以通过发送PSFCH的 时域位置、频域位置或关联的循环移位中的至少一个信息来隐式指示是否允许哪个终端设备来使用第一终端设备的第一COT。由于UE2知道自己预留资源的时频位置,因此可以基于PSFCH的时域位置、频域位置或关联的循环移位中的至少一个信息来确定PSFCH是发送给自己的。因此,PSFCH承载第一COT共享信息时,相对于其他信令(如一阶SCI、二阶SCI、MAC CE、RRC、PC5 RRC),信令开销小、时延小。Optionally, the first COT shared information is carried on the PSFCH, and the first resource is a resource for sending the PSFCH. Since the number of bearer bits of PSFCH is limited, in the above technical solution, the first terminal equipment can send the PSFCH by At least one of the time domain position, frequency domain position or associated cyclic shift information implicitly indicates whether which terminal device is allowed to use the first COT of the first terminal device. Since UE2 knows the time-frequency location of its reserved resources, it can determine that the PSFCH is sent to itself based on at least one of the time domain location, frequency domain location, or associated cyclic shift of the PSFCH. Therefore, when PSFCH carries the first COT shared information, compared with other signaling (such as first-order SCI, second-order SCI, MAC CE, RRC, PC5 RRC), the signaling overhead and delay are small.

另外,当共享第一COT的多个终端设备的预留资源在第一COT内重合时,第一终端设备可以通过第一资源的序列的循环移位指示时域或者频域偏移信息以保证共享第一COT的多个终端设备在第一COT内实际共享的资源不会重合,从而使得共享第一COT的多个终端设备能够同时共享第一COT。保证了共享第一COT的多个终端设备传输的可靠性;共享第一COT的多个终端设备的都可以尽快接入信道,避免由于传输冲突导致重新执行LBT流程,降低了UE信息传输的时延,从系统角度也提高了第一COT内的频谱利用率。In addition, when the reserved resources of multiple terminal devices sharing the first COT overlap within the first COT, the first terminal device may indicate the time domain or frequency domain offset information through the cyclic shift of the sequence of the first resource to ensure The resources actually shared by multiple terminal devices sharing the first COT within the first COT will not overlap, so that multiple terminal devices sharing the first COT can share the first COT at the same time. The reliability of the transmission of multiple terminal devices sharing the first COT is ensured; multiple terminal devices sharing the first COT can all access the channel as soon as possible, avoiding re-execution of the LBT process due to transmission conflicts, and reducing the time for UE information transmission. The extension also improves the spectrum utilization within the first COT from a system perspective.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,序列的循环移位是根据第一循环移位和第二循环移位确定的,其中,第一循环移位指示允许或不允许第二终端设备共享第一COT,第二循环移位指示时域和/或频域偏移信息。In connection with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the cyclic shift of the sequence is determined based on a first cyclic shift and a second cyclic shift, wherein the first cyclic shift indicates whether the first cyclic shift is allowed or not allowed. The two terminal devices share the first COT, and the second cyclic shift indicates time domain and/or frequency domain offset information.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,序列的循环移位是根据第一循环移位和第二循环移位确定的,其中,序列的循环移位指示允许或不允许第二终端设备共享第一COT,第一循环移位指示第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的时间间隔,第二循环移位指示时域和/或频域的偏移信息。In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the cyclic shift of the sequence is determined based on the first cyclic shift and the second cyclic shift, wherein the cyclic shift of the sequence indicates whether the first cyclic shift is allowed or not allowed. The two terminal devices share the first COT, the first cyclic shift indicates the time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot, and the second cyclic shift indicates offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,序列的循环移位是根据第一循环移位和第二循环移位确定的,其中,第一循环移位指示允许或不允许第二终端设备共享第一COT,第二循环移位指示第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的时间间隔,第三循环移位为第一资源中相邻的两个RB的序列的循环移位之差,第三循环移位指示时域和/或频域偏移信息,或,第一循环移位指示允许或不允许第二终端设备共享第一COT,第二循环移位指示时域和/或频域偏移信息,第三循环移位为第一资源中相邻的两个RB之差,第三循环移位指示第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的时间间隔。In connection with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the cyclic shift of the sequence is determined based on a first cyclic shift and a second cyclic shift, wherein the first cyclic shift indicates whether the first cyclic shift is allowed or not allowed. The two terminal devices share the first COT, the second cyclic shift indicates the time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot, and the third cyclic shift is the cyclic shift of the sequence of two adjacent RBs in the first resource. bit difference, the third cyclic shift indicates time domain and/or frequency domain offset information, or the first cyclic shift indicates whether the second terminal device is allowed or not allowed to share the first COT, and the second cyclic shift indicates the time domain and/or frequency domain offset information, the third cyclic shift is the difference between two adjacent RBs in the first resource, and the third cyclic shift indicates the time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一资源中任一RB的序列的循环移位是根据第一循环移位、第二循环移位和第三循环移位确定的,其中,In connection with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the cyclic shift of the sequence of any RB in the first resource is based on the first cyclic shift, the second cyclic shift and the third cyclic shift. deterministic, among which,

所述第一循环移位指示允许或不允许所述第二终端设备共享所述第一COT,所述第二循环移位指示所述第一预留资源与所述参考时隙之间的时间间隔,所述第一资源中相邻的两个RB的第三循环移位之差指示所述时域和/或频域偏移信息,The first cyclic shift indicates whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT, and the second cyclic shift indicates the time between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot. interval, the difference between the third cyclic shifts of two adjacent RBs in the first resource indicates the time domain and/or frequency domain offset information,

或,or,

所述第一循环移位指示允许或不允许所述第二终端设备共享所述第一COT,所述第二循环移位指示所述时域和/或频域偏移信息,所述第一资源中相邻的两个RB的序列的循环移位之差指示所述第一预留资源与所述参考时隙之间的时间间隔。The first cyclic shift indicates whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT, the second cyclic shift indicates the time domain and/or frequency domain offset information, and the first The difference in cyclic shifts of the sequences of two adjacent RBs in the resource indicates the time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,序列为第一资源中的任一RB的序列,或,序列为第一资源中索引最小的RB的序列。In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the sequence is a sequence of any RB in the first resource, or the sequence is a sequence of the RB with the smallest index in the first resource.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,第一COT共享信息承载于PSFCH。Combined with the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the first COT shared information is carried on the PSFCH.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,第一COT共享信息包括N个指示信息,N个指示信息中的每个指示信息中包括终端设备的标识信息和终端设备共享第一COT 的资源信息,N为正整数。In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first COT shared information includes N pieces of indication information, and each of the N pieces of indication information includes identification information of the terminal device and the first shared information of the terminal device. COT Resource information, N is a positive integer.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,终端设备的标识信息中包括M个终端设备标识,终端设备共享第一COT的资源信息指示第一时间单元,第一时间单元为M个终端设备标识对应的终端设备在第一COT内共享的时间单元,第一COT对应的信道中包括L个交错或子信道,每个指示信息指示M个终端设备标识中第i个终端设备标识对应的终端设备共享L个交错或子信道的第i个交错或子信道,其中,M、L和i均为正整数,M小于或等于L。In connection with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the identification information of the terminal device includes M terminal device identifiers, and the resource information of the terminal device sharing the first COT indicates a first time unit, and the first time unit is M The time unit that the terminal equipment corresponding to the terminal equipment identification is shared in the first COT. The channel corresponding to the first COT includes L interleaved or sub-channels. Each indication information indicates the i-th terminal equipment identification among the M terminal equipment identifications. The corresponding terminal equipment shares the i-th interlace or sub-channel of L interlaces or sub-channels, where M, L and i are all positive integers, and M is less than or equal to L.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,第一COT共享信息还指示第二终端设备在第一COT内共享的资源与第二终端设备在第一COT内的预留资源在时域和/或频域上的偏移。In connection with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first COT sharing information also indicates that the resources shared by the second terminal device in the first COT are in line with the reserved resources of the second terminal device in the first COT. Offset in time and/or frequency domain.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,第一COT共享信息承载于一阶SCI、二阶SCI、MAC CE、PC-5 RRC、RRC中的任一信令。Combined with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first COT shared information is carried in any signaling of first-order SCI, second-order SCI, MAC CE, PC-5 RRC, and RRC.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,第一COT中的第一时隙集合的每个时隙中包括用于type2 LBT的时域资源,其中,第一时隙集合为共享第一COT的每个终端设备接入第一COT的时隙的集合,或,第一时隙集合为共享第一COT的每个终端设备传输侧行链路信息的时隙的集合,或,第一时隙集合为第一COT内的所有时隙的集合。Combined with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, each time slot of the first time slot set in the first COT includes time domain resources for type2 LBT, where the first time slot set is A set of time slots for each terminal device sharing the first COT to access the first COT, or the first time slot set is a set of time slots for each terminal device sharing the first COT to transmit sidelink information, or , the first time slot set is the set of all time slots in the first COT.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,每个时隙中的AGC符号和/或GAP符号中包括用于type2 LBT的时域资源。Combined with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the AGC symbols and/or GAP symbols in each time slot include time domain resources for type2 LBT.

第二方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以由第二终端设备执行,或者,也可以由第二终端设备的组成部件(例如芯片或者电路)执行,对此不作限定,为了便于描述,下面以由第二终端设备执行为例进行说明。In the second aspect, a communication method is provided. The method can be executed by a second terminal device, or can also be executed by a component (such as a chip or circuit) of the second terminal device. This is not limited. For the convenience of description, The following description takes execution by the second terminal device as an example.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送第一侧行控制信息,第一侧行控制信息指示第二终端设备的预留资源;第二终端设备接收自来第一终端设备的第一COT共享信息,第一COT共享信息指示允许或不允许共享第一COT,第一COT共享信息是指示给第二终端设备的,第一COT为第一终端设备初始的COT,第二终端设备的预留资源的全部或者部分位于第一COT内;第二终端设备根据第一COT共享信息确定是否共享第一COT。Combined with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the second terminal device sends first sideline control information to the first terminal equipment, and the first sideline control information indicates the reserved resources of the second terminal equipment; The second terminal device receives the first COT sharing information from the first terminal device. The first COT sharing information indicates whether sharing of the first COT is allowed or not. The first COT sharing information is directed to the second terminal device. The first COT is The initial COT of the first terminal device and all or part of the reserved resources of the second terminal device are located in the first COT; the second terminal device determines whether to share the first COT based on the first COT sharing information.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,第一资源用于传输第一COT共享信息,该方法还包括:第二终端设备根据第一资源确定第一COT共享信息是指示给第二终端设备的,其中,第一资源是根据第二终端设备的预留资源确定的,或,第一资源是根据第二终端设备在第一COT内的预留资源确定的,或,第一资源是根据第一预留资源确定的,第一预留资源属于第二终端设备在第一COT内的预留资源,第一预留资源在时域上对应一个时隙,在频域上对应一个子信道或交错。Combined with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first resource is used to transmit the first COT shared information, and the method further includes: the second terminal device determines according to the first resource whether the first COT shared information is indicated to of the second terminal device, wherein the first resource is determined based on the reserved resources of the second terminal device, or the first resource is determined based on the reserved resources of the second terminal device in the first COT, or the first resource is determined based on the reserved resources of the second terminal device in the first COT. One resource is determined based on the first reserved resource. The first reserved resource belongs to the reserved resource of the second terminal device in the first COT. The first reserved resource corresponds to a time slot in the time domain and in the frequency domain. Corresponds to a sub-channel or interlace.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,第一预留资源为第一COT内的预留资源中时隙索引最小,子信道或交错索引最小的资源,或,第一预留资源为第一COT内的预留资源中时隙索引最小,子信道或交错索引最大的资源,或,第一预留资源为第一COT内的预留资源中时隙索引最大,子信道或交错索引最大的资源,或,第一预留资源为第一COT内的预留资源中时隙索引最大,子信道或交错索引最小的资源。Combined with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first reserved resource is the resource with the smallest time slot index, the smallest subchannel or the smallest interleaving index among the reserved resources in the first COT, or the first reserved resource. The reserved resource is the resource with the smallest time slot index and the largest subchannel or interleaving index among the reserved resources in the first COT, or the first reserved resource is the resource with the largest time slot index and the largest subchannel index among the reserved resources in the first COT. Or the resource with the largest interleaving index, or the first reserved resource is the resource with the largest time slot index and the smallest subchannel or interleaving index among the reserved resources in the first COT.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,第二终端设备根据第一资源确定第一COT共享信息是指示给第二终端设备的,包括:第二终端设备确定第一资源的时域资源 后,间隔至少第一时间间隔的时域资源为第一预留资源的时域资源;第二终端设备确定第一COT共享信息是指示给第二终端设备的。Combined with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the second terminal device determines that the first COT shared information is indicated to the second terminal device according to the first resource, including: the second terminal device determines that the first resource is Time domain resources Finally, the time domain resources separated by at least the first time interval are the time domain resources of the first reserved resources; the second terminal device determines that the first COT sharing information is indicated to the second terminal device.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,第二终端设备根据第一资源确定第一COT共享信息是指示给第二终端设备的,包括:第二终端设备确定第一资源的频域资源与第一预留资源的频域资源相同;第二终端设备确定第一COT共享信息是指示给第二终端设备的。Combined with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the second terminal device determines that the first COT shared information is indicated to the second terminal device according to the first resource, including: the second terminal device determines that the first resource is The frequency domain resource is the same as the frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource; the second terminal device determines that the first COT sharing information is indicated to the second terminal device.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,第一COT共享信息为第一资源的序列,序列的循环移位指示以下至少一个信息:是否允许第二终端设备共享第一COT;第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的时间间隔,参考时隙为第一资源的时隙,或,第一COT的起始时隙;时域和/或频域的偏移信息,时域和/或频域的偏移信息指示第二终端设备在第一COT内共享的资源与第二终端设备在第一COT内的预留资源在时域和/或频域上的偏移;第一预留资源的频域资源。Combined with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first COT sharing information is a sequence of the first resource, and the cyclic shift of the sequence indicates at least one of the following information: whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT; The time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot, the reference time slot is the time slot of the first resource, or the starting time slot of the first COT; the offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain, time The offset information in the domain and/or frequency domain indicates the offset in the time domain and/or frequency domain between the resources shared by the second terminal equipment in the first COT and the reserved resources of the second terminal equipment in the first COT; The frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,序列的循环移位是根据第一循环移位和第二循环移位确定的,其中,第一循环移位指示允许或不允许第二终端设备共享第一COT,第二循环移位指示时域和/或频域偏移信息。In conjunction with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the cyclic shift of the sequence is determined based on a first cyclic shift and a second cyclic shift, wherein the first cyclic shift indicates whether the first cyclic shift is allowed or not. The two terminal devices share the first COT, and the second cyclic shift indicates time domain and/or frequency domain offset information.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,序列的循环移位是根据第一循环移位和第二循环移位确定的,其中,序列的循环移位指示允许或不允许第二终端设备共享第一COT,第一循环移位指示第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的时间间隔,第二循环移位指示时域和/或频域的偏移信息。In conjunction with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the cyclic shift of the sequence is determined based on the first cyclic shift and the second cyclic shift, wherein the cyclic shift of the sequence indicates whether the first cyclic shift is allowed or not allowed. The two terminal devices share the first COT, the first cyclic shift indicates the time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot, and the second cyclic shift indicates offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,序列的循环移位是根据第一循环移位和第二循环移位确定的,其中,第一循环移位指示允许或不允许第二终端设备共享第一COT,第二循环移位指示第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的时间间隔,第三循环移位为第一资源中相邻的两个RB的序列的循环移位之差,第三循环移位指示时域和/或频域偏移信息的偏移信息,或,第一循环移位指示允许或不允许第二终端设备共享第一COT,第二循环移位指示时域和/或频域偏移信息,第三循环移位为第一资源中相邻的两个RB之差,第三循环移位指示第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的时间间隔。In conjunction with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the cyclic shift of the sequence is determined based on a first cyclic shift and a second cyclic shift, wherein the first cyclic shift indicates whether the first cyclic shift is allowed or not. The two terminal devices share the first COT, the second cyclic shift indicates the time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot, and the third cyclic shift is the cyclic shift of the sequence of two adjacent RBs in the first resource. bit difference, the third cyclic shift indicates the offset information of the time domain and/or frequency domain offset information, or the first cyclic shift indicates whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT, the second cyclic shift bit indicates time domain and/or frequency domain offset information, the third cyclic shift is the difference between two adjacent RBs in the first resource, and the third cyclic shift indicates the difference between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot. time interval.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一资源中任一RB的序列的循环移位是根据第一循环移位、第二循环移位和第三循环移位确定的,其中,Combined with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the cyclic shift of the sequence of any RB in the first resource is based on the first cyclic shift, the second cyclic shift and the third cyclic shift. deterministic, among which,

所述第一循环移位指示允许或不允许所述第二终端设备共享所述第一COT,所述第二循环移位指示所述第一预留资源与所述参考时隙之间的时间间隔,所述第一资源中相邻的两个RB的第三循环移位之差指示所述时域和/或频域偏移信息,或,所述第一循环移位指示允许或不允许所述第二终端设备共享所述第一COT,所述第二循环移位指示所述时域和/或频域偏移信息,所述第一资源中相邻的两个RB的序列的循环移位之差指示所述第一预留资源与所述参考时隙之间的时间间隔。The first cyclic shift indicates whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT, and the second cyclic shift indicates the time between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot. interval, the difference between the third cyclic shifts of two adjacent RBs in the first resource indicates the time domain and/or frequency domain offset information, or the first cyclic shift indicates whether it is allowed or not The second terminal equipment shares the first COT, the second cyclic shift indicates the time domain and/or frequency domain offset information, and the cycle of the sequence of two adjacent RBs in the first resource The difference in shift indicates the time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,序列为第一资源中的任一RB的序列,或,序列为第一资源中索引最小的RB的序列。Combined with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the sequence is a sequence of any RB in the first resource, or the sequence is a sequence of the RB with the smallest index in the first resource.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,第一COT共享信息承载于PSFCH。Combined with the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the first COT shared information is carried on the PSFCH.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,第一COT共享信息包括N个指示信息,N个指示信息中的每个指示信息指示终端设备的标识信息和终端设备共享第一COT的资源信息,N为正整数。 Combined with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first COT shared information includes N pieces of indication information, and each of the N pieces of indication information indicates the identification information of the terminal device and the terminal device shares the first COT. Resource information, N is a positive integer.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,终端设备的标识信息中包括M个终端设备标识,终端设备共享第一COT的资源信息指示第一时间单元,第一时间单元为多个终端设备在第一COT内共享的时间单元,第一COT对应的信道中包括L个交错或子信道,每个指示信息指示M个终端设备标识中第i个终端设备标识对应的终端设备共享L个交错或子信道的第i个交错或子信道,其中,M、L和i均为正整数,M小于或等于L。Combined with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the identification information of the terminal device includes M terminal device identifications, the resource information of the terminal device sharing the first COT indicates a first time unit, and the first time unit is multiple A time unit shared by terminal devices in the first COT. The channel corresponding to the first COT includes L interleaved or sub-channels. Each indication information indicates the terminal device sharing corresponding to the i-th terminal device identifier among the M terminal device identifiers. The i-th interlace or sub-channel of L interlaces or sub-channels, where M, L and i are all positive integers, and M is less than or equal to L.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,第一COT共享信息还指示第二终端设备在第一COT内共享的资源相对于第二终端设备在第一COT内的预留资源在时域和/或频域上的偏移。In connection with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first COT sharing information also indicates the resources shared by the second terminal device in the first COT relative to the reserved resources of the second terminal device in the first COT. Offset in the time and/or frequency domain.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,第一COT共享信息承载于一阶SCI、二阶SCI、MAC CE、PC-5 RRC、RRC中的任一信令。Combined with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first COT shared information is carried in any signaling of first-order SCI, second-order SCI, MAC CE, PC-5 RRC, and RRC.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,第一COT中的第一时隙集合的每个时隙中包括用于type2 LBT的时域资源,其中,第一时隙集合为共享第一COT的每个终端设备接入第一COT的时隙的集合,或,第一时隙集合为共享第一COT的每个终端设备传输侧行链路信息的时隙的集合,或,第一时隙集合为第一COT内的所有时隙的集合。Combined with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, each time slot of the first time slot set in the first COT includes time domain resources for type2 LBT, where the first time slot set is A set of time slots for each terminal device sharing the first COT to access the first COT, or the first time slot set is a set of time slots for each terminal device sharing the first COT to transmit sidelink information, or , the first time slot set is the set of all time slots in the first COT.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,每个时隙中用于type2 LBT的时域资源位于AGC符号和/或GAP符号中。Combined with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the time domain resources for type2 LBT in each time slot are located in AGC symbols and/or GAP symbols.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:第二终端设备接收第二COT共享信息,第二COT共享信息是指示给第三终端设备的,第二COT共享信息指示是否共享第一COT;第二终端设备接收来自第三终端设备的第二SCI,第二SCI指示第三终端设备的预留资源;第二终端设备根据第三终端设备的预留资源和第二COT共享信息确定第一时隙集合。Combined with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: the second terminal device receives the second COT sharing information, the second COT sharing information is indicated to the third terminal device, and the second COT sharing The information indicates whether to share the first COT; the second terminal device receives the second SCI from the third terminal device, and the second SCI indicates the reserved resources of the third terminal device; the second terminal device responds to the reserved resources of the third terminal device and The second COT shared information determines the first time slot set.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:第二终端设备接收第二COT共享信息,第二COT共享信息是指示给第三终端设备的,第二COT共享信息指示是否共享第一COT;第二终端设备根据第二COT共享信息确定第一时隙集合。Combined with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: the second terminal device receives the second COT sharing information, the second COT sharing information is indicated to the third terminal device, and the second COT sharing The information indicates whether to share the first COT; the second terminal device determines the first time slot set according to the second COT sharing information.

关于第二方面的有益效果参见第一方面中的描述,这里不再赘述。Regarding the beneficial effects of the second aspect, please refer to the description of the first aspect and will not be repeated here.

第三方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,通信装置具有实现第一方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法的功能。功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元。In a third aspect, the present application provides a communication device. The communication device has the function of implementing the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation thereof. Functions can be implemented by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. Hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the above functions.

第四方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,通信装置具有实现第二方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法的功能。功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元。In a fourth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, which has the function of implementing the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation thereof. Functions can be implemented by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. Hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the above functions.

第五方面,本申请提供一种通信设备,包括至少一个处理器,至少一个处理器与至少一个存储器耦合,至少一个存储器用于存储计算机程序或指令,至少一个处理器用于从至少一个存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序或指令,使得通信设备执行第一方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。可选地,该通信装置还包括存储器。可选地,该通信装置还包括通信接口,处理器与通信接口耦合。In a fifth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, including at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled to at least one memory, the at least one memory is used to store computer programs or instructions, and the at least one processor is used to call from the at least one memory and run the computer program or instructions to cause the communication device to execute the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation thereof. Optionally, the communication device further includes a memory. Optionally, the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.

在一个示例中,该通信装置可以为第一终端设备。当该通信装置为第一终端设备时,该通信接口可以是收发器,或,输入/输出接口。In one example, the communication device may be a first terminal device. When the communication device is a first terminal device, the communication interface may be a transceiver or an input/output interface.

在另一个示例中,该通信装置可以为安装在第一终端设备内的部件(例如:芯片或集成电路)。当该通信装置为芯片或芯片系统时,该通信接口可以是该芯片或芯片系统上的 输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。该处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。In another example, the communication device may be a component (eg, a chip or an integrated circuit) installed in the first terminal device. When the communication device is a chip or a chip system, the communication interface may be a Input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit, etc. The processor may also be embodied as a processing circuit or logic circuit.

第六方面,本申请提供一种通信设备,包括至少一个处理器,至少一个处理器与至少一个存储器耦合,至少一个存储器用于存储计算机程序或指令,至少一个处理器用于从至少一个存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序或指令,使得通信设备执行第二方面或其任意可能的实现方式中的方法。可选地,该通信装置还包括存储器。可选地,该通信装置还包括通信接口,处理器与通信接口耦合。In a sixth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, including at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled to at least one memory, the at least one memory is used to store computer programs or instructions, and the at least one processor is used to call from the at least one memory and run the computer program or instructions to cause the communication device to execute the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation thereof. Optionally, the communication device further includes a memory. Optionally, the communication device further includes a communication interface, and the processor is coupled to the communication interface.

在一个示例中,该通信装置可以为第二终端设备。当该通信装置为终端设备时,该通信接口可以是收发器,或,输入/输出接口。In one example, the communication device may be a second terminal device. When the communication device is a terminal device, the communication interface may be a transceiver or an input/output interface.

在另一个示例中,该通信装置可以为安装在第二终端设备内的部件(例如:芯片或集成电路)。当该通信装置为芯片或芯片系统时,该通信接口可以是该芯片或芯片系统上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。该处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。In another example, the communication device may be a component (eg, a chip or an integrated circuit) installed in the second terminal device. When the communication device is a chip or a chip system, the communication interface may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip or chip system. The processor may also be embodied as a processing circuit or logic circuit.

第七方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质存储用于设备执行的程序代码,该程序代码包括用于执行上述第一方面或第二方面以及第一方面或第二方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a seventh aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. The computer-readable storage medium stores a program code for device execution. The program code includes a program code for executing the above-mentioned first or second aspect and the first or second aspect. A method in any of the possible implementations.

第八方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面或第二方面以及第一方面或第二方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。An eighth aspect provides a computer program product containing instructions. When the computer program product is run on a computer, it makes it possible for the computer to execute the first aspect or the second aspect and any one of the first aspect or the second aspect. method within the method.

第九方面,提供一种芯片,芯片包括处理器与通信接口,处理器通过通信接口读取存储器上存储的指令,执行上述第一方面或第二方面以及第一方面或第二方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a ninth aspect, a chip is provided. The chip includes a processor and a communication interface. The processor reads instructions stored in the memory through the communication interface and executes any one of the above-mentioned first aspect or second aspect and the first aspect or the second aspect. possible implementation methods.

可选地,作为一种实现方式,芯片还包括存储器,存储器中存储有计算机程序或指令,处理器用于执行存储器上存储的计算机程序或指令,当计算机程序或指令被执行时,处理器用于执行上述第一方面或第二方面以及第一方面或第二方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。Optionally, as an implementation manner, the chip also includes a memory, in which computer programs or instructions are stored. The processor is used to execute the computer programs or instructions stored in the memory. When the computer program or instructions are executed, the processor is used to execute The method in any possible implementation manner of the above-mentioned first aspect or second aspect and the first aspect or second aspect.

第十方面,提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括第五方面以及第六方面所示的通信装置。A tenth aspect provides a communication system, which includes the communication devices shown in the fifth and sixth aspects.

附图说明Description of the drawings

图1是本申请实施例提供的一种网络架构的示意图。Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application.

图2是SL时隙结构的示意图。Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of the SL time slot structure.

图3是20MHz频率带宽内,30KHz子载波间隔下交错的示意图。Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of interleaving at 30KHz subcarrier spacing within a 20MHz frequency bandwidth.

图4是本申请给出的两种不同交错画法的示意图。Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of two different staggered drawing methods provided in this application.

图5是UE2以交错方式或非交错方式在信道上传输的示意图。Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of UE2 transmitting on the channel in an interleaved manner or a non-interleaved manner.

图6是NR SL资源分配模式2的示意性流程图。Figure 6 is a schematic flow chart of NR SL resource allocation mode 2.

图7是本申请提出的一种通信方法的示意性流程图。Figure 7 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method proposed in this application.

图8至图11是UE2在相邻两个COT内以交错方式或非交错方式在信道上传输的示意图。 Figures 8 to 11 are schematic diagrams of UE2 transmitting on the channel in an interleaved manner or a non-interleaved manner within two adjacent COTs.

图12是UE1根据UE2的第一预留资源的时域和/频域资源确定第一资源的时域和/频域资源的示意图。Figure 12 is a schematic diagram of UE1 determining the time domain and/or frequency domain resources of the first resource according to the time domain and/frequency domain resources of the first reserved resource of UE2.

图13是UE1根据UE2的第一预留资源的频域资源确定第一资源的序列的循环移位的示意图。Figure 13 is a schematic diagram of UE1 determining the cyclic shift of the sequence of the first resource according to the frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource of UE2.

图14是UE1根据UE2的第一预留资源的时域资源与参考时隙之间的时间间隔确定第一资源的序列的循环移位的示意图。Figure 14 is a schematic diagram of UE1 determining the cyclic shift of the sequence of the first resource according to the time interval between the time domain resource of the first reserved resource of UE2 and the reference time slot.

图15是第一COT内共享UE用于type2 LBT的时域资源的示意图。Figure 15 is a schematic diagram of time domain resources shared by UEs for type2 LBT in the first COT.

图16是ACG、GAP、CPE符号中用于type2 LBT的时域资源的位置的示意图。Figure 16 is a schematic diagram of the location of time domain resources for type2 LBT in ACG, GAP, and CPE symbols.

图17是本申请实施例提供的通信装置1000的示意性框图。Figure 17 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1000 provided by an embodiment of the present application.

图18是本申请实施例提供的通信装置1800的示意性框图。Figure 18 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1800 provided by an embodiment of the present application.

具体实施方式Detailed ways

下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in this application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.

本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于网络设备到终端设备之间的链路,也可以应用于设备间的链路,例如设备到设备(device to device,D2D)链路。D2D链路,也可以称为侧行链路(sidelink,SL),其中侧行链路也可以称为边链路或副链路等。在本申请实施例中,D2D链路,或边链路或副链路都是指相同类型的设备之间建立的链路,其含义相同。所谓相同类型的设备之间建立的链路,可以是终端设备到终端设备之间的链路,也可以是网络设备到网络设备之间的链路,还可以是中继节点到中继节点之间的链路等,本申请实施例对此不做限定。对于终端设备和终端设备之间的链路,有第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)的版本(release,Rel)-12/13定义的D2D链路,也有3GPP为车联网定义的车联万物(vehicle to everything,V2X)链路。应理解,V2X具体又包括车与车(vehicle-to-vehicle,V2V)、车与路侧基础设施(vehicle-to-infrastructure,V2I)、车与行人(vehicle-to-pedestrian,V2P)的直接通信,以及车与网络(vehicle-to-network,V2N)或车到任何实体的V2X链路,包括Rel-14/15。V2X还包括目前3GPP的Rel-16及后续版本的基于NR系统的V2X链路等。V2V指的是车辆间的通信;V2P指的是车辆与人(包括行人、骑自行车的人、司机、或乘客)的通信;V2I指的是车辆与基础设施的通信,基础设施例如路侧单元(road side unit,RSU)或者网络设备,另外还有一种V2N可以包括在V2I中,V2N指的是车辆与网络设备的通信。其中,RSU包括两种类型:终端类型的RSU,由于布在路边,该终端类型的RSU处于非移动状态,不需要考虑移动性;基站类型的RSU,可以给与之通信的车辆提供定时同步及资源调度。The technical solutions provided by the embodiments of this application can be applied to links between network devices and terminal devices, and can also be applied to links between devices, such as device to device (device to device, D2D) links. A D2D link can also be called a sidelink (SL), where the sidelink can also be called a side link or a secondary link. In the embodiments of this application, D2D links, side links or secondary links all refer to links established between devices of the same type, and have the same meaning. The so-called link established between devices of the same type can be a link from terminal device to terminal device, a link from network device to network device, or a link from relay node to relay node. links, etc., which are not limited in the embodiments of this application. For the link between the terminal device and the terminal device, there is the D2D link defined by the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) version (release, Rel)-12/13, and there is also the D2D link defined by 3GPP for the Internet of Vehicles. Vehicle to everything (V2X) link. It should be understood that V2X specifically includes vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), vehicle-to-infrastructure (V2I), and vehicle-to-pedestrian (V2P) direct communication. communications, and vehicle-to-network (V2N) or vehicle-to-any-entity V2X links, including Rel-14/15. V2X also includes the current 3GPP Rel-16 and subsequent versions of V2X links based on NR systems. V2V refers to communication between vehicles; V2P refers to communication between vehicles and people (including pedestrians, cyclists, drivers, or passengers); V2I refers to communication between vehicles and infrastructure, such as roadside units (road side unit, RSU) or network equipment. There is also a V2N that can be included in V2I. V2N refers to the communication between vehicles and network equipment. Among them, RSU includes two types: terminal type RSU. Since it is deployed on the roadside, this terminal type RSU is in a non-mobile state and does not need to consider mobility; base station type RSU can provide timing synchronization for vehicles communicating with it. and resource scheduling.

示例性的,图1是本申请提供一种网络架构的示意图。图1中包括4个终端设备和1个网络设备。4个终端设备中任意两个终端设备之间可以直接进行通信,两个终端设备之间的直连通信链路即为SL。应理解,图1只是示例性的画出4个终端设备,该通信系统还可以包括更多数量的终端设备。For example, Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture provided by this application. Figure 1 includes 4 terminal devices and 1 network device. Any two of the four terminal devices can communicate directly with each other, and the direct communication link between the two terminal devices is the SL. It should be understood that FIG. 1 only illustrates four terminal devices, and the communication system may also include a larger number of terminal devices.

可选的,本申请实施例中的终端设备,是一种用于实现无线通信功能的设备,例如终端或者可用于终端中的芯片等。其中,终端可以是5G网络或者未来演进的PLMN中的用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端、终端单元、终端站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、无线通信设备、终端代理或终端装置等。接入终端可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless  local loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备或可穿戴设备,虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等。终端可以是移动的,也可以是固定的。本申请实施例中的终端设备还可以是作为一个或多个部件或者单元而内置于车辆的车载模块、车载模组、车载部件、车载芯片或者车载单元,车辆通过内置的所述车载模块、车载模组、车载部件、车载芯片或者车载单元可以实施本申请的方法。Optionally, the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application is a device used to implement wireless communication functions, such as a terminal or a chip that can be used in a terminal. Among them, the terminal can be user equipment (UE), access terminal, terminal unit, terminal station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, wireless communication in the 5G network or future evolved PLMN. Equipment, terminal agent or terminal device, etc. The access terminal may be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (wireless) local loop (WLL) station, personal digital assistant (PDA), handheld device with wireless communication capabilities, computing device or other processing device connected to a wireless modem, vehicle-mounted device or wearable device, virtual reality , VR) terminal equipment, augmented reality (AR) terminal equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control (industrial control), wireless terminals in self-driving (self driving), wireless terminals in remote medical (remote medical) , wireless terminals in smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart city, wireless terminals in smart home, etc. Terminals can be mobile or fixed. The terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may also be a vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted component, vehicle-mounted chip or vehicle-mounted unit built into the vehicle as one or more components or units. The vehicle uses the built-in vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted unit Modules, vehicle-mounted components, vehicle-mounted chips or vehicle-mounted units can implement the method of this application.

可选地,本申请实施例中的网络设备是终端设备通过无线方式接入到移动通信系统中的接入设备,例如包括接入网(access network,AN)设备,例如基站。网络设备也可以是指在空口与终端设备通信的设备。网络设备可以包括LTE系统或高级长期演进(long term evolution-advanced,LTE-A)中的演进型基站(evolved Node B)(也简称为eNB或e-NodeB);网络设备也可以包括5G NR系统中的下一代节点B(next generation node B,gNB);或者,网络设备也可以包括无线保真(wireless-fidelity,Wi-Fi)系统中的接入节点等;或者网络设备可以为中继站、车载设备以及未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(Public Land Mobile Network,PLMN)设备、D2D网络中的设备、机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)网络中的设备、物联网(internet of things,IoT)网络中的设备或者PLMN网络中的网络设备等。本申请的实施例对网络设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。Optionally, the network device in the embodiment of the present application is an access device through which the terminal device wirelessly accesses the mobile communication system, including, for example, an access network (AN) device, such as a base station. Network equipment may also refer to equipment that communicates with terminal equipment over the air interface. Network equipment may include evolved base stations (evolved Node B) (also referred to as eNB or e-NodeB) in LTE systems or long term evolution-advanced (LTE-A); network equipment may also include 5G NR systems The next generation node B (gNB) in Equipment and future evolution of Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN) equipment, equipment in D2D networks, equipment in machine to machine (M2M) networks, Internet of Things (IoT) networks equipment in the PLMN network or network equipment in the PLMN network, etc. The embodiments of this application do not limit the specific technology and specific equipment form used by the network equipment.

为便于理解本申请实施例,下面对本申请中涉及的几个术语做简单介绍。In order to facilitate understanding of the embodiments of this application, several terms involved in this application are briefly introduced below.

(1)非授权频谱(unlicensed spectrum):(1) Unlicensed spectrum:

无需申请就能使用授权频谱通信,并且免费。目的是作为运营商增强其服务提供的补充工具。在非授权频谱上通信需要遵守某些规定,例如对话前监听(listen before talk,LBT)要求,用于保证在该频谱上运行的各类UE之间的接入公平性。在非授权频谱上的SL通信可以称为SL-U,在非授权频谱上的NR通信可以称为NR-U。SL UE、NR UE与Wi-Fi UE、蓝牙UE都可以在非授权频谱上传输。No application is required to communicate using licensed spectrum, and it is free. It is intended to serve as a complementary tool for operators to enhance their service offerings. Communication on unlicensed spectrum requires compliance with certain regulations, such as listen before talk (LBT) requirements, which are used to ensure access fairness among various types of UEs operating on the spectrum. SL communication on the unlicensed spectrum may be called SL-U, and NR communication on the unlicensed spectrum may be called NR-U. SL UE, NR UE, Wi-Fi UE, and Bluetooth UE can all transmit on unlicensed spectrum.

(2)对话前监听(listen before talk,LBT):(2) Listen before talk (LBT):

在基于非授权频谱部署的通信系统中,各节点通过非授权频段上的接收功率的大小来判断其忙闲状态,如果接收功率小于一定门限,则认为非授权频段上没有干扰源且处于空闲状态,只有该信道(频段)空闲,没有被其他网络设备或终端设备占用时,该网络设备或终端设备才可以使用(抢占)这一信道(频段),然后才能发送信息和数据。这种先监听后发送的机制被称作LBT,该机制能够避免各节点之间在使用非授权频谱资源时的冲突。In a communication system based on unlicensed spectrum deployment, each node determines its busy and idle status by the received power on the unlicensed frequency band. If the received power is less than a certain threshold, it is considered that there is no interference source on the unlicensed frequency band and is in an idle state. , only when the channel (frequency band) is idle and not occupied by other network equipment or terminal equipment, the network equipment or terminal equipment can use (seize) this channel (frequency band), and then information and data can be sent. This mechanism of listening first and sending later is called LBT, which can avoid conflicts between nodes when using unlicensed spectrum resources.

信道接入过程包括类型1(type1)LBT和type2 LBT。其中,type1LBT是基于回退的LBT,回退的时间与CAPC有关,需要信道空闲较长时间才能接入。type2 LBT仅需要信道空闲较短的时间(如16us或者25us)UE就可以接入信道,主要在信道占用时间(channel occupancy period,COT)共享时使用,并有相应的执行条件,例如,初始COT的UE(即抢占COT的UE)和共享COT的UE有收发关系。The channel access process includes type 1 (type1) LBT and type 2 LBT. Among them, type1LBT is LBT based on fallback. The fallback time is related to CAPC, and the channel needs to be idle for a long time before access. type2 LBT only requires the channel to be idle for a short period of time (such as 16us or 25us) before the UE can access the channel. It is mainly used when sharing the channel occupancy period (COT), and has corresponding execution conditions, such as initial COT. The UE (that is, the UE that seizes the COT) has a transceiver relationship with the UE that shares the COT.

(3)初始UE和共享UE: (3) Initial UE and shared UE:

初始UE:初始COT的UE,初始CO的UE,或者执行LBT(例如Type1LBT)成功后在COT内传输的UE。初始UE可以在COT开始的至少A个时隙传输,其中A为整数。初始UE还可以在COT中任意的至少B个时隙传输,或者在COT结束前的至少C个时隙传输,其中B、C均为整数。初始UE可以与其他的终端设备在一段连续的时间内共同占用信道,即初始UE与其他的终端设备共享该COT。Initial UE: The UE of the initial COT, the UE of the initial CO, or the UE that transmits within the COT after successfully executing LBT (such as Type1LBT). The initial UE may transmit at least A time slots starting from the COT, where A is an integer. The initial UE can also transmit in any at least B time slots in the COT, or in at least C time slots before the end of the COT, where B and C are both integers. The initial UE can co-occupy the channel with other terminal equipment for a continuous period of time, that is, the initial UE shares the COT with other terminal equipment.

共享UE:在初始UE的COT内传输的UE。可以有1个或者多个共享UE。共享UE在初始UE的传输后执行LBT(例如Type2 LBT),共享初始UE初始的COT;或者,共享UE在其他共享UE的传输后执行LBT(例如Type2 LBT),共享初始UE初始的COT。共享UE是初始UE的接收UE;或者,初始UE是共享UE的接收UE;或者,初始UE、第一共享UE、第二共享UE在同一组内,第一共享UE共享COT,发送侧行信息给第二共享UE。共享UE在COT内以交错方式,或者非交错方式传输。Shared UE: UE transmitting within the COT of the original UE. There can be one or more shared UEs. The shared UE performs LBT (such as Type2 LBT) after the transmission of the initial UE and shares the initial COT of the initial UE; or the shared UE performs LBT (such as Type2 LBT) after the transmission of other shared UEs and shares the initial COT of the initial UE. The shared UE is the receiving UE of the initial UE; or the initial UE is the receiving UE of the shared UE; or the initial UE, the first shared UE, and the second shared UE are in the same group, and the first shared UE shares the COT and sends sideline information to the second shared UE. The shared UE transmits in an interleaved manner or a non-interleaved manner within the COT.

(4)Type 1信道接入(Type 1 channel access或者Type 1 SL channel access):(4)Type 1 channel access (Type 1 channel access or Type 1 SL channel access):

Type 1信道接入还可以称为type1LBT。包括2个部分:长度为Td的信道感知(defer duration)和循环感知。Type 1 channel access can also be called type1LBT. It includes 2 parts: channel sensing of length Td (defer duration) and loop sensing.

长度为Td的信道感知由一个Tf=16us和后续连续的mp个Tsl=9us组成,即Td=Tf+mp*Tsl。其中,Tf的感知时间在最开始的9us,当Td的所有感知时间都空闲后进入循环感知。mp的取值参见表1或表2,其中CWp为竞争窗(contention window),CWmin,p为竞争窗最小值,CWmax,p为竞争窗最大值,Wmin,p≤CWp≤CWmax,p,Tcot,p为COT的最大长度。The channel sensing with length T d consists of one T f =16us and subsequent mp consecutive Tsl =9us, that is, T d =T f + mp *T sl . Among them, the sensing time of T f is 9us at the beginning. When all the sensing time of T d is idle, it enters the loop sensing. See Table 1 or Table 2 for the value of m p , where CW p is the contention window, CW min,p is the minimum value of the contention window, CW max,p is the maximum value of the contention window, W min,p ≤CW p ≤CW max,p , T cot,p is the maximum length of COT.

循环感知是基于计数器N的循环过程,包括以下步骤:Loop awareness is a loop process based on counter N, including the following steps:

步骤1:令N=Ninit,其中Ninit是取值范围为0到CWp的随机数。然后进入步骤4;Step 1: Let N=N init , where N init is a random number ranging from 0 to CW p . Then go to step 4;

步骤2:如果N>0,UE决定减小计数器值,令N=N-1;Step 2: If N>0, the UE decides to decrease the counter value, so N=N-1;

步骤3:在感知时隙(an additional sensing slot duration)内感知信道(sense the channel),如果感知结果为空闲(idle),进入步骤4;否则,进入步骤5;Step 3: Sense the channel within an additional sensing slot duration. If the sensing result is idle, go to step 4; otherwise, go to step 5;

步骤4:如果N=0,停止;否则,进入步骤2;Step 4: If N=0, stop; otherwise, go to step 2;

步骤5:感知信道直到感知到Td中有一个感知时隙(sensing slot)为繁忙(busy),或者直到Td中所有感知时隙均为空闲;Step 5: Sense the channel until it senses that one sensing slot in T d is busy, or until all sensing slots in T d are idle;

步骤6:如果Td中所有感知时隙均为空闲,进入步骤4;否则进入步骤5。Step 6: If all sensing time slots in T d are idle, go to step 4; otherwise, go to step 5.

表1
Table 1

表2

Table 2

Type 2信道接入(Type 2 channel access或者Type 2 SL channel access)Type 2 channel access (Type 2 channel access or Type 2 SL channel access)

Type2信道接入还可以称为type2 LBT。Type 2信道接入包含三种类型,Type 2A、Type 2B、Type 2C。Type2 LBT仅需要信道空闲较短的时间(如16us或者25us)UE就可以接入信道。主要在COT共享时使用,并有相应的执行条件,如初始COT的UE和共享COT的UE主要有收发关系。Type2 channel access can also be called type2 LBT. Type 2 channel access includes three types, Type 2A, Type 2B, and Type 2C. Type2 LBT only requires the channel to be idle for a short period of time (such as 16us or 25us) before the UE can access the channel. It is mainly used when COT is shared and has corresponding execution conditions. For example, the UE of the initial COT and the UE of the shared COT mainly have a sending and receiving relationship.

Type 2A信道接入:UE在至少感知到感知间隔Tshort=25us信道空闲后立即传输。具体地,Tshort=25us由1个Tf=16us的感知时隙和1个Tsl=9us的感知时隙组成。如果这两个感知时隙均为空闲,则认为信道空闲。Type 2A channel access: The UE transmits immediately after sensing that the channel is idle for at least the sensing interval T short =25us. Specifically, T short =25us is composed of one sensing time slot of T f =16us and one sensing time slot of T sl =9us. If both sensing slots are idle, the channel is considered idle.

Type 2B信道接入:UE在感知到Tf=16us内信道空闲后立即传输。具体的,信道感知发生在Tf的最后9us,信道感知时间不小于5us,如果有4us以上感知信道空闲,则认为信道空闲。Type 2B channel access: The UE transmits immediately after sensing that the channel is idle within T f =16us. Specifically, channel sensing occurs in the last 9us of Tf, and the channel sensing time is not less than 5us. If the sensing channel is idle for more than 4us, the channel is considered idle.

Type 2C信道接入:UE不进行信道感知即可传输,传输时间最多584us。Type 2C channel access: UE can transmit without channel sensing, and the transmission time is up to 584us.

(5)信道占用时间(channel occupancy period,COT):(5) Channel occupancy period (COT):

信道占用(CO,channel occupancy)是指UE在执行信道接入过程后在一个或者多个信道上的传输。UE执行type1LBT后在一段连续的时间内占用信道传输称为COT。COT的频域单元为信道,时域单元为ms或者时隙。在本申请中,COT可以是一个时间概念,即SL传输的时间;也可是一个资源的概念,即SL传输所占的时频资源。CO可以是一个时间概念,即SL传输的时间;也可是一个资源的概念,即SL传输所占的时频资源。UE可以在相邻或者不相邻的多个信道传输,UE在多个信道传输可以理解成:UE的传输占用了1个COT,COT在频域上占用了多个信道;或者,UE的传输占用了多个COT,每个COT在频域上占用了1个信道。在本申请中,若不做进一步区分,COT和CO为同一概念。Channel occupancy (CO, channel occupancy) refers to the UE's transmission on one or more channels after performing the channel access process. After the UE performs type1LBT, it occupies the channel for transmission for a continuous period of time, which is called COT. The frequency domain unit of COT is the channel, and the time domain unit is ms or time slot. In this application, COT can be a time concept, that is, the time of SL transmission; it can also be a resource concept, that is, the time-frequency resources occupied by SL transmission. CO can be a time concept, that is, the time of SL transmission; it can also be a resource concept, that is, the time-frequency resources occupied by SL transmission. The UE can transmit on multiple adjacent or non-adjacent channels. The UE's transmission on multiple channels can be understood as: the UE's transmission occupies one COT, and the COT occupies multiple channels in the frequency domain; or, the UE's transmission occupies one COT. Multiple COTs are occupied, and each COT occupies 1 channel in the frequency domain. In this application, without further distinction, COT and CO are the same concept.

UE的传输不能超过最大信道占用时间的限制(maximum channel occupancy time,MCOT),记为Tcot,p。对于不同的CAPC,Tcot,p的值不同,如表4或表5所示。对于1个UE接入信道并在COT内传输,传输时间不超过最大信道占用时间Tcot,p。对于多个UE在COT内传输,初始COT的UE和共享COT的UE的传输时间不超过最大信道占用时间Tcot,p。P为初始COT的UE的CAPC;或者,P为在COT传输的UE中CAPC值最小的CAPC。The UE's transmission cannot exceed the limit of the maximum channel occupancy time (MCOT), which is recorded as T cot,p . For different CAPCs, the values of T cot,p are different, as shown in Table 4 or Table 5. For a UE to access the channel and transmit within the COT, the transmission time does not exceed the maximum channel occupancy time T cot,p . For multiple UEs transmitting within a COT, the transmission time of the UE in the initial COT and the UE sharing the COT shall not exceed the maximum channel occupancy time T cot,p . P is the CAPC of the UE of the initial COT; or, P is the CAPC with the smallest CAPC value among the UEs transmitted by COT.

(6)COT共享:(6)COT sharing:

UE执行LBT成功后在COT内传输,可以称为UE初始了该COT。例如,通过type1LBT进行信道接入。初始该COT的初始设备可以与其他的设备共同占用该信道,这一过程为COT共享。在不引起歧义的前提下,本申请中,把初始COT的UE称为初始UE或者初始COT的UE,把共同占用该COT的其他UE称为共享UE或者共享COT的UE。 After the UE successfully performs LBT and transmits it in the COT, it can be said that the UE has initialized the COT. For example, channel access is performed through type1LBT. The initial device that initializes the COT can occupy the channel with other devices. This process is shared by the COT. Without causing ambiguity, in this application, the UE with the initial COT is called the initial UE or the UE with the initial COT, and other UEs that jointly occupy the COT are called shared UEs or UEs sharing the COT.

在COT共享的情况下,COT的部分时间段内,该初始设备可以向其他设备发送数据,在该COT的其他时间段内,收到该数据的其他设备可以利用该COT向该初始设备进行数据发送,没有接收到该初始设备发送的数据的设备一般情况下无法利用该COT向该初始设备进行数据发送。In the case of COT sharing, during part of the COT time period, the initial device can send data to other devices, and during other time periods of the COT, other devices that receive the data can use the COT to send data to the initial device. Sending, a device that has not received the data sent by the initial device generally cannot use the COT to send data to the initial device.

(7)SL时隙结构组成:(7) SL time slot structure composition:

如图2所示,一个SL时隙包括14个符号(symbol),即符号0~符号13,具体的,一个SL时隙内的信道的分布如下,自动增益控制(automatic gain control,AGC)分布在符号0,物理侧行共享信道(physical side link share channel,PSSCH)分布在符号1~符号9,物理侧行控制信道(physical side link control channel,PSCCH)分布在符号1~符号3或者符号1~符号2,物理侧行反馈信道(physical side link feedback channel,PSFCH)分布在符号11~符号12,PSFCH的间隔GAP分布在符号11和符号12,GAP分布在时隙10和时隙13。其中,PSCCH中承载一阶侧行链路控制信息(sidelink control information,SCI),PSSCH中承载二阶SCI、媒体接入控制-控制元素(medium access control control element,MAC CE)和/或数据,PSFCH承载反馈信息。As shown in Figure 2, an SL time slot includes 14 symbols (symbols), namely symbols 0 to 13. Specifically, the distribution of channels in an SL time slot is as follows, automatic gain control (AGC) distribution At symbol 0, the physical side link share channel (PSSCH) is distributed between symbols 1 and 9, and the physical side link control channel (PSCCH) is distributed between symbols 1 and 3 or symbol 1. ~Symbol 2, the physical side link feedback channel (PSFCH) is distributed between symbols 11 and 12. The PSFCH interval GAP is distributed between symbols 11 and 12, and the GAP is distributed between time slots 10 and 13. Among them, PSCCH carries first-order sidelink control information (SCI), PSSCH carries second-order SCI, medium access control control element (medium access control control element, MAC CE) and/or data, PSFCH carries feedback information.

应理解,图2只是示意性的给出一种SL时隙中包含PSFCH的时隙结构,在一些SL时隙结构中也可以不包含PSFCH。无论时隙是否包含PSFCH,时隙的第一个符号为AGC,最后一个符号为GAP,GAP也可以称为空白符号。其中,在一个时隙内,第一个OFDM符号复制第二个符号上发送的信息,用于AGC。另外,UE可能在连续两个时隙分别接收和发送PSSCH,或者,UE可能在同一个时隙分别接收和发送PSSCH和PSFCH。因此,在PSSCH后和PSFCH符号之后,均需要一个GAP符号用于UE的收发转换。It should be understood that Figure 2 only schematically shows a time slot structure including PSFCH in the SL time slot, and PSFCH may not be included in some SL time slot structures. Regardless of whether the time slot contains PSFCH, the first symbol of the time slot is AGC, and the last symbol is GAP. GAP can also be called a blank symbol. Among them, within a time slot, the first OFDM symbol copies the information sent on the second symbol for AGC. In addition, the UE may receive and transmit PSSCH respectively in two consecutive time slots, or the UE may receive and transmit PSSCH and PSFCH respectively in the same time slot. Therefore, after the PSSCH and after the PSFCH symbol, a GAP symbol is required for the UE's transceiver conversion.

PSCCH和PSSCH的调度粒度在时域上单位为一个时隙,频域上单位为连续一个或者多个子信道,其中,1个子信道由{10,12,15,20,25,50,75,100}个RB组成。一个资源块(resource block,RB)指的是由12个连续的子载波组成的频域资源单位。PSFCH的调度单位为时域上是1个符号,频域上是一个RB。另外,RB还可以称为物理资源块(physical resource block,PRB)。表3给出了不同传输带宽在不同子载波间隔(subcarrier spacing,SCS)下RB的数量。The scheduling granularity of PSCCH and PSSCH is one time slot in the time domain, and one or more consecutive sub-channels in the frequency domain. One sub-channel consists of {10, 12, 15, 20, 25, 50, 75, 100} RB composition. A resource block (RB) refers to a frequency domain resource unit composed of 12 consecutive subcarriers. The scheduling unit of PSFCH is one symbol in the time domain and one RB in the frequency domain. In addition, RB can also be called physical resource block (PRB). Table 3 shows the number of RBs under different transmission bandwidths and different subcarrier spacing (SCS).

表3
table 3

(8)子信道和交错: (8) Sub-channel and interleaving:

在SL-U中,UE在频域上可以支持以子信道为单位的传输,也可以支持以交错(interlace)的方式传输。即,频域资源分配的基本单位是子信道或交错。在申请中,侧行资源的频域单位是子信道或交错。其中,交错还可以记作交织、隔行、逐行。交错方式可以理解为UE在不连续的RB上传输。非交错方式可以理解为UE在连续的RB上传输、或UE在连续的频域资源上传输、或UE在子信道上传输、或UE以子信道形式传输。In SL-U, the UE can support transmission in units of subchannels in the frequency domain, or can also support transmission in an interlace manner. That is, the basic unit of frequency domain resource allocation is a sub-channel or interleave. In the application, the frequency domain unit of sidelink resources is a sub-channel or interlace. Among them, interleaving can also be recorded as interlacing, interlaced, and progressive. The interleaved mode can be understood as the UE transmitting on discontinuous RBs. The non-interleaved mode can be understood as the UE transmitting on continuous RBs, or the UE transmitting on continuous frequency domain resources, or the UE transmitting on a sub-channel, or the UE transmitting in the form of a sub-channel.

协议定义了多个交错的资源块(multiple interlaces of resource blocks),以下简称交错。交错m由公共资源块(common resource block,CRB){m,M+m,2M+m,3M+m,...}组成。其中M为交错数,且有m∈{0,1,...,M-1}。可选地,M的取值与SCS有关。例如,在μ=0(即子载波间隔为15kHz)时,M取值为10。再例如,在μ=1(即子载波间隔为30kHz)时,M取值为5。The protocol defines multiple interlaces of resource blocks, hereinafter referred to as interlaces. Interleaving m consists of common resource blocks (CRB) {m,M+m,2M+m,3M+m,...}. Where M is the staggered number, and there are m∈{0,1,...,M-1}. Optionally, the value of M is related to SCS. For example, when μ=0 (that is, the subcarrier spacing is 15 kHz), the value of M is 10. For another example, when μ=1 (that is, the subcarrier spacing is 30 kHz), the value of M is 5.

CRB与交错资源块、BWP i和交错m的关系满足:其中,其中表示BWP开始的公共资源块,是相对于公共资源块0的CBR个数。当没有混淆的风险时,索引μ可省略。UE期望BWP i包含的交错中的公共资源块的数量不小于10。为了便于表述,公共资源块CRB可以理解为RB。CRB The relationship with interleaved resource blocks, BWP i and interleave m satisfies: Among them, among Indicates the common resource block starting from BWP, which is the number of CBR relative to common resource block 0. The index μ may be omitted when there is no risk of confusion. The UE expects that the number of common resource blocks in the interlace contained by BWP i is not less than 10. For ease of expression, the common resource block CRB can be understood as RB.

1个交错包括N个不连续的RB。可选地,交错内的RB之间的间隔可以相同或者不同。例如,1个交错内,RB的间隔可以为M个RB。其中,RB的间隔是指交错中一个RB的频域起始位置至第二个RB的频域起始位置的间隔。再例如,1个交错内,RB的间隔可以为M-1个RB。其中,RB的间隔是指一个RB的频域结束位置至第二个RB的频域起始位置的间隔。One interleave includes N non-consecutive RBs. Optionally, the spacing between RBs within the interlace may be the same or different. For example, within one interlace, the RB interval may be M RBs. The RB interval refers to the interval from the frequency domain starting position of one RB to the frequency domain starting position of the second RB in the interleaving. For another example, within one interlace, the RB interval may be M-1 RBs. The RB interval refers to the interval from the frequency domain end position of one RB to the frequency domain starting position of the second RB.

示例的,如图3所示,横轴代表频域,单位为RB,纵轴代表时域,单位为符号。在20MHz频率带宽内,30KHz子载波间隔下,共有51个RB,即51个小格子。其中,这51个资源块中,10个或者11个等间隔的RB组成一个交错,具体的,11个标号为0的RB为交错0,10个标号为1的RB为交错1,10个标号为2的RB为交错2,10个标号为3的RB为交错1,10个标号为4的RB为交错4,即51个RB中一共包括5个交错。For example, as shown in Figure 3, the horizontal axis represents the frequency domain, the unit is RB, and the vertical axis represents the time domain, the unit is symbol. Within the 20MHz frequency bandwidth and the 30KHz subcarrier spacing, there are a total of 51 RBs, that is, 51 small grids. Among these 51 resource blocks, 10 or 11 equally spaced RBs form an interleave. Specifically, 11 RBs with the label 0 are interleave 0, 10 RBs with the label 1 are interleave 1, and 10 RBs are interleave. The RB numbered 2 is interleaved 2, the 10 RBs numbered 3 are interleaved 1, and the 10 RBs numbered 4 are interleaved 4, that is, a total of 51 RBs include 5 interleaves.

示例的,以20MHz传输带宽为例,表4中列举了不同SCS下交错个数M和交错里的PRB个数N的组合。可以根据配置或者预配置确定至少一个交错个数M和交错里的PRB个数N的组合。For example, taking a 20MHz transmission bandwidth as an example, Table 4 lists the combinations of the number of interleaves M and the number of PRBs in the interleave N under different SCS. The combination of at least one interleave number M and the number of PRBs in the interleave N can be determined according to the configuration or preconfiguration.

表4

Table 4

可以看出,一个交错内的RB实际上是间隔分布的。如图4所示,图4中横轴代表时域(如1个时隙)、纵轴代表频域(如1个信道)。信道中有4个交错分别为交错0、交错1、交错2、交错3,每个交错内包含4个RB。不同UE可以在不同交错上以频分的方式传输,例如,UE2在交错0对应的4个RB上、交错1对应的4个RB上传输,UE3在交错2对应的4个RB上传输,无UE在交错3上传输。由于图4左图比较繁琐,在本申请中以图4右图表示相同的含义,即信道包含4个交错,UE1在交错0、交错1上传输,UE2在交错2上传输,无UE在交错3上传输。It can be seen that the RBs within a stagger are actually distributed at intervals. As shown in Figure 4, the horizontal axis in Figure 4 represents the time domain (such as 1 time slot), and the vertical axis represents the frequency domain (such as 1 channel). There are 4 interleaves in the channel, namely interleave 0, interleave 1, interleave 2, and interleave 3. Each interleave contains 4 RBs. Different UEs can transmit on different interlaces in a frequency division manner. For example, UE2 transmits on the 4 RBs corresponding to interlace 0 and the 4 RBs corresponding to interlace 1, and UE3 transmits on the 4 RBs corresponding to interlace 2. UE transmits on interlace 3. Since the left diagram of Figure 4 is relatively cumbersome, the right diagram of Figure 4 is used in this application to express the same meaning, that is, the channel contains 4 interleaves, UE1 transmits on interleave 0 and interleave 1, UE2 transmits on interleave 2, and no UE transmits on interleave 2. 3 on the transmission.

另外,对于1个UE在信道上的传输可以是交错的方式,也可以是非交错的方式。如图5所示,同样都是在信道上传输,图5左图为UE2以交错方式在信道的所有交错上传输,图5右图为UE2以非交错的方式在信道上传输。其中“非交错方式”还可以称为信道方式、子信道方式、占满信道的方式。可选地,占满信道可以理解成在频域上占了至少80%的资源。In addition, the transmission of one UE on the channel may be in an interleaved manner or in a non-interleaved manner. As shown in Figure 5, they are also transmitted on the channel. The left picture of Figure 5 shows UE2 transmitting on all interleaves of the channel in an interleaved manner. The right picture of Figure 5 shows UE2 transmitting on the channel in a non-interleaved manner. The "non-interleaved mode" can also be called a channel mode, a sub-channel mode, and a channel-occupying mode. Optionally, a full channel can be understood as occupying at least 80% of the resources in the frequency domain.

(9)OCB需求:(9)OCB requirements:

名义信道带宽是分配给单个信道的最宽频带,包括保护频带。占用信道带宽(Occupied Channel Bandwidth)是包含信号功率99%的带宽。单个工作信道的名义信道带宽为20MHz。占用信道带宽应在名义信道带宽的80%和100%之间。对于具有多个发射链(transmit chains)的UE,每个发射链都应满足此要求。占用信道带宽可以随时间/有效负载而变化。在信道占用时间(COT,Channel Occupancy Time)期间,UE可以临时以低于其名义信道带宽的80%传输,且最小传输带宽为2MHz。The nominal channel bandwidth is the widest frequency band allocated to a single channel, including guard bands. Occupied Channel Bandwidth is the bandwidth containing 99% of the signal power. The nominal channel bandwidth of a single operating channel is 20MHz. The occupied channel bandwidth should be between 80% and 100% of the nominal channel bandwidth. For UEs with multiple transmit chains, each transmit chain shall meet this requirement. Occupied channel bandwidth can vary with time/payload. During the Channel Occupancy Time (COT, Channel Occupancy Time), the UE can temporarily transmit at less than 80% of its nominal channel bandwidth, and the minimum transmission bandwidth is 2MHz.

交错传输就是为了满足OCB需求。以20MHz带宽、30kHz SCS为例。传输带宽有51个RB。如果一个子信道由10个RB组成,则有5个子信道(剩余1个RB空闲)。若UE在一个子信道上发送,占用带宽约4MHz,不满足“占用信道带宽应在名义信道带宽的80%和100%之间”的OCB需求。若以交错形式发送,以图3为例,如在索引为0的交错发送,则占用带宽约20MHz,即100%的名义带宽;如在索引为1的交错发送,则占用带宽约18MHz,即约46/51≈90%的带宽。可以满足OCB的需求。Interleaved transmission is to meet OCB requirements. Take 20MHz bandwidth and 30kHz SCS as an example. The transmission bandwidth has 51 RBs. If a subchannel consists of 10 RBs, there are 5 subchannels (remaining 1 RB is free). If the UE transmits on a sub-channel, the occupied bandwidth is about 4MHz, which does not meet the OCB requirement of "the occupied channel bandwidth should be between 80% and 100% of the nominal channel bandwidth". If sent in an interleaved manner, taking Figure 3 as an example, if the interleaved transmission with index 0 is used, the bandwidth occupied is about 20MHz, that is, 100% of the nominal bandwidth; if the interleaved transmission with index 1 is used, the bandwidth occupied is about 18MHz, that is, About 46/51≈90% bandwidth. Can meet the needs of OCB.

在本申请中,使用“交错方式”和“非交错方式”来描述两种发送方式。交错方式可以理解为UE在不连续的RB上传输。可选的,交错内的RB之间的间隔可以相同或者不同。非交错方式可以理解为UE在连续的RB上传输、或UE在连续的频域资源上传输、或UE在子信道上传输、或UE以子信道形式传输。In this application, "interleaved mode" and "non-interleaved mode" are used to describe two transmission modes. The interleaved mode can be understood as the UE transmitting on discontinuous RBs. Optionally, the intervals between RBs within the interleave can be the same or different. The non-interleaved mode can be understood as the UE transmitting on continuous RBs, or the UE transmitting on continuous frequency domain resources, or the UE transmitting on a sub-channel, or the UE transmitting in the form of a sub-channel.

(10)时间单元和频域单元:(10) Time unit and frequency domain unit:

时间单元(或时域资源)包括符号(symbol)、时隙(slot)、迷你时隙(mini-slot)、部分时隙(partial slot)、子帧(sub-frame)、无线帧(frame)、感知时隙(sensing slot)等。Time units (or time domain resources) include symbols, slots, mini-slots, partial slots, sub-frames, and radio frames. , sensing slot, etc.

频域单元(或频域资源)包括资源单元(resource element,RE)、RB、子信道(subchannel)、资源池(resource pool)、带宽(bandwidth)、带宽部分(bandwidth part,BWP)、载波(carrier)、信道(channel)、交错(interlace)等。 The frequency domain unit (or frequency domain resource) includes resource element (RE), RB, subchannel (subchannel), resource pool (resource pool), bandwidth (bandwidth), bandwidth part (BWP), carrier ( carrier, channel, interlace, etc.

(11)资源池:(11) Resource pool:

NR SL通信基于资源池(resource pool)进行。所谓资源池指的是一块专用于SL通信的时频资源。资源池包含的频域资源是连续的。资源池包含的时域资源可以是连续的,也可以是不连续的。不同的资源池由SL-ResourcePoolID区分。UE在收资源池上接收,在发资源池上发送。如果资源池具有相同的资源池索引,则可以认为资源池的时频资源是完全重合的。NR SL communication is based on resource pool. The so-called resource pool refers to a time-frequency resource dedicated to SL communication. The frequency domain resources contained in the resource pool are continuous. The time domain resources contained in the resource pool can be continuous or discontinuous. Different resource pools are distinguished by SL-ResourcePoolID. The UE receives on the receiving resource pool and sends on the transmitting resource pool. If the resource pools have the same resource pool index, the time-frequency resources of the resource pools can be considered to be completely overlapping.

在SL-U中,由于频带是由多种形式的UE共享的,如SL UE与Wi-Fi UE、蓝牙UE在相同的频带上传输。SL资源池还可以理解为可以用于SL传输的资源集合。在本实施例中,资源池还可以称作信道(channel)、工作信道(Operating channel)、名义信道(Nominal Channel Bandwidth)带宽(bandwith)。即资源池、信道、带宽的均用于表示可以用于SL传输的资源集合。In SL-U, since the frequency band is shared by multiple forms of UE, such as SL UE, Wi-Fi UE, and Bluetooth UE transmit on the same frequency band. The SL resource pool can also be understood as a collection of resources that can be used for SL transmission. In this embodiment, the resource pool may also be called a channel, an operating channel, or a nominal channel (Nominal Channel Bandwidth) bandwidth (bandwith). That is, the resource pool, channel, and bandwidth are all used to represent the set of resources that can be used for SL transmission.

UE在资源池中,可以在相邻的M个信道上传输PSCCH和/或PSSCH,也可以在1个信道上传输PSCCH和/或PSSCH。以UE在A个交错上传输PSCCH、在B个交错上传输PSSCH为例,其中A小于等于B,A和B均为整数。In the resource pool, the UE can transmit PSCCH and/or PSSCH on M adjacent channels, or can transmit PSCCH and/or PSSCH on one channel. Take for example that the UE transmits PSCCH on interlaces A and PSSCH on interlaces B, where A is less than or equal to B, and A and B are both integers.

对于UE在1个信道上传输,UE在传输PSSCH的B个交错中的索引最小的A个交错上传输PSCCH。例如,A=1,B=4,M=1,用于传输PSSCH的交错索引分别为0、1、2、3,UE在交错0上传输PSCCH。For the UE to transmit on 1 channel, the UE transmits the PSCCH on the A interlace with the smallest index among the B interlaces in which the PSSCH is transmitted. For example, A=1, B=4, M=1, the interleave indexes used to transmit PSSCH are 0, 1, 2, and 3 respectively, and the UE transmits PSCCH on interlace 0.

对于UE在相邻的M个信道上传输,UE在信道索引最小的信道上,在A个交错上传输PSCCH;UE在M个信道上,总共在B个交错上传输PSSCH。例如,A=1,B=4,M=2,信道索引分别为0和1,则UE在信道0上的交错0上传输PSCCH和PSSCH,在信道0上的交错1上传输PSSCH;在信道1的交错0和交错1上传输PSSCH。For the UE to transmit on M adjacent channels, the UE transmits PSCCH on A interlaces on the channel with the smallest channel index; the UE transmits PSCCH on M channels and a total of B interlaces. For example, A=1, B=4, M=2, and the channel indexes are 0 and 1 respectively, then the UE transmits PSCCH and PSSCH on interleave 0 on channel 0, and transmits PSSCH on interleave 1 on channel 0; PSSCH is transmitted on interlace 0 and interlace 1 of 1.

(12)优先级:(12)Priority:

UE B的业务优先级具体而言是UE B的发送优先级(transmission priority)。因为UE B可能同时发送了多个业务,多个业务的优先级可能不一样。所以,如果单纯描述UE B的优先级不是很准确。The service priority of UE B is specifically the transmission priority of UE B. Because UE B may send multiple services at the same time, the priorities of multiple services may be different. Therefore, simply describing the priority of UE B is not very accurate.

业务优先级,还可以称为L1优先级(L1priority)、物理层优先级、SCI中携带的优先级、SCI关联的PSSCH对应的优先级、发送优先级、发送PSSCH的优先级、用于资源选择的优先级、逻辑信道的优先级、逻辑信道的最高等级的优先级。Service priority can also be called L1 priority (L1priority), physical layer priority, priority carried in SCI, priority corresponding to PSSCH associated with SCI, sending priority, priority of sending PSSCH, used for resource selection The priority of the logical channel, the priority of the logical channel, and the highest level priority of the logical channel.

其中优先级等级与优先级数值具有某种对应关系,例如优先级等级越高对应的优先级数值越低,或者优先级等级越低对应的优先级数值越低。以优先级等级越高对应的优先级数值越低为例,优先级数值取值范围可以为1-8的整数或者0-7的整数。若以优先级数值取值范围为1-8,则优先级的值为1时代表最高等级的优先级。There is a certain correspondence between the priority level and the priority value. For example, the higher the priority level, the lower the priority value, or the lower the priority level, the lower the priority value. For example, the higher the priority level, the lower the priority value. The priority value range can be an integer from 1 to 8 or an integer from 0 to 7. If the priority value range is 1-8, then a priority value of 1 represents the highest level of priority.

(13)源标识、目的地标识(UE标识):(13) Source identification, destination identification (UE identification):

层2源标识(Source Layer-2 ID或source L2 ID)为24bit。其中层2源标识的低8位(LSB part(8bits))称为层1源标识,即为NR的SCI中指示的源ID(source ID);高16位(MSB part(16bits))称为SRC,在MAC CE的MAC头中指示。控制信息中的源标识可以指NR的SCI中指示的源ID、MAC头中的SRC、层2源标识。层2目的地标识(Destination Layer-2 ID或destination L2 ID)为24bit。其中层2目的地标识的低16位(LSB part(16bits))称为层1目的地标识,即为NR的SCI中指示的目的地ID(destination  ID);高8位(MSB part(8bits))称为DST,在MAC CE的MAC头中指示。控制信息中的目的地标识可以指SCI中指示的目的地ID、MAC头中的DST、层2目的地标识。The layer 2 source identifier (Source Layer-2 ID or source L2 ID) is 24bit. The lower 8 bits (LSB part (8bits)) of the layer 2 source identifier are called the layer 1 source identifier, which is the source ID (source ID) indicated in the SCI of NR; the upper 16 bits (MSB part (16bits)) are called SRC, indicated in the MAC header of the MAC CE. The source identifier in the control information may refer to the source ID indicated in the SCI of the NR, the SRC in the MAC header, and the layer 2 source identifier. The layer 2 destination identifier (Destination Layer-2 ID or destination L2 ID) is 24 bits. The lower 16 bits (LSB part (16bits)) of the layer 2 destination identifier are called the layer 1 destination identifier, which is the destination ID (destination) indicated in the SCI of NR. ID); the upper 8 bits (MSB part (8bits)) are called DST and are indicated in the MAC header of MAC CE. The destination identifier in the control information may refer to the destination ID indicated in the SCI, the DST in the MAC header, and the layer 2 destination identifier.

LTE的SCI中无源标识,只有24bit的层2源标识,在MAC头中SRC字段指示。LTE的SCI中无目的地标识,只有24bit的层2目的地标识,在MAC头中DST字段指示指示层2目的地标识或者层2目的地标识的高16位。There is no source identifier in the LTE SCI, only a 24-bit layer 2 source identifier, which is indicated by the SRC field in the MAC header. There is no destination identifier in the LTE SCI, only a 24-bit layer 2 destination identifier. The DST field in the MAC header indicates the layer 2 destination identifier or the high 16 bits of the layer 2 destination identifier.

另外,在协议中destination还可以泛指。具体而言,对于单播来说,destination代表层2源标识和层2目的地标识对;对于广播和组播来说,destination代表层2目的地标识。In addition, destination can also be referred to generally in the agreement. Specifically, for unicast, destination represents the pair of layer 2 source identifier and layer 2 destination identifier; for broadcast and multicast, destination represents the layer 2 destination identifier.

可以理解,标识、序列、编号、索引表示同一含义。It can be understood that identification, sequence, number, and index represent the same meaning.

(14)序列:(14) Sequence:

序列是由基序列经过循环移位生成的,一个基序列经过不同的循环移位可以生成多个不同的序列。根序列号用于生成基序列,根序列号也可以称为根序列索引,基序列也可以称为根序列。下面以低峰值平均功率比(low peak to average power ratio,low-PAPR)序列为例进行说明。Sequences are generated by cyclic shifts of a base sequence. A base sequence can generate multiple different sequences through different cyclic shifts. The root sequence number is used to generate the base sequence. The root sequence number can also be called the root sequence index, and the base sequence can also be called the root sequence. The following is a low peak to average power ratio (low-PAPR) sequence. Take an example to illustrate.

序列可以由一个基序列的循环移位α根据下述公式(I)来定义;
sequence can be represented by a base sequence The cyclic shift α is defined according to the following formula (I);

公式(I)中,表示基序列,MZC表示基序列的长度,公式(I)中的循环移位α可以通过公式(II)来描述;
In formula (I), represents the base sequence, M ZC represents the length of the base sequence, and the cyclic shift α in formula (I) can be described by formula (II);

公式(II)中,mCS为长度NCS上的循环移位值。可选地,也可以将mCS称为序列的循环移位值。In formula (II), m CS is the cyclic shift value on the length N CS . Alternatively, m CS can also be called the cyclic shift value of the sequence.

其中,基序列可以为ZC序列,假设ZC序列的长度MZC等于12,则可以通过公式(III)来表示。
Among them, the base sequence It can be a ZC sequence. Assuming that the length of the ZC sequence M ZC is equal to 12, then It can be expressed by formula (III).

下述表5为MZC等于12时公式(III)中u和的取值。其中u可以称为基序列的根序列号。Table 5 below shows the sum of u in formula (III) when M ZC is equal to 12 value. where u can be called the base sequence root serial number.

表5





table 5





其中,上述公式中的a为整数,例如0,1,2等。floor()表示对输入变量向下取整;xn为中间变量;为预定义或配置的数值,例如12;为在一个反馈资源的集合中所有的频域RB的总数和/或频域RB和序列循环移位的总数;为侧行反馈信道PSFCH上配置的循环移位对的数量,例如1,2,3,4,6等。Among them, a in the above formula is an integer, such as 0, 1, 2, etc. floor() means rounding down the input variable; x n is the intermediate variable; It is a predefined or configured value, such as 12; It is the total number of all frequency domain RBs and/or the total number of frequency domain RBs and sequence cyclic shifts in a set of feedback resources; It is the number of cyclic shift pairs configured on the sidelink feedback channel PSFCH, such as 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, etc.

可选地,Mi为接收数据信道的标识,其标识可以是上层协议指示的(is the identity of the UE receiving the PSSCH as indicated by higher layers)。Optionally, Mi is the identity of the receiving data channel, and its identity may be indicated by the upper layer protocol (is the identity of the UE receiving the PSSCH as indicated by higher layers).

另外,上述公式中的m0为第一循环移位值,mcs为第二循环移位值。循环移位的值αl可以由m0、mcs和mint确定,例如:αl等于(m0+mcs+mint),又如由以下公式(0-4确定):
In addition, m 0 in the above formula is the first cyclic shift value, and m cs is the second cyclic shift value. The value of cyclic shift α l can be determined by m 0 , m cs and min int . For example: α l is equal to (m 0 +m cs + min int ), or determined by the following formula (0-4):

本申请实施例中确定的循环移位中的任一项可以是上述公式中的第一循环移位m0,也可以是第二循环移位mcs,也可以是第三循环移位mint,还可以是循环移位α。Any of the cyclic shifts determined in the embodiment of the present application may be the first cyclic shift m 0 in the above formula, the second cyclic shift m cs , or the third cyclic shift min int , it can also be a cyclic shift α.

(13)NR SL资源分配模式(13)NR SL resource allocation mode

根据资源分配主体的不同,SL传输中的资源分配(resource allocation,RA)可以分为两种模式(mode):模式1和模式2。在模式1中,SL传输所使用的时频资源由网络设备集中调度;在模式2中,SL传输所使用的时频资源由终端设备确定。下面对资源分配模式2简要介绍如下。According to the different resource allocation subjects, resource allocation (RA) in SL transmission can be divided into two modes: mode 1 and mode 2. In Mode 1, the time-frequency resources used for SL transmission are centrally scheduled by network equipment; in Mode 2, the time-frequency resources used for SL transmission are determined by the terminal equipment. Resource allocation mode 2 is briefly introduced below.

如图6所示,在模式2中,定义有一个时间点和两个重要窗口:As shown in Figure 6, in Mode 2, a time point and two important windows are defined:

该时间点是指:终端设备的高层(higher layer)为PSCCH和/或PSSCH的发送而触发进行资源选择的时隙。如图6所示,该时隙可以称为时隙n。 This time point refers to a time slot in which the higher layer of the terminal equipment triggers resource selection for the transmission of PSCCH and/or PSSCH. As shown in Figure 6, this time slot may be called time slot n.

两个重要窗口中的一个窗口为感知窗口(sensing window),指终端设备感知自身周围的时频资源占用情况时所使用的窗口。示例性的,可以对应图6中的时隙范围,其中,为根据高层参数计算得到的值,为标准定义的值,或者为根据终端设备的能力或实现方式得到的值,或者为根据高层参数计算得到的值。其中,终端设备的实现方式可以指终端具体的软件算法和硬件实现(如终端所使用的计算芯片、通信芯片、存储芯片、车载芯片、车载模块等)。One of the two important windows is the sensing window, which refers to the window used by the terminal device to sense the time-frequency resource occupancy around it. For example, it may correspond to the time slot range in Figure 6, where is a value calculated based on high-level parameters, a value defined by a standard, or a value based on the capabilities or implementation of the terminal device, or based on high-level parameters. The calculated value. Among them, the implementation method of the terminal device may refer to the specific software algorithm and hardware implementation of the terminal (such as the computing chip, communication chip, storage chip, vehicle chip, vehicle module, etc. used by the terminal).

两个重要窗口中的另一个窗口为选择窗口(selection window),指终端设备基于感知窗口内的感知结果选择候选单时隙资源(candidate single-slot resource)(简称资源)时所使用的窗口。示例性的,可以对应于图2中的时隙范围,其中,为根据终端设备的实现方式得到的值,为根据高层参数或终端设备的实现方式得到的值。The other window among the two important windows is the selection window, which refers to the window used by the terminal device to select candidate single-slot resources (resources for short) based on the sensing results within the sensing window. For example, it may correspond to the time slot range in Figure 2, where is a value obtained according to the implementation of the terminal device, and is a value obtained according to high-layer parameters or the implementation of the terminal device.

基于上述说明,资源分配模式2的基本流程可以概括为如下步骤:Based on the above description, the basic process of resource allocation mode 2 can be summarized as the following steps:

步骤1、在时隙n,终端设备的高层触发为PSCCH和/或PSSCH的发送选择时频资源,并提供高层参数;Step 1. In time slot n, the higher layer of the terminal equipment triggers to select time-frequency resources for the transmission of PSCCH and/or PSSCH and provides higher layer parameters;

可选的,该高层参数包括发送该PSCCH和/或PSSCH时所使用的资源池的标识,该一次PSCCH和/或PSSCH的发送优先级,发送该PSCCH和/或PSSCH时所使用的子信道个数等。Optionally, the higher layer parameters include the identification of the resource pool used when sending the PSCCH and/or PSSCH, the sending priority of the primary PSCCH and/or PSSCH, and the number of subchannels used when sending the PSCCH and/or PSSCH. Count etc.

步骤2、终端设备在感知窗口内侦听使用步骤1所指示的资源池的其他终端设备发送的SCI;Step 2: The terminal device listens to the SCI sent by other terminal devices using the resource pool indicated in step 1 within the sensing window;

步骤3、终端设备根据步骤2的侦听结果,感知该资源池中位于选择窗口内的时频资源的使用情况,确定可用的候选单时隙资源集合,该可用的候选单时隙资源集合中不包括被其他终端设备预约使用的,或可能被其他终端设备占用的时频资源,候选单时隙资源集合中资源也可以称为预留资源;Step 3. Based on the listening result of Step 2, the terminal device senses the usage of the time-frequency resources in the resource pool within the selection window, and determines the available candidate single-slot resource set. In the available candidate single-slot resource set, Excluding time-frequency resources reserved for use by other terminal devices or that may be occupied by other terminal devices, the resources in the candidate single-slot resource set can also be called reserved resources;

步骤4、终端设备根据可用的候选单时隙资源集合确定PSCCH和/或PSSCH发送所使用的时频资源。Step 4: The terminal equipment determines the time-frequency resources used for PSCCH and/or PSSCH transmission according to the available candidate single slot resource set.

示例性的,图6为在上述步骤3中终端设备根据感知窗口内的侦听结果确定候选单时隙资源的示意图,其中,UE1、UE2和UE3是除该终端设备外的其他终端设备,SCI1为终端设备在感知窗内侦听到的UE1的SCI,SCI1指示UE1预约了选择窗口内的部分时频资源,则该终端设备可以排除已被UE1预约的时频资源。同理,SCI2为UE2的SCI,SCI3为UE3的SCI,该终端设备可以根据SCI2和SCI3分别排除已被UE2和UE3预约的时频资源,从而在资源选择窗内剩余的资源中确定可用的候选单时隙资源集合。Exemplarily, Figure 6 is a schematic diagram in which the terminal device determines candidate single-slot resources based on the listening results within the sensing window in the above step 3, where UE1, UE2 and UE3 are other terminal devices except the terminal device, SCI1 It is the SCI of UE1 heard by the terminal device within the sensing window. SCI1 indicates that UE1 has reserved part of the time-frequency resources within the selection window, then the terminal device can exclude the time-frequency resources that have been reserved by UE1. In the same way, SCI2 is the SCI of UE2, and SCI3 is the SCI of UE3. The terminal device can exclude time-frequency resources that have been reserved by UE2 and UE3 based on SCI2 and SCI3 respectively, thereby determining available candidates among the remaining resources in the resource selection window. Single slot resource collection.

由上可知,当多个终端设备通过侧行链路在非授权频谱上通信时,初始COT的UE独享信道,其他未竞争到频域资源的UE无法使用该频域资源。在NR-V2X中,资源的时域单位是时隙,可以选不相邻的时隙传输侧行信息。但是在SL-U中,初始信道占用时间(channel occupancy period,COT)的终端设备需要在COT内连续传输,或者,和共享该COT的其他终端设备一起在该COT内连续传输一段时间,如果不连续传输,就会造成COT中断,即初始COT的终端设备就不能够再继续使用该COT。因此,为了让初始COT的终端设备的传输和其他终端设备的传输能够形成连续的传输,初始COT的终端设备如何确定哪些终端设备能够共享自己初始的COT成为亟待解决的问题。It can be seen from the above that when multiple terminal devices communicate on the unlicensed spectrum through side links, the UE of the initial COT has exclusive use of the channel, and other UEs that have not competed for frequency domain resources cannot use the frequency domain resources. In NR-V2X, the time domain unit of resources is a time slot, and non-adjacent time slots can be selected to transmit sidelink information. However, in SL-U, the terminal device with the initial channel occupancy period (COT) needs to transmit continuously within the COT, or continuously transmit for a period of time within the COT with other terminal devices sharing the COT. If not Continuous transmission will cause COT interruption, that is, the terminal device of the initial COT will no longer be able to continue to use the COT. Therefore, in order to allow the transmission of the initial COT terminal device and the transmission of other terminal devices to form continuous transmission, how the initial COT terminal device determines which terminal devices can share its initial COT has become an urgent problem to be solved.

有鉴于此,本申请提出一种方法,能够有效解决上述技术问题,下面结合图X对该方法进行详细介绍。 In view of this, this application proposes a method that can effectively solve the above technical problems. The method will be introduced in detail below with reference to Figure X.

如图7所示,图7是本申请提出的一种通信方法的示意性流程图。该方法可以包括如下步骤。As shown in Figure 7, Figure 7 is a schematic flow chart of a communication method proposed by this application. The method may include the following steps.

S701,UE2向UE1发送第一SCI。其中,第一SCI指示UE2的预留资源。对应的,UE1接收UE2发送的第一SCI。可选地,SX01也可以理解为UE2发送第一SCI,对应的,包括UE1的资源池内的其他UE都可以感知、监听、接收或译码UE2的第一SCI。S701, UE2 sends the first SCI to UE1. The first SCI indicates the reserved resources of UE2. Correspondingly, UE1 receives the first SCI sent by UE2. Optionally, SX01 can also be understood as UE2 sending the first SCI. Correspondingly, other UEs in the resource pool including UE1 can sense, monitor, receive or decode the first SCI of UE2.

可选地,第一SCI显示或者隐式指示UE2的预留资源的间隔信息、频域资源信息、时域资源信息、优先级信息。第一SCI指示的预留资源包括UE2的重传预留资源、周期预留资源、周期预留资源的重传预留资源。例如通过频域资源信息、时域资源信息指示UE2的重传预留资源;和/或,通过间隔信息指示了第一SCI所在资源的周期预留资源;和/或,通过间隔信息、频域资源信息、时域资源信息指示了周期预留资源的重传预留资源。Optionally, the first SCI displays or implicitly indicates the interval information, frequency domain resource information, time domain resource information, and priority information of the reserved resources of UE2. The reserved resources indicated by the first SCI include retransmission reserved resources of UE2, periodic reserved resources, and retransmission reserved resources of periodic reserved resources. For example, the retransmission reserved resources of UE2 are indicated through the frequency domain resource information and the time domain resource information; and/or the periodic reserved resources of the resource where the first SCI is located are indicated through the interval information; and/or the periodic reserved resources of the resource where the first SCI is located are indicated through the interval information and the frequency domain resource information. The resource information and time domain resource information indicate the retransmission reserved resources of periodic reserved resources.

其中预留间隔信息还可以是周期预留间隔信息;频域资源信息包括以下信息的至少任意一种:以交错方式传输PSCCH和/或PSSCH、交错的起始位置、交错的个数、以非交错(如信道)方式传输PSCCH和/或PSSCH、子信道的起始位置、子信道的个数;时域资源信息包括以下信息的至少任意一种:在不连续的时隙上传输一个或者多个初传和/或重传、一个或者多个初传和/或重传的时间间隔信息、在连续的时隙上传输一个或者多个初传和/或重传、初传和/或重传个数的信息;优先级信息包括物理层优先级和/或通道访问优先级类(channel access priority class,CAPC)。The reservation interval information may also be periodic reservation interval information; the frequency domain resource information includes at least any one of the following information: transmitting PSCCH and/or PSSCH in an interleaved manner, the starting position of the interleave, the number of interleaves, and non- The PSCCH and/or PSSCH, the starting position of the sub-channel, and the number of sub-channels are transmitted in an interleaved (such as channel) manner; the time domain resource information includes at least any one of the following information: one or more are transmitted on discontinuous time slots one or more initial transmissions and/or retransmissions, time interval information for one or more initial transmissions and/or retransmissions, one or more initial transmissions and/or retransmissions, initial transmissions and/or retransmissions on consecutive time slots Transmission number information; priority information includes physical layer priority and/or channel access priority class (CAPC).

S702,UE1确定UE2的部分或者全部预留资源位于第一COT,第一COT为UE1初始的COT。S702: UE1 determines that some or all of the reserved resources of UE2 are located in the first COT, and the first COT is the initial COT of UE1.

可选地,如图8、图9、图10、图11所示,UE2的第一SCI指示一个COT内的预留资源和/或跨COT的预留资源。UE2可以在上一次传输给下一次传输指示预留资源。其中,UE1=>...表示UE1能够使用对应的资源向其他UE发送SL信息,UE2=>UE1表示UE2能够使用对应资源向UE1发送SL信。Optionally, as shown in Figures 8, 9, 10, and 11, the first SCI of UE2 indicates reserved resources within a COT and/or reserved resources across COTs. UE2 may indicate reserved resources for the next transmission in the previous transmission. Among them, UE1=>... means that UE1 can use the corresponding resources to send SL information to other UEs, and UE2=>UE1 means that UE2 can use the corresponding resources to send SL information to UE1.

可选地,UE2在当前COT中的传输方式和在上一个COT的传输方式相同;或者,UE2在下一个COT中的传输方式和在当前COT的传输方式相同。可选地,UE1可以根据UE2的第一SCI所在资源的传输方式,确定第一SCI指示的预留资源的传输方式;或者,UE1可以根据UE2在第一SCI所在资源的传输方式,确定UE2在第一SCI指示的预留资源的传输方式。其中,传输方式包括交错传输方式和/或非交错传输方式。如图8所示UE2共享UE1初始的COT,UE2的第一SCI指示预留资源,UE2在上一次传输中以交错方式传输,UE2在下一次传输中仍以交错方式传输。如图9所示,UE2两次传输都共享UE1初始的COT,UE2的第一SCI指示预留资源,上一次传输以信道方式(非交错方式)传输,UE2在下一次传输中仍以信道方式(非交错方式)传输。如图10所示,UE2两次传输都共享UE1初始的COT,UE2的第一SCI指示预留资源,UE2在上一次传输中以交错方式传输,UE2在UE1初始的COT中下一次传输中仍以交错方式传输。如图11所示,UE2自己初始COT,UE2的第一SCI指示预留资源,UE2在上一次传输中以信道方式(非交错方式)传输,UE2在UE1初始的COT中下一次传输仍以信道方式(非交错方式)传输。UE1执行信道接入成功后,在第一COT内传输。需要说明的是,UE1执行信道接入过程和UE2发送第一SCI的顺序本申请不做具体限定。 Optionally, the transmission method of UE2 in the current COT is the same as the transmission method in the previous COT; or, the transmission method of UE2 in the next COT is the same as the transmission method in the current COT. Optionally, UE1 can determine the transmission mode of the reserved resource indicated by the first SCI based on the transmission mode of the resource where the first SCI of UE2 is located; or, UE1 can determine the transmission mode of the resource where UE2 is located based on the transmission mode of the resource where the first SCI is located. The transmission method of reserved resources indicated by the first SCI. The transmission method includes an interleaved transmission method and/or a non-interleaved transmission method. As shown in Figure 8, UE2 shares the initial COT of UE1. The first SCI of UE2 indicates reserved resources. UE2 transmitted in an interleaved manner in the last transmission, and UE2 still transmits in an interleaved manner in the next transmission. As shown in Figure 9, UE2 shares the initial COT of UE1 in both transmissions. The first SCI of UE2 indicates reserved resources. The last transmission was transmitted in channel mode (non-interleaved mode), and UE2 still uses channel mode (non-interleaved mode) in the next transmission. non-interleaved mode) transmission. As shown in Figure 10, UE2 shares the initial COT of UE1 in both transmissions. The first SCI of UE2 indicates reserved resources. UE2 transmitted in an interleaved manner in the last transmission. UE2 still uses the initial COT of UE1 in the next transmission. Transmitted in an interleaved manner. As shown in Figure 11, UE2's own initial COT, UE2's first SCI indicates reserved resources, UE2 transmitted in channel mode (non-interleaved mode) in the last transmission, UE2 still uses the channel in the next transmission in UE1's initial COT mode (non-interleaved mode) transmission. After UE1 successfully performs channel access, it transmits in the first COT. It should be noted that the order in which UE1 performs the channel access process and UE2 sends the first SCI is not specifically limited in this application.

可选地,UE2的第一SCI指示请求UE1信道接入和/或请求在UE1初始的COT内传输。例如,UE2的第一SCI中的一个字段指示请求UE1信道接入和/或请求在UE1初始的COT内传输。Optionally, UE2's first SCI indication requests UE1 for channel access and/or requests transmission within UE1's initial COT. For example, a field in UE2's first SCI indicates a request for UE1 channel access and/or a request for transmission within UE1's initial COT.

示例的,UE2可以先发送第一SCI,第一SCI指示请求UE1信道接入和/或请求在UE1初始的COT内传输,之后UE1执行信道接入并初始第一COT。也可以理解为,UE2的第一SCI触发UE1执行信道接入;或者,UE2的第一SCI触发UE1初始第一COT。For example, UE2 may first send the first SCI, which indicates requesting UE1 for channel access and/or requesting transmission within UE1's initial COT, and then UE1 performs channel access and initializes the first COT. It can also be understood that the first SCI of UE2 triggers UE1 to perform channel access; or the first SCI of UE2 triggers UE1 to initiate the first COT.

示例的,UE1使用UE2的第一SCI指示的CAPC信息执行type1信道接入,初始第一COT。For example, UE1 uses the CAPC information indicated by the first SCI of UE2 to perform type1 channel access and initialize the first COT.

示例的,UE1可以先执行信道接入,之后UE2发送第一SCI,第一SCI请求在UE1的第一COT内传输。可选地,UE1信道接入成功并初始第一COT,UE2在该第一COT内传输。For example, UE1 may first perform channel access, and then UE2 sends the first SCI, and the first SCI request is transmitted within the first COT of UE1. Optionally, UE1 successfully accesses the channel and initiates the first COT, and UE2 transmits within the first COT.

应理解,UE1初始第一COT后,UE1可以在第一COT上传输SL信息。SL信息包括UE1的控制信息(如PSCCH)、数据信息(如PSSCH)、反馈信息(如PSFCH)等。It should be understood that after UE1 initializes the first COT, UE1 may transmit SL information on the first COT. SL information includes UE1's control information (such as PSCCH), data information (such as PSSCH), feedback information (such as PSFCH), etc.

S703,UE1向UE2发送第一COT共享信息,第一COT共享信息指示允许或不允许共享第一COT。对应的,UE2接收来自UE1的第一COT共享信息。S703: UE1 sends first COT sharing information to UE2, where the first COT sharing information indicates whether sharing of the first COT is allowed or not. Correspondingly, UE2 receives the first COT shared information from UE1.

应理解,UE1允许UE2共享第一COT是指UE1允许UE2共享第一COT内的资源,具体可以共享第一COT内的哪些资源,这里暂不展开叙述,下文中会具体说明。It should be understood that UE1 allows UE2 to share the first COT means that UE1 allows UE2 to share resources in the first COT. The specific resources in the first COT that can be shared will not be described here, and will be explained in detail below.

其中,UE1允许UE2共享第一COT包括:UE2满足共享第一COT的法规条件,UE1允许UE2共享第一COT。UE1不允许UE2共享包括两种情况:一种是UE2满足共享第一COT的法规条件,但UE1不允许UE2共享第一COT;一种是无共享关系。无共享关系包括:UE2不满足共享第一COT的法规条件,UE1不允许UE2共享第一COT。其中,UE2满足共享第一COT的法规条件是指UE1和UE2之间具有收发关系。例如:UE1为UE2的接收UE;或者UE2为UE1的接收UE。再例如:UE1(初始UE)、UE2(共享UE)、UE3(共享UE)在同一组内,UE2共享第一COT,UE3为UE2的接收UE。Among them, UE1 allows UE2 to share the first COT including: UE2 meets the regulatory conditions for sharing the first COT, and UE1 allows UE2 to share the first COT. There are two situations in which UE1 does not allow UE2 to share: one is that UE2 meets the legal conditions for sharing the first COT, but UE1 does not allow UE2 to share the first COT; the other is that there is no sharing relationship. The non-sharing relationship includes: UE2 does not meet the legal conditions for sharing the first COT, and UE1 does not allow UE2 to share the first COT. Among them, UE2 meeting the regulatory conditions for sharing the first COT means that there is a sending and receiving relationship between UE1 and UE2. For example: UE1 is the receiving UE of UE2; or UE2 is the receiving UE of UE1. For another example: UE1 (initial UE), UE2 (shared UE), and UE3 (shared UE) are in the same group, UE2 shares the first COT, and UE3 is the receiving UE of UE2.

可选地,预配置或网络配置第一COT共享信息指示UE1允许共享第一COT、不允许共享第一COT这两种中的一种;或者,预配置或网络配置第一COT共享信息指示UE1允许共享第一COT、满足满足共享第一COT的法规条件且不允许共享第一COT、无共享关系这三种中的一种。Optionally, the preconfiguration or network configuration of the first COT sharing information indicates that UEl is allowed to share the first COT or not allowed to share the first COT; or the preconfiguration or network configuration of the first COT sharing information indicates that UEl One of three options: allowing sharing of the first COT, meeting the legal conditions for sharing the first COT and not allowing sharing of the first COT, or having no sharing relationship.

可选地,当第一COT共享信息指示允许共享第一COT,第一COT共享信息触发UE2执行Type2信道接入,UE2根据第一COT共享信息在UE1初始的第一COT内传输。Optionally, when the first COT sharing information indicates that sharing the first COT is allowed, the first COT sharing information triggers UE2 to perform Type2 channel access, and UE2 transmits within the first COT initialized by UE1 according to the first COT sharing information.

应理解,UE1还可以把第一COT共享给除UE2之外的其他UE,其它UE与UE2执行的动作相同,这里不再赘述。后文中以共享第一COT的其他UE为UE3进行说明。It should be understood that UE1 can also share the first COT with other UEs except UE2, and other UEs perform the same actions as UE2, which will not be described again here. In the following description, the other UEs sharing the first COT are referred to as UE3.

还应理解,UE2和UE3在第一COT内的预留资源可能不重合,也可能重合。可选地,重合为全部重合或部分重合。It should also be understood that the reserved resources of UE2 and UE3 in the first COT may not overlap or may overlap. Optionally, the overlap is full overlap or partial overlap.

可选地,如果不重合,第一COT共享信息指示允许共享COT,UE2使用UE2的在第一COT内的预留资源进行侧行传输。Optionally, if there is no overlap, the first COT sharing information indicates that COT sharing is allowed, and UE2 uses UE2's reserved resources in the first COT to perform sidelink transmission.

可选地,第一COT共享信息指示不允许共享第一COT,UE2不共享第一COT,即UE2不在第一COT内传输。Optionally, the first COT sharing information indicates that sharing of the first COT is not allowed, and UE2 does not share the first COT, that is, UE2 does not transmit within the first COT.

可选地,第一COT共享信息指示UE2无共享关系,则法规不允许UE2共享UE1初始的COT。 Optionally, the first COT sharing information indicates that UE2 has no sharing relationship, so regulations do not allow UE2 to share UE1's initial COT.

可选地,UE2和UE3在第一COT内的预留资源重合,UE1指示UE2和UE3都不允许共享第一COT,或,UE1指示UE2和UE3中的一个UE允许共享第一COT。例如,指示UE2和UE3中优先级值更小或等级更高的UE允许共享第一COT。Optionally, the reserved resources of UE2 and UE3 in the first COT overlap, and UE1 indicates that neither UE2 nor UE3 is allowed to share the first COT, or UE1 indicates that one of UE2 and UE3 is allowed to share the first COT. For example, it is indicated that the UE with a smaller priority value or a higher level among UE2 and UE3 is allowed to share the first COT.

可选地,第一COT共享信息可以承载于PSFCH、一阶SCI、二阶SCI、MAC CE、PC-5 RRC、RRC等信令中的任一信令。需要说明是,由于PSFCH的承载比特数有限,因此相比上述其他信令无法显式指示第一COT共享信息是发送给UE2的。Optionally, the first COT shared information can be carried in any of the signaling such as PSFCH, first-order SCI, second-order SCI, MAC CE, PC-5 RRC, and RRC. It should be noted that since the number of bearer bits of PSFCH is limited, it cannot be explicitly indicated that the first COT shared information is sent to UE2 compared with other signalings mentioned above.

下面具体说明当第一COT共享信息承载于PSFCH时,UE1如何向UE2发送该第一COT共享信息。The following describes in detail how UE1 sends the first COT shared information to UE2 when the first COT shared information is carried on the PSFCH.

可选地,承载第一COT共享信息的PSFCH与承载反馈信息的PSFCH为不同的格式、占用不同的时域资源和/或占用不同的频域资源和/或占用不同的序列。具体使用哪种方式是(预)配置的。Optionally, the PSFCH carrying the first COT shared information and the PSFCH carrying feedback information have different formats, occupy different time domain resources and/or occupy different frequency domain resources and/or occupy different sequences. Which method is used is (pre)configured.

可选地,承载第一COT共享信息的PSFCH包括:使用新的PSFCH格式承载COT共享信息;或者,使用不同于承载HARQ的PSFCH格式承载COT共享信息;或者,使用不同于承载碰撞指示(conflict indication)的PSFCH格式承载COT共享信息。Optionally, the PSFCH carrying the first COT shared information includes: using a new PSFCH format to carry COT shared information; or using a PSFCH format different from carrying HARQ to carry COT shared information; or using a different PSFCH format to carry collision indication (conflict indication). )'s PSFCH format carries COT shared information.

可选地,承载第一COT共享信息的PSFCH:使用PSFCH信道上不被用于传输HARQ的PRB集合中的资源承载COT共享信息;和/或,使用PSFCH信道上不被用于传输碰撞指示的PRB集合中的资源承载COT共享信息。Optionally, the PSFCH that carries the first COT shared information: uses the resources in the PRB set that are not used to transmit HARQ on the PSFCH channel to carry the COT shared information; and/or uses the resources in the PSFCH channel that are not used to transmit the collision indication. The resources in the PRB set carry COT shared information.

可选地,承载第一COT共享信息的PSFCH:使用不被用于传输HARQ的PSFCH符号承载COT共享信息;和/或,使用不被用于传输碰撞指示的PSFCH符号承载COT共享信息。Optionally, the PSFCH that carries the first COT shared information: uses PSFCH symbols that are not used to transmit HARQ to carry the COT shared information; and/or uses PSFCH symbols that are not used to transmit the collision indication to carry the COT shared information.

可选地,承载第一COT共享信息的PSFCH:使用不被用于传输HARQ的序列的循环移位指示COT共享信息;和/或,使用不被用于传输碰撞指示的序列的循环移位承载COT共享信息。Optionally, the PSFCH carrying the first COT shared information: uses a cyclic shift of a sequence not used to transmit HARQ to indicate COT shared information; and/or uses a cyclic shift of a sequence not used to transmit collision indication to bear COT shares information.

可选地,UE1可以通过发送PSFCH的第一资源的时域位置、第一资源的频域位置、或第一资源的序列的循环移位中的至少一个来隐式指示第一COT共享信息是发送给UE2的。对应地,UE2可以通过第一资源的时域位置、第一资源的频域位置、或第一资源关联的循环移位中的至少一个来确定第一COT共享信息是发送给自己的。Optionally, UE1 may implicitly indicate that the first COT shared information is by sending at least one of the time domain position of the first resource of the PSFCH, the frequency domain position of the first resource, or the cyclic shift of the sequence of the first resource. Sent to UE2. Correspondingly, UE2 may determine that the first COT shared information is sent to itself through at least one of the time domain position of the first resource, the frequency domain position of the first resource, or the cyclic shift associated with the first resource.

可选地,UE1可以根据UE2的预留资源确定第一资源;或,UE1可以根据UE2在第一COT内的预留资源确定第一资源;或,UE1可以根据UE2的预留资源中位于第一COT内的预留资源确定第一资源;或,UE1根据第一预留资源确定第一资源,第一预留资源属于UE2在第一COT内的预留资源,第一预留资源在时域上对应一个时隙,在频域上对应一个子信道或交错。可选地,UE2在第一COT内的预留资源的频域资源包括一个或多个交错或子信道。Alternatively, UE1 can determine the first resource according to the reserved resources of UE2; or, UE1 can determine the first resource according to the reserved resources of UE2 in the first COT; or, UE1 can determine the first resource according to the reserved resources of UE2. The reserved resources in a COT determine the first resource; or, UE1 determines the first resource according to the first reserved resource, the first reserved resource belongs to the reserved resource of UE2 in the first COT, and the first reserved resource is Corresponds to a time slot in the domain, and corresponds to a sub-channel or interleave in the frequency domain. Optionally, the frequency domain resources of UE2's reserved resources in the first COT include one or more interlaces or sub-channels.

可选地,第一预留资源可以为UE2的预留资源中时隙索引最小,子信道或交错索引最小的资源,或,第一预留资源为UE2的预留资源中时隙索引最小,子信道或交错索引最大的资源,或,第一预留资源为UE2的预留资源中时隙索引最大,子信道或交错索引最大的资源,或,第一预留资源为UE2的预留资源中时隙索引最大,子信道或交错索引最小的资源。下面给出几种根据UE2的第一预留资源确定第一资源的方法。Optionally, the first reserved resource may be the resource with the smallest time slot index and the smallest subchannel or interleaving index among the reserved resources of UE2, or the first reserved resource may be the smallest time slot index among the reserved resources of UE2, The resource with the largest subchannel or interleaving index, or the first reserved resource is the resource with the largest time slot index among the reserved resources of UE2, and the resource with the largest subchannel or interleaving index, or the first reserved resource is the reserved resource of UE2 The resource with the largest time slot index and the smallest subchannel or interleaving index. Several methods for determining the first resource according to the first reserved resource of UE2 are given below.

方法一:UE1根据UE2的第一预留资源的频域确定第一资源的频域资源。Method 1: UE1 determines the frequency domain resource of the first resource according to the frequency domain of the first reserved resource of UE2.

可选地,第一资源的频域资源为第一预留资源的频域资源。 Optionally, the frequency domain resource of the first resource is the frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource.

可选地,第一资源的频域资源为第一预留资源的频域资源中的一个交错或者一个RB。Optionally, the frequency domain resource of the first resource is an interlace or an RB in the frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource.

可选地,通过UE2的标识信息确定第一资源的频域资源为第一预留资源的频域资源中的一个交错或者一个RB。例如满足(PID+X)mod R,其中PID为UE2的标识信息,R为可以用于一个第一COT共享指示的资源数。可以用于一个第一COT共享指示的资源数R与第一预留资源的交错数或子信道数有关,例如可以是该交错数或该子信道数的整数倍。其中,UE2的标识信息可以是:UE2的源标识信息、UE2的目的标识信息、UE2的设备标识信息、或UE2的组标识信息中的至少任意一种。Optionally, the frequency domain resource of the first resource is determined to be an interlace or an RB among the frequency domain resources of the first reserved resource through the identification information of UE2. For example, (P ID +X) mod R is satisfied, where P ID is the identification information of UE2, and R is the number of resources that can be used for a first COT sharing indication. The number R of resources that can be used for a first COT sharing indication is related to the interleave number or sub-channel number of the first reserved resource, and may be, for example, an integer multiple of the interleave number or the sub-channel number. The identification information of UE2 may be at least any one of: source identification information of UE2, destination identification information of UE2, device identification information of UE2, or group identification information of UE2.

作为示例,如图12所示,UE1的第一COT包括4个时隙,分别为时隙1至时隙4,第一COT在频域上对应4个交错,分别为交错0至交错3。UE2和UE3有预留资源位于第一COT内。其中,UE2的预留资源包括2个不同资源,分别为时隙3和交错0对应的资源#1,时隙3和交错1对应的资源#2,UE3的预留资源包括2个不同资源,分别为时隙4和交错0对应的资源#3,时隙4和交错1对应的资源#4。其中,UE1=>...表示UE1能够使用对应的资源向其他UE发送SL信息,UE2=>UE1表示UE2能够使用对应资源向UE1发送SL信息,UE3=>UE1表示UE3能够使用对应资源向UE1发送SL信息。为便于说明,这里取UE2的第一预留资源为UE2的预留资源中时隙索引最小,交错索引最小的资源(即第一预留资源为资源#1)具体说明如何确定第一资源。As an example, as shown in Figure 12, the first COT of UE1 includes 4 time slots, namely time slot 1 to time slot 4, and the first COT corresponds to 4 interleaves in the frequency domain, namely interlace 0 to interlace 3. UE2 and UE3 have reserved resources located in the first COT. Among them, the reserved resources of UE2 include 2 different resources, namely resource #1 corresponding to time slot 3 and interleave 0, and resource #2 corresponding to time slot 3 and interleave 1. The reserved resources of UE3 include 2 different resources. They are resource #3 corresponding to time slot 4 and interleave 0, and resource #4 corresponding to time slot 4 and interleave 1. Among them, UE1=>... means that UE1 can use the corresponding resources to send SL information to other UEs, UE2=>UE1 means that UE2 can use the corresponding resources to send SL information to UE1, and UE3=>UE1 means that UE3 can use the corresponding resources to send SL information to UE1. Send SL message. For ease of explanation, here we assume that the first reserved resource of UE2 is the resource with the smallest slot index and smallest interleaving index among the reserved resources of UE2 (that is, the first reserved resource is resource #1). Specifically, how to determine the first resource is explained.

示例的,如图12所示,UE2的第一预留资源的频域位置为交错0,因此,UE1确定第一资源的频域资源也为交错0。For example, as shown in Figure 12, the frequency domain location of the first reserved resource of UE2 is interlace 0. Therefore, UE1 determines that the frequency domain resource of the first resource is also interlace 0.

方法二:UE1根据UE2的第一预留资源的时域位置确定第一资源的时域位置。Method 2: UE1 determines the time domain location of the first resource based on the time domain location of the first reserved resource of UE2.

UE1根据UE2的第一预留资源的时域位置和第一时间间确定第一资源的时域位置。UE1 determines the time domain location of the first resource based on the time domain location of the first reserved resource of UE2 and the first time period.

可选地,第一资源的时域位置属于COT共享指示时域位置集合,所述COT共享指示时域位置集合中的时域位置是离散分布(例如周期分布)的。这些离散分布(例如周期分布)的时域位置还可以称为PSFCH时机,例如用于发送COT共享指示的PSFCH时机。Optionally, the time domain location of the first resource belongs to a COT sharing indication time domain location set, and the time domain locations in the COT sharing indication time domain location set are discretely distributed (for example, periodically distributed). The time domain positions of these discrete distributions (eg, periodic distributions) may also be called PSFCH opportunities, such as PSFCH opportunities for sending COT sharing indications.

可选地,第一资源的时域位置为第一预留资源的时隙前、且与第一预留资源的时隙间隔所述第一时间间隔前的首个所述时域位置。Optionally, the time domain position of the first resource is the first time domain position before the time slot of the first reserved resource and before the first time interval from the time slot of the first reserved resource.

可选地,第一时间间隔的值为预配置或者网络配置的,取值为0、1、2、3、4、5、9、17个时隙中的至少任意一项。Optionally, the value of the first time interval is preconfigured or configured by the network, and the value is at least any one of 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, and 17 time slots.

示例的,UE1在UE2的第一预留资源的时隙前至少第一时间间隔(例如0、1、2个时隙)的时隙上包含的PSFCH时机上发送PSFCH。需要说明的时,使用该方法时,需要预配置或者网络配置第一时间间隔的值,UE1和共享第一COT的其他UE按照相同的第一时间间隔的时长确定第一COT共享信息是否是指示给自己的。示例的,UE1在该第一预留资源的时隙前间隔第一时间间隔的时隙中的首个或最后一个PSFCH时机上发送第一COT共享信息。For example, UE1 sends PSFCH on the PSFCH opportunities included in the time slots of at least the first time interval (for example, 0, 1, and 2 time slots) before the time slot of the first reserved resource of UE2. It should be noted that when using this method, the value of the first time interval needs to be pre-configured or configured by the network. UE1 and other UEs sharing the first COT determine whether the first COT shared information is an indication based on the same length of the first time interval. For yourself. For example, UE1 sends the first COT sharing information on the first or last PSFCH opportunity in the time slot spaced by the first time interval before the time slot of the first reserved resource.

示例的,如图12所示,UE2的第一预留资源的时域位置为时隙3,约定好的第一时间间隔为0个时隙,则UE1确定UE2在时隙3前的首个时隙(即第一资源的时域资源为时隙2)包含的PSFCH时机上发送PSFCH。For example, as shown in Figure 12, the time domain position of the first reserved resource of UE2 is time slot 3, and the agreed first time interval is 0 time slots. Then UE1 determines the first time slot of UE2 before time slot 3. The PSFCH is sent on the PSFCH opportunity included in the time slot (that is, the time domain resource of the first resource is time slot 2).

但是,需要说明的,单独根据方法一或方法二UE2可能无法确定PSFCH是发送给自己的。这里以方法一为例说明其原因,如图12所示,虽然第一资源的交错与UE2的交错为相同的交错,但是由于UE2和UE3在交错0上都有预留资源,因此,UE2仅根据第一资源的交错0无法确定出第一资源上发送的PSFCH是否是发送给自己的。 However, it should be noted that UE2 may not be able to determine that the PSFCH is sent to itself based on method one or method two alone. Method 1 is taken as an example to illustrate the reason. As shown in Figure 12, although the interleaving of the first resource and the interleaving of UE2 are the same interleaving, since both UE2 and UE3 have reserved resources on interleaving 0, UE2 only It cannot be determined based on the interleave 0 of the first resource whether the PSFCH sent on the first resource is sent to itself.

例如UE1可以通过实现方式一确定第一资源的频域资源,通过本申请之外的其他方式确定第一资源的时域资源。对应的,UE2通过实现方式一确定第一资源上发送的第一COT共享信息是指示给与自己频域资源相同的UE的,UE2根据本申请之外的其他方式确定第一资源上发送的第一COT共享信息是指示给与自己时域资源相同的UE的,从而确定第一资源上发送的第一COT共享信息是给自己的。For example, UE1 may determine the frequency domain resource of the first resource through implementation manner 1, and determine the time domain resource of the first resource through other methods outside this application. Correspondingly, UE2 determines through implementation method 1 that the first COT sharing information sent on the first resource is indicated to the UE with the same frequency domain resource as its own, and UE2 determines the first COT shared information sent on the first resource according to other methods outside this application. The COT shared information is indicated to the UE with the same time domain resource as its own, thereby determining that the first COT shared information sent on the first resource is for itself.

例如UE1可以通过实现方式二确定第一资源的时域资源,通过本申请之外的其他方式确定第一资源的频域资源。对应的,UE2通过方法一确定第一资源上发送的第一COT共享信息是指示给与自己时域资源相同的UE的,UE2根据本申请之外的其他方式确定第一资源上发送的第一COT共享信息是指示给与自己频域资源相同的UE的,从而确定第一资源上发送的第一COT共享信息是给自己的。For example, UE1 can determine the time domain resource of the first resource through implementation method 2, and determine the frequency domain resource of the first resource through other methods outside this application. Correspondingly, UE2 determines through method 1 that the first COT shared information sent on the first resource is directed to the UE with the same time domain resource as its own, and UE2 determines the first COT shared information sent on the first resource according to other methods outside this application. The COT sharing information is indicated to the UE with the same frequency domain resource as itself, thereby determining that the first COT sharing information sent on the first resource is for itself.

在一种具体实现方式中UE1可以通过实现方式一和实现方式二共同确定第一资源时域资源和频域资源,对应的,当UE2在第一资源上接收到PSFCH,确定第一资源的频域资源与第一预留资源的频域资源相同,且,第一资源的时域资源向后时间间隔为0的时隙(即时隙3)为自己的第一预留资源所在的时隙,因此,UE2就可以确定该PSFCH是发送给自己的,即确定该PSFCH中的第一COT共享信息是指示给自己的。In a specific implementation manner, UE1 can jointly determine the time domain resource and frequency domain resource of the first resource through implementation method 1 and implementation method 2. Correspondingly, when UE2 receives the PSFCH on the first resource, determine the frequency domain resource of the first resource. The domain resource is the same as the frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource, and the time slot of the time domain resource of the first resource with a backward time interval of 0 (i.e., slot 3) is the time slot where the first reserved resource is located, Therefore, UE2 can determine that the PSFCH is sent to itself, that is, determine that the first COT shared information in the PSFCH is directed to itself.

上面的方法1和方法2明确了UE1如何将PSFCH指示给UE2,下面,继续说明UE1如何指示是否允许UE2共享第一COT。The above method 1 and method 2 clarify how UE1 indicates the PSFCH to UE2. Next, continue to explain how UE1 indicates whether UE2 is allowed to share the first COT.

可选地,第一COT共享信息为PSFCH的序列,即UE1可以通过PSFCH的序列指示是否允许共享第一COT。Optionally, the first COT sharing information is a sequence of PSFCH, that is, UE1 can indicate whether sharing of the first COT is allowed through the sequence of PSFCH.

其中,PSFCH的序列的循环移位包括0、1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、10、11。示例的,当PSFCH的序列的循环移位为{0,1,2,3,4,5}中的任一个,表示允许UE2共享第一COT,PSFCH的序列的循环移位为{6,7,8,9,10,11}中的任一个,表示不允许UE2共享第一COT或无共享关系。示例的,当PSFCH的序列的循环移位为{0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10}中的任一个,表示允许UE2共享第一COT,PSFCH的序列的循环移位为{10,11}中的任一个,表示不允许UE2共享第一COT或无共享关系。The cyclic shifts of the PSFCH sequence include 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, and 11. For example, when the cyclic shift of the PSFCH sequence is any one of {0,1,2,3,4,5}, it means that UE2 is allowed to share the first COT, and the cyclic shift of the PSFCH sequence is {6,7 Any one of ,8,9,10,11} means that UE2 is not allowed to share the first COT or has no sharing relationship. For example, when the cyclic shift of the PSFCH sequence is any one of {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10}, it means that UE2 is allowed to share the first COT, and the PSFCH The cyclic shift of the sequence is any one of {10,11}, indicating that UE2 is not allowed to share the first COT or has no sharing relationship.

可以理解,PSFCH的序列在本申请中也可以称为:PSFCH关联的循环移位、第一资源的序列、第一资源关联的循环移位、第一COT共享信息的序列、第一COT共享信息的序列的循环移位、第一COT共享信息关联的循环移位,下文中以上概念可以相互替换。可选地,PSFCH关联的循环移位除了指示是否共享第一COT,还可以指示第一预留资源的频域资源和/或第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的时间间隔。如何指示第一预留资源的位置和/或第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的时间间隔在下文中的方法三和方法四中具体描述。It can be understood that the sequence of the PSFCH may also be called in this application: the cyclic shift associated with the PSFCH, the sequence of the first resource, the cyclic shift associated with the first resource, the sequence of the first COT shared information, and the first COT shared information. The cyclic shift of the sequence and the cyclic shift of the first COT shared information association. In the following, the above concepts can be replaced with each other. Optionally, in addition to indicating whether to share the first COT, the cyclic shift associated with the PSFCH may also indicate the frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource and/or the time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot. How to indicate the location of the first reserved resource and/or the time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot is described in detail in methods three and four below.

可选地,参考时隙可以为:第一COT的起始时隙、第一COT的首个完整的时隙、第一COT的首个有效的时隙、第一COT的首个传输PSCCH的时隙、第一COT共享信息所在时隙(即第一资源的时隙)中的至少任意一种。可选地,预配置或者网络配置参考时隙是以上中的至少任意一种。Optionally, the reference time slot may be: the starting time slot of the first COT, the first complete time slot of the first COT, the first valid time slot of the first COT, and the first PSCCH transmission time slot of the first COT. At least any one of the time slot and the time slot in which the first COT shared information is located (that is, the time slot of the first resource). Optionally, the preconfigured or network configured reference time slot is at least any one of the above.

可选地,PSFCH关联的循环移位为第一COT共享信息所在的交错的第i个RB关联的循环移位。Optionally, the cyclic shift associated with the PSFCH is the cyclic shift associated with the i-th interleaved RB where the first COT shared information is located.

方法三:UE1根据UE2的第一预留资源的频域位置确定PSFCH关联的循环移位。即该方法中,PSFCH关联的循环移位除了指示是否共享第一COT,还可以指示第一预留资源的频域资源。 Method 3: UE1 determines the cyclic shift associated with the PSFCH according to the frequency domain position of the first reserved resource of UE2. That is, in this method, in addition to indicating whether to share the first COT, the cyclic shift associated with the PSFCH can also indicate the frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource.

第一预留资源的频域资源为交错或者子信道。UE1根据UE2的第一预留资源的交错索引或子信道索引确定PSFCH关联的循环移位。The frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource is an interlace or a sub-channel. UE1 determines the cyclic shift associated with the PSFCH according to the interleaving index or sub-channel index of the first reserved resource of UE2.

可选地,PSFCH关联的循环移位为第一预留资源的频域资源。Optionally, the cyclic shift associated with the PSFCH is the frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource.

可选地,通过第一预留资源的频域资源和UE2的标识信息确定PSFCH关联的循环移位。例如满足(PID+X)mod R,其中PID为UE2的标识信息,R为可以用于一个第一COT共享指示的资源数。可以用于一个第一COT共享指示的资源数R与第一预留资源的交错数或子信道数有关,例如可以是该交错数或该子信道数的整数倍。Optionally, the cyclic shift associated with the PSFCH is determined through the frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource and the identification information of UE2. For example, (P ID +X) mod R is satisfied, where P ID is the identification information of UE2, and R is the number of resources that can be used for a first COT sharing indication. The number R of resources that can be used for a first COT sharing indication is related to the interleave number or sub-channel number of the first reserved resource, and may be, for example, an integer multiple of the interleave number or the sub-channel number.

UE2的标识信息可以是:UE2的源标识信息、UE2的目的标识信息、UE2的设备标识信息、或UE2的组标识信息中的至少任意一种。The identification information of UE2 may be: at least any one of the source identification information of UE2, the destination identification information of UE2, the device identification information of UE2, or the group identification information of UE2.

示例的,如图13所示,UE2的第一预留资源的频域位置为交错0,因此,UE1确定PSFCH关联的循环移位为0。For example, as shown in Figure 13, the frequency domain position of the first reserved resource of UE2 is interlace 0. Therefore, UE1 determines that the cyclic shift associated with the PSFCH is 0.

需要说明的是,图13中第一资源的频域位置不一定是交错1,也可以是交错0、2、3中任一交错,只要PSFCH关联的循环移位为0即可。It should be noted that the frequency domain position of the first resource in Figure 13 is not necessarily interlace 1, but can also be any of interlaces 0, 2, and 3, as long as the cyclic shift associated with the PSFCH is 0.

可选地,PSFCH关联的循环移位可以为第一COT共享信息所在的交错第一COT共享信息所在的交错中任一RB关联的循环移位。Optionally, the cyclic shift associated with the PSFCH may be the cyclic shift associated with any RB in the interlace in which the first COT shared information is located and the interleave in which the first COT shared information is located.

方法四:UE1根据UE2的第一预留资源的时域位置和第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的时间间隔确定PSFCH的序列。即该方法中,PSFCH关联的循环移位除了指示是否共享第一COT,还可以指示第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的时间间隔。参考时隙的含义参见方法二中的描述。Method 4: UE1 determines the PSFCH sequence based on the time domain position of the first reserved resource of UE2 and the time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot. That is, in this method, in addition to indicating whether to share the first COT, the cyclic shift associated with the PSFCH can also indicate the time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot. For the meaning of the reference time slot, see the description in Method 2.

示例的,如图14所示,UE1确定在时隙2发送PSFCH,参考时隙为UE1发送PSFCH的时隙,由于第一预留资源的时域资源(时隙3)与参考时隙(时隙2)之间的时间间隔为0个时隙,因此,UE1确定PSFCH关联的循环移位为0。For example, as shown in Figure 14, UE1 determines to send PSFCH in time slot 2, and the reference time slot is the time slot in which UE1 sends PSFCH. Since the time domain resource of the first reserved resource (time slot 3) is different from the reference time slot (time slot) The time interval between slot 2) is 0 slots, therefore, UE1 determines that the cyclic shift associated with the PSFCH is 0.

可选地,PSFCH关联的循环移位{0,1,2,3,4,5}中的任一循环移位指示允许共享第一COT,且指示第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的时间间隔。Optionally, any of the cyclic shifts {0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5} associated with the PSFCH indicates that the first COT is allowed to be shared, and indicates the distance between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot. time interval.

需要说明的是,与单独使用方法一或方法二的原因相同,单独使用方法三或方法四UE2也可能无法确定第一资源中的PSFCH是发送给自己的。因此,上述给出的方法可以通过结合使用,准确指示PSFCH是发送给UE2的。作为示例,方法一和方法四可以结合使用。例如预配置或网络配置使用方法一或方法三中的一种确定第一资源的频域资源。再例如,预配置或网络配置使用方法二或方法四中的一种确定第一资源的时域资源。示例的,下面结合图14具体描述UE1和UE2可能执行的动作。It should be noted that, for the same reason as using Method 1 or Method 2 alone, UE2 may not be able to determine that the PSFCH in the first resource is sent to itself when using Method 3 or Method 4 alone. Therefore, the methods given above can be used in combination to accurately indicate that the PSFCH is sent to UE2. As an example, methods one and four can be used in combination. For example, preconfiguration or network configuration uses one of method one or method three to determine the frequency domain resource of the first resource. For another example, preconfiguration or network configuration uses one of method two or method four to determine the time domain resource of the first resource. By way of example, actions that UE1 and UE2 may perform are described in detail below with reference to Figure 14 .

UE1允许UE2共享第一COT,UE1确定第一资源将该共享信息告知UE2,具体的,如图14所示,UE1确定UE2的第一预留资源为时隙3和交错0对应的资源,UE1根据UE2的第一预留资源的频域资源确定第一资源的频域资源为交错0,UE1确定在时隙2发送PSFCH(即第一资源的时域资源为时隙2),参考时隙为UE1发送PSFCH的时隙,由于第一预留资源的时域资源(时隙3)与参考时隙(时隙2)之间的时间间隔为0个时隙,因此,UE1确定PSFCH关联的循环移位为0,0还指示允许UE2共享第一COT。UE1在第一资源上发送PSFCH,对应的,UE2在第一资源上接收PSFCH,UE2确定第一资源的频域资源交错0,时域资源为时隙2,且根据循环移位为0确定第一资源的时域资源时隙2之后间隔0个时隙的时隙3,交错0和时隙3对应的资源是UE2的第一预留资源,因此,UE2确定UE1允许自己共享第一COT。 UE1 allows UE2 to share the first COT. UE1 determines the first resource and informs UE2 of the sharing information. Specifically, as shown in Figure 14, UE1 determines that UE2's first reserved resource is the resource corresponding to time slot 3 and interlace 0. UE1 According to the frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource of UE2, the frequency domain resource of the first resource is determined to be interlace 0. UE1 determines to send the PSFCH in time slot 2 (that is, the time domain resource of the first resource is time slot 2), referring to the time slot This is the time slot for UE1 to send the PSFCH. Since the time interval between the time domain resource of the first reserved resource (time slot 3) and the reference time slot (time slot 2) is 0 time slots, UE1 determines the time slot associated with the PSFCH. The cyclic shift is 0, which also indicates that UE2 is allowed to share the first COT. UE1 sends the PSFCH on the first resource. Correspondingly, UE2 receives the PSFCH on the first resource. UE2 determines that the frequency domain resource of the first resource is interleaved 0, the time domain resource is time slot 2, and the cyclic shift is determined to be 0. Time domain resource slot 2 of a resource is followed by time slot 3, which is 0 time slots away. The resources corresponding to interleave 0 and time slot 3 are the first reserved resources of UE2. Therefore, UE2 determines that UE1 allows itself to share the first COT.

需要说明的是,上述方法中UE2共享第一COT是指UE2可以共享位于第一COT内且属于UE2的预留资源的那部分资源。It should be noted that in the above method, UE2 sharing the first COT means that UE2 can share the part of resources located in the first COT and belonging to the reserved resources of UE2.

上述技术方案中,PSFCH承载第一COT共享信息,相对于其他信令(如一阶SCI、二阶SCI、MAC CE、RRC、PC5 RRC),信令开销小、时延小。由于PSFCH的承载比特数有限,因此通过发送PSFCH的时域位置、频域位置,或循环移位中的至少一个信息来隐式指示是否允许哪个UE来使用UE1的COT。由于UE2知道自己预留资源的时频位置,因此可以基于PSFCH的时域位置、频域位置或关联的循环移位中的至少一个信息来确定PSFCH是发送给自己的。In the above technical solution, PSFCH carries the first COT shared information. Compared with other signaling (such as first-order SCI, second-order SCI, MAC CE, RRC, PC5 RRC), the signaling overhead and delay are small. Since the number of bearer bits of the PSFCH is limited, at least one of the time domain position, frequency domain position, or cyclic shift of the PSFCH is sent to implicitly indicate whether which UE is allowed to use the COT of UE1. Since UE2 knows the time-frequency location of its reserved resources, it can determine that the PSFCH is sent to itself based on at least one of the time domain location, frequency domain location, or associated cyclic shift of the PSFCH.

可选地,如果不重合,UE1可以根据上述方法指示UE2是否允许共享第一COT。但是当UE2和UE3在第一COT内的预留资源重合时,如果使用上述方法同时指示两个终端设备共享第一COT,那么,如果UE2和UE3同时使用重合的预留资源传输数据,那么,会导致传输发生碰撞。Optionally, if there is no overlap, UE1 may indicate whether UE2 is allowed to share the first COT according to the above method. However, when the reserved resources of UE2 and UE3 overlap in the first COT, if the above method is used to simultaneously instruct two terminal devices to share the first COT, then, if UE2 and UE3 use the overlapping reserved resources to transmit data at the same time, then, Can cause transmission collisions.

可选地,UE2在第一COT内的预留资源和UE3在第一COT内的预留资源重合,UE1可以根据上述方法指示UE2和UE3都不允许共享第一COT,或,UE1指示UE2和UE3中的一个UE允许共享第一COT,例如,指示UE2和UE3中优先级值更小或等级更高的UE允许共享第一COT。Optionally, the reserved resources of UE2 in the first COT overlap with the reserved resources of UE3 in the first COT. UE1 can indicate that neither UE2 nor UE3 is allowed to share the first COT according to the above method, or UE1 can indicate that UE2 and UE3 are not allowed to share the first COT. One UE among UE3 is allowed to share the first COT, for example, indicating that the UE with a smaller priority value or a higher level among UE2 and UE3 is allowed to share the first COT.

可以看出,当UE2和UE3在第一COT内的预留资源重合时,使用上述方法不能同时指示UE2和UE3共享第一COT。有鉴于此,本申请给出一种方法,能够解决上述问题。It can be seen that when the reserved resources of UE2 and UE3 in the first COT overlap, the above method cannot be used to simultaneously instruct UE2 and UE3 to share the first COT. In view of this, this application provides a method that can solve the above problems.

该方法中,UE1在指示UE2和UE3共享第一COT时,可以将UE2或UE3在第一COT的预留资源在时域和/或频域上进行偏移,以保证UE2和UE3在第一COT内共享的资源不会重合,这样,UE1就可以同时指示UE2和UE3共享第一COT,且共享的资源不会产生冲突。需要说明的是,UE1对UE3与UE2的指示方式相同,下面仍以UE2举例说明。那么,在上述方法的基础上,该方法中PSFCH的循环移位还可以指示UE2的时域和/或频域偏移信息,该时域和/或频域的偏移信息指示UE2在第一COT内共享的资源相对于UE2在第一COT内的预留资源在时域和/或频域上的偏移。In this method, when UE1 instructs UE2 and UE3 to share the first COT, the reserved resources of UE2 or UE3 in the first COT can be offset in the time domain and/or frequency domain to ensure that UE2 and UE3 are in the first COT. The resources shared within the COT will not overlap. In this way, UE1 can simultaneously instruct UE2 and UE3 to share the first COT, and the shared resources will not conflict. It should be noted that UE1 instructs UE3 and UE2 in the same manner, and UE2 is still used as an example below. Then, on the basis of the above method, the cyclic shift of the PSFCH in this method can also indicate the time domain and/or frequency domain offset information of UE2, and the time domain and/or frequency domain offset information indicates that UE2 is in the first The offset of the resources shared within the COT relative to the resources reserved by UE2 in the first COT in the time domain and/or frequency domain.

可选地,时域和/或频域的偏移信息包括UE2在第一COT内共享的资源相对于UE2在第一COT内的预留资源在时域上的偏移。Optionally, the offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain includes an offset in the time domain of the resources shared by UE2 in the first COT relative to the reserved resources of UE2 in the first COT.

可选地,时域和/或频域的偏移信息包括UE2在第一COT内共享的资源相对于UE2在第一COT内的预留资源在频域上的偏移。Optionally, the offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain includes an offset in the frequency domain of the resources shared by UE2 in the first COT relative to the reserved resources of UE2 in the first COT.

可选地,时域和/或频域的偏移信息包括UE2在第一COT内共享的资源相对于UE2在第一COT内的预留资源在时域和频域上的偏移。Optionally, the offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain includes an offset in the time domain and frequency domain of the resources shared by UE2 in the first COT relative to the reserved resources of UE2 in the first COT.

下面给出几种具体实现方式。应理解,下面的实现方式不再详细描述UE2是如何确定PSFCH是发给自己,具体方法可以参见上文方法一至方法四中的描述,下面主要描述UE1如何通过PSFCH关联的循环移位向UE2指示时域和/或频域偏移信息。Several specific implementation methods are given below. It should be understood that the following implementation will not describe in detail how UE2 determines that the PSFCH is sent to itself. For specific methods, please refer to the descriptions in Methods 1 to 4 above. The following mainly describes how UE1 indicates to UE2 through the cyclic shift associated with the PSFCH. Time domain and/or frequency domain offset information.

实现方式一:Implementation method one:

UE1确定PSFCH关联的循环移位m,该循环移位m等于第一循环移位m1和第二循环移位m2之和,其中,第一循环移位m1指示是否允许UE2共享第一COT,第二循环移位m2指示时域和/或频域上的偏移信息。UE1 determines the cyclic shift m associated with the PSFCH, which is equal to the sum of the first cyclic shift m1 and the second cyclic shift m2, where the first cyclic shift m1 indicates whether UE2 is allowed to share the first COT, and the first cyclic shift m1 indicates whether UE2 is allowed to share the first COT. The two-cyclic shift m2 indicates offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain.

可选地,m1=i×Δ,i指示是否允许UE2共享第一COT,i={0,1},Δ为整数,可以是常数、预配置或者网络配置的值。例如Δ=6。 Optionally, m1=i×Δ, i indicates whether UE2 is allowed to share the first COT, i={0,1}, Δ is an integer, which can be a constant, preconfigured or network configured value. For example, Δ=6.

可选地,m2=j×Δ,j指示时域和/或频域上的偏移信息,j={0,1,2,3,4,5},Δ为整数,可以是常数、预配置或者网络配置的值。例如Δ=1。需要说明是,本实施例中循环移位m唯一对应一个第一循环移位m1和一个第二循环移位m2,也就说,一个m值对应的m1和m2是确定的。Optionally, m2=j×Δ, j indicates the offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain, j={0,1,2,3,4,5}, Δ is an integer, which can be a constant, a preset Configuration or network configuration value. For example, Δ=1. It should be noted that in this embodiment, the cyclic shift m uniquely corresponds to a first cyclic shift m1 and a second cyclic shift m2. In other words, m1 and m2 corresponding to a value of m are determined.

可选地,时域和/或频域偏移信息包括以下信息中的至少任意一种:相对于预留资源在时域上向前偏移A个时隙(即,向时隙索引值变小偏移A个时隙)、相对于预留资源在时域上向后偏移B个时隙(即,向时隙索引值变大偏移A个时隙)、相对于预留资源在频域上向上偏移C个交错(即,向交错索引值变大偏移A个时隙)、相对于预留资源在频域上向下偏移D个交错(即,向交错索引值变小偏移A个时隙)。其中,A、B、C、D为整数。Optionally, the time domain and/or frequency domain offset information includes at least any one of the following information: offset A time slots forward in the time domain relative to the reserved resources (ie, change to the time slot index value). A small offset of A time slots), an offset of B time slots backward relative to the reserved resources in the time domain (that is, an offset of A time slots toward a larger timeslot index value), and an offset of B time slots relative to the reserved resources. The frequency domain is shifted upward by C interlaces (i.e., the interleaving index value becomes larger by A time slots), and relative to the reserved resources, the frequency domain is shifted downward by D interlaces (i.e., the interleaving index value becomes larger). small offset A time slots). Among them, A, B, C, and D are integers.

举例说明,PSFCH关联的循环移位m(0至11)可以被分为两组,具体如下:For example, the cyclic shift m (0 to 11) associated with PSFCH can be divided into two groups, as follows:

举例1:Example 1:

m1=0指示允许共享第一COT,m1=6指示不允许共享第一COT。需要说明的是,实际应用时,反之亦可,即m1=0指示不允许共享第一COT,m1=6指示允许共享第一COT。之后的例子中,以m1=0指示允许共享第一COT,m1=6指示不允许共享第一COT举例说明。m1=0 indicates that the first COT is allowed to be shared, and m1=6 indicates that the first COT is not allowed to be shared. It should be noted that in actual application, the reverse is also possible, that is, m1=0 indicates that the first COT is not allowed to be shared, and m1=6 indicates that the first COT is allowed to be shared. In the following examples, m1=0 indicates that sharing of the first COT is allowed, and m1=6 indicates that sharing of the first COT is not allowed.

m2=0,1,2,3,4,5分别指示时域和/或频域上的偏移信息。m2=0,1,2,3,4,5 respectively indicate offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain.

当m1=0,m2=0,1,2,3,4,5时,有m=m1+m2={0,1,2,3,4,5},其中,m1=0指示允许共享第一COT,m2指示时域和/或频域上的偏移信息。When m1=0, m2=0,1,2,3,4,5, there is m=m1+m2={0,1,2,3,4,5}, where m1=0 indicates that sharing of the third A COT, m2 indicates offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain.

当m1=6,m2=0,1,2,3,4,5时,有m=m1+m2={6,7,8,9,10,11},m1=6指示不允许共享第一COT。When m1=6, m2=0,1,2,3,4,5, m=m1+m2={6,7,8,9,10,11}, m1=6 indicates that sharing the first COT.

示例的,m2对应的时频域偏移值可以如表6、表7或表8所示。示例的,m2=5表示UE2在第一COT内共享的资源相对于UE2在第一COT内的预留资源在时域上向后偏移2个时隙,在频域1向下偏移1个交错。For example, the time-frequency domain offset value corresponding to m2 can be as shown in Table 6, Table 7 or Table 8. For example, m2=5 means that the resources shared by UE2 in the first COT are shifted backward by 2 time slots in the time domain and shifted downward by 1 in the frequency domain relative to the reserved resources of UE2 in the first COT. A staggered.

表6
Table 6

表7
Table 7

表8

Table 8

可选地,预配置或者网络配置m2表示的时域和/或频域偏移信息。其中,表9至表11为不同频域偏移值对应的偏移信息。表12至表15为不同时域偏移值对应的偏移信息。其中,表9中频域偏移既有向上偏移,又有向下偏移,表10中频域偏移仅有向下偏移,表11中频域偏移仅有向上偏移。表12中时域偏移既有向左偏移,又有向右偏移,表13中频域偏移仅有向左偏移,表14中频域偏移仅有向右偏移。示例的,m2如表6所示,m2中的时域偏移信息可以通过查表9进行确定。m2中频域偏移信息可以查通过表12进行确定。其中,频域向上偏移指向交错索引或子信道索引大的方向偏移。其中,频域向下偏移指向交错索引或子信道索引小的方向偏移。其中,时域向左偏移指向时隙索引小的方向偏移。其中,时域向右偏移指向时隙索引大的方向偏移。Optionally, the time domain and/or frequency domain offset information represented by m2 is pre-configured or configured by the network. Among them, Table 9 to Table 11 show the offset information corresponding to different frequency domain offset values. Table 12 to Table 15 show the offset information corresponding to different time domain offset values. Among them, the frequency domain offset in Table 9 has both an upward offset and a downward offset, the frequency domain offset in Table 10 has only a downward offset, and the frequency domain offset in Table 11 has only an upward offset. In Table 12, the time domain offset has both left and right offsets, in Table 13, the frequency domain offset only shifts to the left, and in Table 14, the frequency domain offset only shifts to the right. For example, m2 is shown in Table 6, and the time domain offset information in m2 can be determined by looking up Table 9. The frequency domain offset information in m2 can be determined by looking up Table 12. Among them, the upward shift in the frequency domain points to a direction shift with a large interleaving index or sub-channel index. Among them, the downward shift in the frequency domain points to a small directional shift of the interleaving index or sub-channel index. Among them, the time domain shift to the left points to the direction shift with a smaller time slot index. Among them, the time domain shift to the right points to the direction shift with a large time slot index.

表9
Table 9

表10
Table 10

表11
Table 11

表12
Table 12

表13
Table 13

表14

Table 14

这样,该实现方式中,UE1可以根据是否允许UE2共享,以及UE2的时频偏移信息确定出PSFCH关联的循环移位m。对应的,UE2在第一资源上接收到PSFCH,也可以根据PSFCH关联的循环移位m确定m1和m2,根据m1确定是否允许UE2共享第一COT,如果允许,再根据m2确定UE2在第一COT内共享的资源为:UE2的预留资源根据m2在时域和/或频域上进行偏移后落在第一COT内的资源。In this way, in this implementation, UE1 can determine the cyclic shift m associated with the PSFCH based on whether UE2 is allowed to share and the time-frequency offset information of UE2. Correspondingly, when UE2 receives the PSFCH on the first resource, it can also determine m1 and m2 based on the cyclic shift m associated with the PSFCH, and determine whether UE2 is allowed to share the first COT based on m1. If allowed, determine whether UE2 is in the first COT based on m2. The resources shared within the COT are: the resources that fall within the first COT after the reserved resources of UE2 are offset in the time domain and/or frequency domain according to m2.

举例2:Example 2:

m1=0或6分别指示允许共享第一COT以及有无时域和/或频域上的偏移。m1=0 or 6 respectively indicates that sharing of the first COT is allowed and whether there is an offset in the time domain and/or frequency domain.

m2=0,1,2,3,4,5分别指示时域和/或频域上的偏移信息。m2=0,1,2,3,4,5 respectively indicate offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain.

当m1=0,m2=0,1,2,3,4,5时,有m=m1+m2={0,1,2,3,4,5},m1指示允许共享且不偏移。When m1=0, m2=0,1,2,3,4,5, m=m1+m2={0,1,2,3,4,5}, m1 indicates that sharing is allowed and no offset is allowed.

当m1=6,m2=0,1,2,3,4,5时,有m=m1+m2={6,7,8,9,10,11},m1指示允许共享,m2指示时域和/或频域上的偏移信息。When m1=6, m2=0,1,2,3,4,5, there is m=m1+m2={6,7,8,9,10,11}, m1 indicates that sharing is allowed, and m2 indicates the time domain and/or offset information in the frequency domain.

实现方式二:Implementation method two:

UE1确定PSFCH关联的循环移位m,循环移位m指示是否允许UE2共享第一COT,当m指示允许共享第一COT,该循环移位m等于第一循环移位m1和第二循环移位m2之和,其中,第一循环移位m1指示UE2的第一预留资源的时隙与参考时隙之间的时间间隔,第二循环移位m2指示时域和/或频域上的偏移信息。UE1 determines the cyclic shift m associated with the PSFCH. The cyclic shift m indicates whether UE2 is allowed to share the first COT. When m indicates that the first COT is allowed to be shared, the cyclic shift m is equal to the first cyclic shift m1 and the second cyclic shift. The sum of m2, where the first cyclic shift m1 indicates the time interval between the time slot of the first reserved resource of UE2 and the reference time slot, and the second cyclic shift m2 indicates the offset in the time domain and/or frequency domain. transfer information.

可选地,m1=i×Δ,i指示UE2的第一预留资源的时隙与参考时隙之间间隔的时隙的个数,i={0,1},Δ为整数,可以是常数、预配置或者网络配置的值。例如Δ=6。Optionally, m1=i×Δ, i indicates the number of time slots between the time slot of the first reserved resource of UE2 and the reference time slot, i={0,1}, Δ is an integer, which can be Constant, preconfigured, or network-configured value. For example, Δ=6.

可选地,m2=j×Δ,j指示时域和/或频域上的偏移信息,j={0,1,2,3,4,5},Δ为整数,可以是常数、预配置或者网络配置的值。例如Δ=1。Optionally, m2=j×Δ, j indicates the offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain, j={0,1,2,3,4,5}, Δ is an integer, which can be a constant, a preset Configuration or network configuration value. For example, Δ=1.

应理解,该实现方式中UE1根据UE2的第一预留资源的时隙与参考时隙之间的时间间隔确定第一循环移位m1,即第一循环移位m1可以用来指示该PSFCH是发送给UE2的,对应的,UE2根据m1和参考时隙可以确定该PSFCH是发送给自己的,具体可以参见上文方法四中描述,这里不再赘述。It should be understood that in this implementation, UE1 determines the first cyclic shift m1 according to the time interval between the time slot of the first reserved resource of UE2 and the reference time slot, that is, the first cyclic shift m1 can be used to indicate that the PSFCH is Sent to UE2, correspondingly, UE2 can determine that the PSFCH is sent to itself based on m1 and the reference time slot. For details, please refer to the description in Method 4 above, which will not be described again here.

举例说明,PSFCH关联的循环移位m(0至11)可以被分为三组,具体如下:For example, the cyclic shift m (0 to 11) associated with PSFCH can be divided into three groups, as follows:

当m1=0,m2=0,1,2,3时,有m=m1+m2={0,1,2,3},m指示允许共享第一COT,m1=0指示UE2的第一预留资源所在的时隙与参考时隙之间间隔的时隙个数为A(A为整数,例如A=1),m2指示时域和/或频域上的偏移信息。When m1=0, m2=0,1,2,3, there is m=m1+m2={0,1,2,3}, m indicates that the first COT is allowed to be shared, and m1=0 indicates that the first preset of UE2 is allowed to be shared. The number of time slots between the time slot where the reserved resource is located and the reference time slot is A (A is an integer, for example, A=1), and m2 indicates offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain.

当m1=4,m2=0,1,2,3时,有m=m1+m2={4,5,6,7,8},m指示允许共享第一COT,m1=4指示UE2的第一预留资源所在的时隙与参考时隙之间间隔的时隙的个数为B(B为整数,例如B=2),m2指示时域和/或频域上的偏移信息。When m1=4, m2=0,1,2,3, m=m1+m2={4,5,6,7,8}, m indicates that the first COT is allowed to be shared, and m1=4 indicates that the first COT of UE2 is allowed to be shared. The number of time slots between the time slot where a reserved resource is located and the reference time slot is B (B is an integer, for example, B=2), and m2 indicates offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain.

当m={10,11},指示不允许共享第一COT或无共享关系。When m={10,11}, it indicates that sharing of the first COT is not allowed or there is no sharing relationship.

示例的,m2对应的时频域偏移信息可以如表15或表16或表17所示。For example, the time-frequency domain offset information corresponding to m2 may be as shown in Table 15, Table 16, or Table 17.

表15

Table 15

表16
Table 16

表17
Table 17

这样,UE2在第一资源接收到PSFCH后,根据PSFCH关联的循环值m确定m1和m2,从而确定UE2是否允许共享第一COT,如果允许,再根据m2确定UE2在第一COT内共享的资源为:UE2的预留资源根据m2在时域和/或频域上进行偏移后落在第一COT内的资源。In this way, after UE2 receives the PSFCH on the first resource, it determines m1 and m2 based on the cycle value m associated with the PSFCH, thereby determining whether UE2 is allowed to share the first COT. If allowed, it determines the resources shared by UE2 in the first COT based on m2. It is: the resources that fall within the first COT after the reserved resources of UE2 are offset in the time domain and/or frequency domain according to m2.

实现方式三:Implementation method three:

UE1确定PSFCH关联的循环移位m,该循环移位m等于第一循环移位m1和第二循环移位m2之和,其中,第一循环移位m1指示UE2的第一预留资源的时隙与参考时隙之间间隔的时隙的个数,循环移位m2指示是否允许UE2共享第一COT以及时域和/或频域上的偏移信息。UE1 determines the cyclic shift m associated with the PSFCH, which is equal to the sum of the first cyclic shift m1 and the second cyclic shift m2, where the first cyclic shift m1 indicates the time of the first reserved resource of UE2 The number of time slots between the slot and the reference time slot, and the cyclic shift m2 indicates whether UE2 is allowed to share the first COT and offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain.

可选地,m1=i×Δ,i指示指示UE2的第一预留资源的时隙与参考时隙之间间隔的时隙的个数,i={0,1},Δ为整数,可以是常数、预配置或者网络配置的值。例如Δ=6。Optionally, m1=i×Δ, i indicates the number of time slots separated between the time slot indicating the first reserved resource of UE2 and the reference time slot, i={0,1}, Δ is an integer, and can Is a constant, preconfigured, or network configured value. For example, Δ=6.

可选地,m2=j×Δ,j指示是否允许UE2共享第一COT以及时域和/或频域上的偏移信息,i={0,1,2,3,4,5},Δ为整数,可以是常数、预配置或者网络配置的值。例如Δ=1。Optionally, m2=j×Δ, j indicates whether UE2 is allowed to share the first COT and offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain, i={0,1,2,3,4,5},Δ It is an integer, which can be a constant, a preconfigured value, or a network configuration value. For example, Δ=1.

举例说明,PSFCH关联的循环移位m(0至11)可以被分为三组,具体如下:For example, the cyclic shift m (0 to 11) associated with PSFCH can be divided into three groups, as follows:

当m1=0,m2=0,1,2,3,4,5时,有m=m1+m2={0,1,2,3,4,5},m1=0指示UE2的第一预留资源所在的时隙与参考时隙之间间隔的时隙个数为A(A为整数,例如A=1),m2指示是否允许UE2共享第一COT以及时域和/或频域上的偏移信息。When m1=0, m2=0,1,2,3,4,5, m=m1+m2={0,1,2,3,4,5}, m1=0 indicates the first preset of UE2 The number of time slots between the time slot where the reserved resource is located and the reference time slot is A (A is an integer, for example, A=1). m2 indicates whether UE2 is allowed to share the first COT and the time domain and/or frequency domain. offset information.

当m1=6,m2=0,1,2,3,4,5时,有m=m1+m2={4,5,6,7,8},m1=6指示UE2的第一预留资源所在的时隙与参考时隙之间间隔的时隙的个数为B(B为整数,例如B=2),m2指示是否允许UE2共享第一COT以及时域和/或频域上的偏移信息。When m1=6, m2=0,1,2,3,4,5, m=m1+m2={4,5,6,7,8}, m1=6 indicates the first reserved resource of UE2 The number of time slots between the current time slot and the reference time slot is B (B is an integer, for example, B=2). m2 indicates whether UE2 is allowed to share the first COT and the offset in the time domain and/or frequency domain. transfer information.

示例的,m2对应的时频域偏移信息可以如表18或表19或表20所示。For example, the time-frequency domain offset information corresponding to m2 may be as shown in Table 18, Table 19, or Table 20.

表18

Table 18

表19
Table 19

表20
Table 20

这样,UE2在第一资源接收到PSFCH后,根据PSFCH关联的循环值m确定m1和m2,根据m1的值确定第一COT共享信息是否关联第一预留资源的时域资源,即确定该COT共享信息是否发给自己。如果是发给自己,再根据m2确定UE2是否允许共享第一COT。如果允许,UE2在第一COT内共享的资源为:UE2的预留资源根据m2在时域和/或频域上进行偏移后落在第一COT内的资源。In this way, after receiving the PSFCH on the first resource, UE2 determines m1 and m2 based on the cycle value m associated with the PSFCH, and determines whether the first COT shared information is associated with the time domain resource of the first reserved resource based on the value of m1, that is, determines the COT Whether the shared information is sent to yourself. If it is sent to itself, it determines whether UE2 is allowed to share the first COT based on m2. If allowed, the resources shared by UE2 in the first COT are: resources that fall within the first COT after the reserved resources of UE2 are offset in the time domain and/or frequency domain according to m2.

实现方式四:Implementation method four:

UE1确定第一COT共享信息所在的交错中每个RB关联的循环移位。该实现方式中,UE1通过第一COT共享信息所在的交错中第i个RB关联的循环移位m和任意相邻的两个RB(例如,相邻两个RB)关联的循环移位之差n(例如,差值为负数是取绝对值)向UE2指示相关信息。i为整数,例如i=0,n为整数。第一COT共享信息所在的交错中任意相邻两个RB的循环移位的之差n均相同。可选地,第i个RB可以为第一COT共享信息所在的交错中的任一RB。例如,任意两个RB关联的循环移位之差n为第一COT共享信息所在的交错中第i个RB和第i+1个RB的循环移位的之差n。UE1 determines the cyclic shift associated with each RB in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located. In this implementation, UE1 uses the difference between the cyclic shift m associated with the i-th RB in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located and the cyclic shift associated with any two adjacent RBs (for example, two adjacent RBs). n (for example, if the difference is a negative number, the absolute value is taken) to indicate relevant information to UE2. i is an integer, for example, i=0, and n is an integer. The difference n between the cyclic shifts of any two adjacent RBs in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located is the same. Optionally, the i-th RB may be any RB in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located. For example, the difference n between the cyclic shifts associated with any two RBs is the difference n between the cyclic shifts of the i-th RB and the i+1-th RB in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located.

应理解,交错中相邻的两个RB是指在同一个交错内相邻,实际可能不相邻。It should be understood that two adjacent RBs in an interlace are adjacent within the same interlace, and may not actually be adjacent.

具体的,第i个RB关联的循环移位m由第一循环移位m1、第二循环移位m2、第三循环移位m3确定。Specifically, the cyclic shift m associated with the i-th RB is determined by the first cyclic shift m1, the second cyclic shift m2, and the third cyclic shift m3.

在一种可能的方法中,第一循环移位m1指示允许或不允许第二终端设备共享第一COT;第二循环移位m2指示UE2的第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的时间间隔;第一COT共享信息所在的交错中任意相邻两个RB的第三循环移位m3之差n指示时域和/或频域偏移信息。In a possible method, the first cyclic shift m1 indicates whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT; the second cyclic shift m2 indicates the time between the first reserved resource of UE2 and the reference time slot. Interval; the difference n between the third cyclic shifts m3 of any two adjacent RBs in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located indicates the time domain and/or frequency domain offset information.

可以理解,“相邻两个RB的第三循环移位m3之差n”与“相邻两个RB的循环移位m之差n”是相同的,可以同义替换。 It can be understood that "the difference n between the third cyclic shifts m3 of two adjacent RBs" and "the difference n between the cyclic shifts m of two adjacent RBs" are the same and can be replaced synonymously.

在另一种可能的方法中,第一循环移位m1指示允许或不允许第二终端设备共享第一COT;第二循环移位m2指示UE2的第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的时间间隔;第一COT共享信息所在的交错中任意相邻两个RB的循环移位m之差n指示时域和/或频域偏移信息。In another possible method, the first cyclic shift m1 indicates whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT; the second cyclic shift m2 indicates the distance between the first reserved resource of UE2 and the reference time slot. Time interval; the difference n between the cyclic shifts m of any two adjacent RBs in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located indicates the time domain and/or frequency domain offset information.

在又一种可能的方法中,第一循环移位m1指示允许或不允许第二终端设备共享第一COT,第二循环移位m2指示时域和/或频域偏移信息,第一COT共享信息所在的交错中任意相邻两个RB的第三循环移位m3之差n指示第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的时间间隔。In yet another possible method, the first cyclic shift m1 indicates whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT, the second cyclic shift m2 indicates time domain and/or frequency domain offset information, and the first COT The difference n between the third cyclic shifts m3 of any two adjacent RBs in the interlace where the shared information is located indicates the time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot.

在又一种可能的方法中,第一循环移位m1指示允许或不允许第二终端设备共享第一COT,第二循环移位m2指示时域和/或频域偏移信息,第一COT共享信息所在的交错中任意相邻两个RB的循环移位m之差n指示第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的时间间隔。In yet another possible method, the first cyclic shift m1 indicates whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT, the second cyclic shift m2 indicates time domain and/or frequency domain offset information, and the first COT The difference n between the cyclic shifts m of any two adjacent RBs in the interlace where the shared information is located indicates the time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot.

举例说明,UE1通过第一COT共享信息所在的交错中第1个RB关联的循环移位m和任意两个RB关联的循环移位之差n向UE2指示相关信息。还可以理解为,UE1通过第一COT共享信息所在的交错中至少2个RB关联的循环移位m向UE2指示相关信息。For example, UE1 indicates the relevant information to UE2 through the difference n between the cyclic shift m associated with the first RB in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located and the cyclic shift associated with any two RBs n. It can also be understood that UE1 indicates the relevant information to UE2 through the cyclic shift m associated with at least 2 RBs in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located.

举例1:Example 1:

第一循环移位m1指示允许或不允许UE2共享第一COT;第二循环移位m2指示UE2的第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的时间间隔;第一COT共享信息所在的交错中任意相邻两个RB的第三循环移位m3之差n指示时域和/或频域偏移信息。The first cyclic shift m1 indicates whether UE2 is allowed to share the first COT; the second cyclic shift m2 indicates the time interval between the first reserved resource of UE2 and the reference time slot; the interleave in which the first COT sharing information is located The difference n between the third cyclic shifts m3 of any two adjacent RBs indicates time domain and/or frequency domain offset information.

可选地,m1=i×Δ,i指示允许或不允许第二终端设备共享第一COT,i={0,1},Δ为整数,可以是常数、预配置或者网络配置的值。例如Δ=6。Optionally, m1=i×Δ, i indicates whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT, i={0,1}, and Δ is an integer, which can be a constant, a preconfigured value, or a network configuration value. For example, Δ=6.

可选地,m2=j×Δ,j指示UE2的第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的时间间隔,j={0,1,2,3,4,5},Δ为整数,可以是常数、预配置或者网络配置的值。例如Δ=1。Optionally, m2=j×Δ, j indicates the time interval between the first reserved resource of UE2 and the reference time slot, j={0,1,2,3,4,5}, Δ is an integer, and can Is a constant, preconfigured, or network configured value. For example, Δ=1.

可选地,m3,k指示时域和/或频域上的偏移信息,或者,k={0,1,2,3,4,5},Δ为整数,可以是常数、预配置或者网络配置的值。例如Δ=3。Optionally, m3,k indicates the offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain, or, k={0,1,2,3,4,5}, Δ is an integer, which can be a constant, preconfigured or Network configuration value. For example, Δ=3.

可选地,n=k×Δ,k指示时域和/或频域上的偏移信息,k={0,1,2,3,4,5},Δ为整数,可以是常数、预配置或者网络配置的值。例如Δ=3。Optionally, n=k×Δ, k indicates offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain, k={0,1,2,3,4,5}, Δ is an integer, which can be a constant, a preset Configuration or network configuration value. For example, Δ=3.

例如,UE1确定第一COT共享信息所在的交错包含多个RB,多个RB关联的循环移位分别为{2、5、8、11、2、5、8、11……}。其中,第一COT共享信息所在的交错中第一个RB关联的循环移位为2,第一COT共享信息所在的交错中第二个RB关联的循环移位为5,以此类推,第一COT共享信息所在的交错中相邻两个RB关联的循环移位m3为3,这里不再赘述。m指示的信息可以参照如下描述:For example, UE1 determines that the interlace where the first COT shared information is located contains multiple RBs, and the cyclic shifts associated with the multiple RBs are {2, 5, 8, 11, 2, 5, 8, 11...} respectively. Among them, the cyclic shift associated with the first RB in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located is 2, the cyclic shift associated with the second RB in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located is 5, and so on, the first The cyclic shift m3 associated with two adjacent RBs in the interleave where the COT shared information is located is 3, which will not be described again here. The information indicated by m can be described as follows:

对于第i个RB关联的循环移位miFor the cyclic shift m i associated with the i-th RB:

当m1i=0,m2i=0,1,2,3,4,5时,m3i=0,有mi=m1i+m2i+m3i={0,1,2,3,4,5},其中,m1i=0指示允许共享第一COT,m2i指示UE2的第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的间隔。当m1i=6,m2i=0,1,2,3,4,5时,m3i=0,有mi=m1i+m2i+m3i={6,7,8,9,10,11},m1i=6指示不允许共享第一COT,m2i指示UE2的第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的间隔。When m1 i =0, m2 i =0,1,2,3,4,5, m3 i =0, there is m i =m1 i +m2 i +m3 i ={0,1,2,3,4 ,5}, where m1 i =0 indicates that the first COT is allowed to be shared, and m2 i indicates the interval between the first reserved resource of UE2 and the reference time slot. When m1 i =6, m2 i =0,1,2,3,4,5, m3 i =0, there is m i =m1 i +m2 i +m3 i ={6,7,8,9,10 ,11}, m1 i =6 indicates that sharing the first COT is not allowed, and m2 i indicates the interval between the first reserved resource of UE2 and the reference time slot.

例如,第i个RB关联的循环移位mi=2,其中m1i=0,m2i=2,m3i=0,m1i=0表示允许共享第一COT,m2i=2表示UE2的第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的间隔为2,m3i=0用于与相邻的RB的m3计算两个RB之差n。 For example, the cyclic shift m i =2 associated with the i-th RB, where m1 i =0, m2 i =2, m3 i =0, m1 i =0 indicates that the first COT is allowed to be shared, and m2 i =2 indicates that UE2 The interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot is 2, and m3 i =0 is used to calculate the difference n between the two RBs with m3 of the adjacent RB.

对于第i+1个RB关联的循环移位mi+1:当m1i+1=0,m2i+1=0,1,2,3,4,5时,m3i +1=3,有mi+1=m1i+1+m2i+1+m3i+1={0,1,2,3,4,5},其中,m1i+1=0指示允许共享第一COT,m2i+1指示UE2的第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的间隔。当m1i+1=6,m2i+1=0,1,2,3,4,5时,m3i+1=3,有m=m1i+1+m2i+1+m3i+1={6,7,8,9,10,11},m1=6指示不允许共享第一COT,m2i+1指示UE2的第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的间隔。For the cyclic shift m i+1 associated with the i+1th RB: when m1 i+1 =0, m2 i+1 =0,1,2,3,4,5, m3 i +1 =3, There is m i+1 =m1 i+1 +m2 i+1 +m3 i+1 ={0,1,2,3,4,5}, where m1 i+1 =0 indicates that the first COT is allowed to be shared, m2 i+1 indicates the interval between the first reserved resource of UE2 and the reference time slot. When m1 i+1 = 6, m2 i+1 = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, m3 i+1 = 3, there is m = m1 i+1 +m2 i+1 +m3 i+1 ={6,7,8,9,10,11}, m1=6 indicates that sharing the first COT is not allowed, m2 i+1 indicates the interval between the first reserved resource of UE2 and the reference time slot.

例如,第i+1个RB关联的循环移位mi+1=5,其中m1i+1=0,m2i+1=2,m3i+1=3。m1i+1=0表示允许共享第一COT,m2=2表示UE2的第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的间隔为2,m3i+1=3用于与相邻的RB的m3计算两个RB之差n。For example, the cyclic shift m i+1 associated with the i+1th RB is 5, where m1 i+1 =0, m2 i+1 =2, and m3 i+1 =3. m1 i+1 =0 indicates that the first COT is allowed to be shared, m2 =2 indicates that the interval between the first reserved resource of UE2 and the reference time slot is 2, m3 i+1 =3 is used for m3 with adjacent RBs Calculate the difference n between two RBs.

那么,第一COT共享信息所在的交错中第i个RB和第i+1个RB的第三循环移位的之差n=mi+1-mi=3或者n=m3i+1-m3i=3,n=3表示时域和/或频域偏移信息。Then, the difference between the third cyclic shifts of the i-th RB and the i+1-th RB in the interleave where the first COT shared information is located is n=mi +1 - mi =3 or n=m3 i+1- m3 i =3, n=3 represents time domain and/or frequency domain offset information.

示例的,m1对应的是否允许共享第一COT可以如表21所示。For example, whether sharing of the first COT corresponding to m1 is allowed is as shown in Table 21.

表21
Table 21

示例的,m2对应的第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的间隔可以如表22所示。For example, the interval between the first reserved resource corresponding to m2 and the reference time slot may be as shown in Table 22.

表22
Table 22

示例的,n对应的时频域偏移值可以如表23或表24或表25所示。For example, the time-frequency domain offset value corresponding to n can be as shown in Table 23, Table 24, or Table 25.

表23
Table 23

表24
Table 24

表25

Table 25

那么,UE2在第一资源上接收到PSFCH后,根据PSFCH关联的循环值m确定m1、m2、m3。根据m2的值确定该COT共享信息是否关联第一预留资源的时域资源,即确定该COT共享信息是否发给自己。如果是发给自己,根据m1确定允许UE2共享第一COT。第一COT共享信息所在的交错再根据任意两个RB关联的循环移位之差3确定UE2在第一COT内共享的资源相对于UE2在第一COT内的预留资源在时域上向后偏移1个时隙,在频域上向下偏移1个交错。Then, after receiving the PSFCH on the first resource, UE2 determines m1, m2, and m3 according to the cycle value m associated with the PSFCH. Determine whether the COT shared information is associated with the time domain resource of the first reserved resource according to the value of m2, that is, determine whether the COT shared information is sent to itself. If it is sent to itself, it is determined based on m1 that UE2 is allowed to share the first COT. The interleave where the first COT shared information is located is then determined based on the difference 3 between the cyclic shifts associated with any two RBs. The resources shared by UE2 in the first COT are backward in the time domain relative to the reserved resources of UE2 in the first COT. Offset by 1 time slot and 1 interleave down in the frequency domain.

举例2:Example 2:

第一循环移位m1指示允许或不允许第二终端设备共享第一COT,第二循环移位m2指示时域和/或频域偏移信息,第一COT共享信息所在的交错中任意相邻两个RB的第三循环移位m3之差n指示第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的时间间隔。The first cyclic shift m1 indicates whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT, the second cyclic shift m2 indicates the time domain and/or frequency domain offset information, and any adjacent interleave where the first COT shared information is located The difference n between the third cyclic shifts m3 of the two RBs indicates the time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference slot.

可选地,m1=i×Δ,i指示允许或不允许第二终端设备共享第一COT,i={0,1},Δ为整数,可以是常数、预配置或者网络配置的值。例如Δ=6。Optionally, m1=i×Δ, i indicates whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT, i={0,1}, and Δ is an integer, which can be a constant, a preconfigured value, or a network configuration value. For example, Δ=6.

可选地,m2=j×Δ,j指示时域和/或频域偏移信息,j={0,1,2,3,4,5},Δ为整数,可以是常数、预配置或者网络配置的值。例如Δ=1。Optionally, m2=j×Δ, j indicates time domain and/or frequency domain offset information, j={0,1,2,3,4,5}, Δ is an integer, which can be a constant, preconfigured or Network configuration value. For example, Δ=1.

可选地,m3=k×Δ,k指示第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的时间间隔,或者,k={0,1,2,3,4,5},Δ为整数,可以是常数、预配置或者网络配置的值。例如Δ=3。Optionally, m3=k×Δ, k indicates the time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot, or k={0,1,2,3,4,5}, Δ is an integer, and can Is a constant, preconfigured, or network configured value. For example, Δ=3.

可选地,n=k×Δ,k指示第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的时间间隔,k={0,1,2,3,4,5},Δ为整数,可以是常数、预配置或者网络配置的值。例如Δ=3。例如,UE1确定第一COT共享信息所在的交错包含多个BR,多个RB关联的循环移位分别为{2、5、8、11、2、5、8、11……}。其中,第一COT共享信息所在的交错中第一个RB关联的循环移位m为2,第一COT共享信息所在的交错中第二个RB关联的循环移位为5,以此类推,第一COT共享信息所在的交错中相邻两个RB关联的循环移位m3为3,这里不再赘述。m指示的信息可以参照如下描述:Optionally, n=k×Δ, k indicates the time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot, k={0,1,2,3,4,5}, Δ is an integer and can be a constant , preconfigured or network configured values. For example, Δ=3. For example, UE1 determines that the interlace where the first COT shared information is located contains multiple BRs, and the cyclic shifts associated with the multiple RBs are {2, 5, 8, 11, 2, 5, 8, 11...} respectively. Among them, the cyclic shift m associated with the first RB in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located is 2, and the cyclic shift m associated with the second RB in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located is 5, and so on. The cyclic shift m3 associated with two adjacent RBs in the interleave where one COT shared information is located is 3, which will not be described again here. The information indicated by m can be described as follows:

对于第i个RB关联的循环移位miFor the cyclic shift m i associated with the i-th RB:

当m1i=0,m2i=0,1,2,3,4,5时,m3i=0,有m=m1+m2+m3={0,1,2,3,4,5},其中,有mi=m1i+m2i+m3i={0,1,2,3,4,5},其中,m1i=0指示允许共享第一COT,m2i指示时域和/或频域偏移信息。When m1 i =0, m2 i =0,1,2,3,4,5, m3 i =0, there is m=m1+m2+m3={0,1,2,3,4,5}, Among them, m i =m1 i +m2 i +m3 i ={0,1,2,3,4,5}, where m1 i =0 indicates that the first COT is allowed to be shared, m2 i indicates the time domain and/or Frequency domain offset information.

当m1i=6,m2i=0,1,2,3,4,5时,m3i=0,有mi=m1i+m2i+m3i={6,7,8,9,10,11},m1i=6指示不允许共享第一COT,m2i指示指示时域和/或频域偏移信息。When m1 i =6, m2 i =0,1,2,3,4,5, m3 i =0, there is m i =m1 i +m2 i +m3 i ={6,7,8,9,10 ,11}, m1 i =6 indicates that sharing of the first COT is not allowed, and m2 i indicates time domain and/or frequency domain offset information.

例如,第i个RB关联的循环移位mi=2,其中m1i=0,m2i=2,m3i=0。m1i+1=0指示允许共享第一COT,m2i+1指示UE2的时域和/或频域偏移信息,m3i=0用于与相邻的RB的m3计算两个RB之差n。For example, the cyclic shift associated with the i-th RB is m i =2, where m1 i =0, m2 i =2, and m3 i =0. m1 i+1 =0 indicates that the first COT is allowed to be shared, m2 i+1 indicates the time domain and/or frequency domain offset information of UE2, m3 i =0 is used to calculate the difference between two RBs with m3 of the adjacent RB n.

对于第i+1个RB关联的循环移位mi+1For the cyclic shift m i+1 associated with the i+1th RB:

当m1i+1=0,m2i+1=0,1,2,3,4,5时,m3i+1=3,有mi+1=m1i+1+m2i+1+m3i+1={0,1,2,3,4,5},其中,m1i+1=0指示允许共享第一COT,m2i+1指示UE2的第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的间隔。 When m1 i+1 = 0, m2 i+1 = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, m3 i+1 = 3, there is m i+1 = m1 i+1 +m2 i+1 +m3 i+1 ={0,1,2,3,4,5}, where m1 i+1 =0 indicates that the first COT is allowed to be shared, and m2 i+1 indicates the difference between the first reserved resource of UE2 and the reference time slot. interval between.

当m1i+1=6,m2i+1=0,1,2,3,4,5时,m3i+1=3,有mi+1=m1i+1+m2i+1+m3i+1={6,7,8,9,10,11},m1i+1=6指示不允许共享第一COT,m2指示指示UE2的时域和/或频域偏移信息。When m1 i+1 = 6, m2 i+1 = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, m3 i+1 = 3, there is m i+1 = m1 i+1 +m2 i+1 +m3 i+1 = {6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11}, m1 i+1 = 6 indicates that the first COT is not allowed to be shared, and m2 indicates the time domain and/or frequency domain offset information of UE2.

例如,第i+1个RB关联的循环移位mi+1=5,其中m1i+1=0,m2i+1=2,m3i+1=3。m1i+1=0表示允许共享第一COT,m2i+1=2表示UE2的指示时域和/或频域偏移信息,m3i+1=3用于与相邻的RB的m3计算两个RB之差n。For example, the cyclic shift m i+1 associated with the i+1th RB is 5, where m1 i+1 =0, m2 i+1 =2, and m3 i+1 =3. m1 i+1 =0 indicates that the first COT is allowed to be shared, m2 i+1 =2 indicates the indicated time domain and/or frequency domain offset information of UE2, m3 i+1 =3 is used for m3 calculation with adjacent RBs The difference between two RBs is n.

第一COT共享信息所在的交错中第i个RB和第i+1个RB的循环移位的之差n=mi+1-mi=3或者n=m3i+1-m3i=3,表示UE2的第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的间隔为3。The difference between the cyclic shifts of the i-th RB and the i+1-th RB in the interleave where the first COT shared information is located n=mi +1 - mi =3 or n=m3 i+1- m3 i =3 , indicating that the interval between the first reserved resource of UE2 and the reference time slot is 3.

示例的,m1对应的是否允许共享第一COT可以如表26所示。For example, whether m1 is allowed to share the first COT can be shown in Table 26.

表26
Table 26

示例的,m2对应的时频域偏移值可以如表27或表28或表29所示。For example, the time-frequency domain offset value corresponding to m2 can be as shown in Table 27, Table 28, or Table 29.

表27
Table 27

表28
Table 28

表29
Table 29

示例的,n对应的第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的间隔可以如表30所示。For example, the interval between the first reserved resource corresponding to n and the reference time slot may be as shown in Table 30.

表30
Table 30

那么,UE2在第一资源上接收到PSFCH后,根据PSFCH关联的循环值m确定m1、m2、m3。根据任意两个RB关联的循环移位之差确定该COT共享信息是否关联第一预留资源的时域资源,即确定该COT共享信息是否发给自己。如果是发给自己,根据m1确定允许UE2共享第一COT。再根据m2=2确定UE2在第一COT内共享的资源相对于UE2在第一COT内的预留资源在时域上向后偏移1个时隙,在频域上不偏移。Then, after receiving the PSFCH on the first resource, UE2 determines m1, m2, and m3 according to the cycle value m associated with the PSFCH. Determine whether the COT shared information is associated with the time domain resource of the first reserved resource based on the difference in cyclic shifts associated with any two RBs, that is, determine whether the COT shared information is sent to itself. If it is sent to itself, it is determined based on m1 that UE2 is allowed to share the first COT. Then, based on m2=2, it is determined that the resources shared by UE2 in the first COT are shifted backward by one time slot in the time domain relative to the reserved resources of UE2 in the first COT, but are not shifted in the frequency domain.

实现方式四:Implementation method four:

UE1确定第一COT共享信息所在的交错中每个RB关联的循环移位,该实现方式中,UE1通过第一COT共享信息所在的交错中第i个RB关联的循环移位m和任意两个RB关联的循环移位之差n(差值为负数是取绝对值)向UE2指示相关信息,第一COT共享信息所在的交错中任意相邻两个RB的循环移位的之差均相同。可选地,第i个RB可以为第一COT共享信息所在的交错中的任一RB。UE1 determines the cyclic shift associated with each RB in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located. In this implementation, UE1 uses the cyclic shift m associated with the i-th RB in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located and any two The difference n between the cyclic shifts associated with the RB (the difference is a negative number and is an absolute value) indicates relevant information to UE2. The difference in cyclic shifts of any two adjacent RBs in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located is the same. Optionally, the i-th RB may be any RB in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located.

可选地,第i个RB关联的循环移位m由第一循环移位m1和第二循环移位m2确定,其中,第一循环移位m1指示允许或不允许第二终端设备共享第一COT,第二循环移位m2指示UE2的第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的时间间隔,第三循环移位n为第一COT共享信息所在的交错中任意相邻两个RB的循环移位的之差,第三循环移位n指示时域和/或频域偏移信息。Optionally, the cyclic shift m associated with the i-th RB is determined by a first cyclic shift m1 and a second cyclic shift m2, where the first cyclic shift m1 indicates whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT, the second cyclic shift m2 indicates the time interval between the first reserved resource of UE2 and the reference time slot, and the third cyclic shift n is the cycle of any two adjacent RBs in the interleave where the first COT shared information is located. The difference of the shifts, the third cyclic shift n indicates time domain and/or frequency domain offset information.

可选地,m1=i×Δ,i指示允许或不允许第二终端设备共享第一COT,i={0,1},Δ为整数,可以是常数、预配置或者网络配置的值。例如Δ=6。Optionally, m1=i×Δ, i indicates whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT, i={0,1}, and Δ is an integer, which can be a constant, a preconfigured value, or a network configuration value. For example, Δ=6.

可选地,m2=j×Δ,j指示第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的时间间隔,j={0,1,2,3,4,5},Δ为整数,可以是常数、预配置或者网络配置的值。例如Δ=1。Optionally, m2=j×Δ, j indicates the time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot, j={0,1,2,3,4,5}, Δ is an integer and can be a constant , preconfigured or network configured values. For example, Δ=1.

可选地,n=k×Δ,k指示时域和/或频域偏移信息,或者,k={0,1,2,3,4,5},Δ为整数,可以是常数、预配置或者网络配置的值。例如Δ=3。Optionally, n=k×Δ, k indicates time domain and/or frequency domain offset information, or k={0,1,2,3,4,5}, Δ is an integer, which can be a constant, Configuration or network configuration value. For example, Δ=3.

可选地,第i个RB关联的循环移位m由第一循环移位m1和第二循环移位m2确定,第一循环移位m1指示允许或不允许第二终端设备共享第一COT,第二循环移位m2指示时域和/或频域偏移信息第一COT共享信息所在的交错中任意相邻两个RB的循环移位的之差,第三循环移位n为UE2的第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的时间间隔。Optionally, the cyclic shift m associated with the i-th RB is determined by a first cyclic shift m1 and a second cyclic shift m2, and the first cyclic shift m1 indicates whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT, The second cyclic shift m2 indicates the difference between the cyclic shifts of any two adjacent RBs in the interlace where the first COT shared information of the time domain and/or frequency domain offset information is located, and the third cyclic shift n is the third cyclic shift of UE2 The time interval between a reserved resource and a reference time slot.

可选地,m1=i×Δ,i指示允许或不允许第二终端设备共享第一COT,i={0,1},Δ为整数,可以是常数、预配置或者网络配置的值。例如Δ=6。Optionally, m1=i×Δ, i indicates whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT, i={0,1}, and Δ is an integer, which can be a constant, a preconfigured value, or a network configuration value. For example, Δ=6.

可选地,m2=j×Δ,j指示时域和/或频域偏移信息,j={0,1,2,3,4,5},Δ为整数,可以是常数、预配置或者网络配置的值。例如Δ=1。Optionally, m2=j×Δ, j indicates time domain and/or frequency domain offset information, j={0,1,2,3,4,5}, Δ is an integer, which can be a constant, preconfigured or Network configuration value. For example, Δ=1.

可选地,n=k×Δ,k指示第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的时间间隔,或者,k={0,1,2,3,4,5},Δ为整数,可以是常数、预配置或者网络配置的值。例如Δ=3。Optionally, n=k×Δ, k indicates the time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot, or k={0,1,2,3,4,5}, Δ is an integer, and can Is a constant, preconfigured, or network configured value. For example, Δ=3.

举例说明,UE1通过第一COT共享信息所在的交错中第1个RB关联的循环移位m和任意两个RB关联的循环移位之差n向UE2指示相关信息。UE1确定第一COT共享信息所在的交错中RB关联的循环移位为{2、5、8、11,……,}其中,第一COT共享信息所在的交错中第一个RB关联的循环移位m为2,第一COT共享信息所在的交错中第二个RB关联的循环移位为5,以此类推,第一COT共享信息所在的交错中相邻两个RB关联的循环移位n为3,这里不再赘述。m、n指示的信息可以参照如下描述: For example, UE1 indicates the relevant information to UE2 through the difference n between the cyclic shift m associated with the first RB in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located and the cyclic shift associated with any two RBs n. UE1 determines that the cyclic shift associated with the RB in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located is {2, 5, 8, 11,...,}, where the cyclic shift associated with the first RB in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located Bit m is 2, and the cyclic shift associated with the second RB in the interleave where the first COT shared information is located is 5. By analogy, the cyclic shift associated with two adjacent RBs in the interlace where the first COT shared information is located is n It is 3, so I won’t go into details here. The information indicated by m and n can be described as follows:

当m1=0,m2=0,1,2,3,4,5时,有m=m1+m2={0,1,2,3,4,5},其中,m1指示允许共享第一COT,m2指示UE2的第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的间隔,n指示时域和/或频域上的偏移信息。When m1=0, m2=0,1,2,3,4,5, there is m=m1+m2={0,1,2,3,4,5}, where m1 indicates that the first COT is allowed to be shared , m2 indicates the interval between the first reserved resource of UE2 and the reference time slot, n indicates the offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain.

当m1=6,m2=0,1,2,3,4,5时,有m=m1+m2={6,7,8,9,10,11},m1指示不允许共享第一COT。When m1=6, m2=0,1,2,3,4,5, m=m1+m2={6,7,8,9,10,11}, m1 indicates that sharing the first COT is not allowed.

示例的,n对应的时频域偏移值可以如表31所示。As an example, the time-frequency domain offset value corresponding to n can be shown in Table 31.

表31
Table 31

关于UE2接收到PSFCH后如何解析这里不再赘述。How UE2 parses the PSFCH after receiving it will not be described again here.

上述技术方案中,当UE2和UE3的预留资源在第一COT内重合时,UE1通过指示时域或者频域偏移信息以保证UE2和UE3在第一COT内实际共享的资源不会重合,从而使得UE2和UE3能够同时共享UE1的第一COT。从单个UE角度,保证了UE2、UE3的可靠性;UE2和UE3都可以尽快接入信道,避免UE重新执行LBT流程,降低了UE信息传输的时延,从系统角度也提高了频谱利用率。In the above technical solution, when the reserved resources of UE2 and UE3 overlap in the first COT, UE1 indicates the time domain or frequency domain offset information to ensure that the resources actually shared by UE2 and UE3 in the first COT do not overlap. Thus, UE2 and UE3 can share the first COT of UE1 at the same time. From the perspective of a single UE, the reliability of UE2 and UE3 is ensured; both UE2 and UE3 can access the channel as soon as possible, preventing the UE from re-executing the LBT process, reducing the UE information transmission delay, and improving spectrum utilization from a system perspective.

上面介绍了当第一COT共享信息承载于PSFCH时的指示方式,下面举例说明当第一COT共享信息承载于其他信令,例如一阶SCI、二阶SCI、一个新的二阶SCI(例如SCI 2-D)、MAC CE、PC-5 RRC、RRC中至少任意一种信令时,UE1如何将第一COT共享信息指示给UE2。The above describes the indication method when the first COT shared information is carried on the PSFCH. The following example illustrates when the first COT shared information is carried on other signaling, such as first-order SCI, second-order SCI, a new second-order SCI (such as SCI 2-D), MAC CE, PC-5 RRC, and RRC signaling, how does UE1 indicate the first COT shared information to UE2.

可选地,第一COT共享信息包括N个指示信息,N个指示信息中的每个指示信息中包括终端设备的标识信息和终端设备共享第一COT的资源信息,N为正整数。下面给出几种具体的实现方式。Optionally, the first COT sharing information includes N pieces of indication information, each of the N pieces of indication information includes identification information of the terminal device and resource information of the terminal device sharing the first COT, and N is a positive integer. Several specific implementation methods are given below.

实现方式一:Implementation method one:

终端设备的标识信息中包括M个终端设备标识,终端设备共享第一COT的资源信息指示第一时隙,第一时隙为M个终端设备标识对应的终端设备在第一COT内共享的时间单元,第一COT对应的信道中包括L个交错或子信道,每个指示信息指示M个终端设备标识中第i个终端设备标识对应的终端设备共享L个交错或子信道的第i个交错或子信道,其中,M、L和i均为正整数,M小于或等于L。The identification information of the terminal device includes M terminal device identifiers. The resource information of the terminal device sharing the first COT indicates the first time slot. The first time slot is the time shared by the terminal devices corresponding to the M terminal device identifiers in the first COT. unit, the channel corresponding to the first COT includes L interleaves or sub-channels, and each indication information indicates that the terminal device corresponding to the i-th terminal device identifier among the M terminal device identifiers shares the i-th interleave of L interleaves or sub-channels Or sub-channel, where M, L and i are all positive integers, and M is less than or equal to L.

示例的,第一COT共享信息包括的一个指示信息为{第一时隙,UE的标识信息1,UE的标识信息2,UE的标识信息3,……}。For example, the first COT shared information includes an indication information of {first time slot, UE identification information 1, UE identification information 2, UE identification information 3,...}.

可选地,终端设备共享第一COT的资源信息指示第一时隙,具体可以为:指示第一时隙相对于参考时隙的时隙间隔,或,指示第一时隙的时隙号。可选地,参考时隙可以是第一COT的首个时隙、第一COT的首个有效时隙、发送第一COT共享信息的时隙、以DFN索引和/或时隙索引指示的时隙中的任意一种。可选地,通过DFN索引和/或时隙索引指示该时隙的时隙号。可选地,时隙间隔为整数个时隙,如{0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10}个时隙。Optionally, the resource information of the terminal device sharing the first COT indicates the first time slot. Specifically, it may indicate the time slot interval of the first time slot relative to the reference time slot, or indicate the time slot number of the first time slot. Optionally, the reference time slot may be the first time slot of the first COT, the first valid time slot of the first COT, the time slot in which the first COT shared information is sent, or the time slot indicated by the DFN index and/or the time slot index. any one of the gaps. Optionally, the slot number of the slot is indicated by a DFN index and/or a slot index. Optionally, the time slot interval is an integer number of time slots, such as {0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10} time slots.

可选地,UE的标识信息可以是第一COT的UE的标识信息,如UE1的标识信息;也可以是共享第一COT的UE的标识信息,如UE2的标识信息。可选地,UE的标识信息可 以是:UE1或UE2的源标识信息、UE1或UE2的目的标识信息、UE1或UE2的设备标识信息、UE1或UE2的组标识信息中的至少任意一种。可选地,UE的标识信息承载于一阶和/或二阶SCI中。Optionally, the identification information of the UE may be the identification information of the UE of the first COT, such as the identification information of UE1; or it may be the identification information of the UE sharing the first COT, such as the identification information of UE2. Optionally, the identification information of the UE may be So: at least any one of the source identification information of UE1 or UE2, the destination identification information of UE1 or UE2, the device identification information of UE1 or UE2, and the group identification information of UE1 or UE2. Optionally, the identification information of the UE is carried in the first-order and/or second-order SCI.

可选地,UE的标识信息包含Q个比特,Q的值为预定义、预配置或者网络配置的整数。Optionally, the identification information of the UE includes Q bits, and the value of Q is a predefined, preconfigured or network-configured integer.

可选地,该实现方式中还可以预定义一个值。该预定义的值指示不共享COT或者指示用于UE1的传输。预定义的值含Q个比特,Q个比特的取值全为0或者全为1;或者,预定义的值为P个比特(P小于或等于Q),P的取值全为0或者全为1。Optionally, a value can also be predefined in this implementation. This predefined value indicates that the COT is not shared or indicates that it is used for transmission by UEl. The predefined value contains Q bits, and the values of Q bits are all 0 or all 1; or, the predefined value is P bits (P is less than or equal to Q), and the value of P is all 0 or all 1. is 1.

下面举例说明实现方式一。The following example illustrates implementation method 1.

举例1:Example 1:

第一COT共享信息中包括时隙信息“3”和UE标识信息“SID2,SID2,SID3,X”,即第一COT共享信息为{3,SID2,SID2,SID3,X},其中,3表示共享的时隙为第一COT内相对于首个时隙后的第3个时隙;SID2为UE2的源标识信息,SID3为UE3的源标识信息。具体的,第一COT内的频域资源包括4个交错,那么,UE1通过{3,SID2,SID2,SID3,X}指示第一COT内的第4个时隙用于共享给UE2和UE3传输,使能UE2在索引为0、1的交错上共享第一COT,使能UE3在索引为2的交错上共享第一COT;X为预定义的值,例如X为Q位的全0,或X为P,X表示交错4中没有被共享。The first COT shared information includes time slot information "3" and UE identification information "SID2, SID2, SID3, X", that is, the first COT shared information is {3, SID2, SID2, SID3, X}, where 3 represents The shared time slot is the third time slot after the first time slot in the first COT; SID2 is the source identification information of UE2, and SID3 is the source identification information of UE3. Specifically, the frequency domain resources in the first COT include 4 interlaces. Then, UE1 indicates through {3, SID2, SID2, SID3, X} that the 4th time slot in the first COT is used to share with UE2 and UE3 for transmission. , enable UE2 to share the first COT on the interlace with index 0 and 1, enable UE3 to share the first COT on the interlace with index 2; X is a predefined value, for example, X is all 0 of the Q bit, or X is P, and X means that it is not shared in interleaved 4.

举例2:Example 2:

UE1通过{6,SID1,SID1,SID1,SID1}或{6,Y}指示第一COT内的第6个时隙用于自身传输;或者,用于指示第一COT内的第6个时隙的信道用于自身传输;或者,用于指示第一COT内的第6个时隙不用于COT共享;或者,用于指示第一COT内的第6个时隙的信道不用于COT共享。Y为预定义的值,例如,Y为Q位的全1。UE1 uses {6,SID1,SID1,SID1,SID1} or {6,Y} to indicate the 6th time slot in the first COT for its own transmission; or, to indicate the 6th time slot in the first COT The channel is used for its own transmission; or, it is used to indicate that the 6th time slot in the first COT is not used for COT sharing; or, it is used to indicate that the channel of the 6th time slot in the first COT is not used for COT sharing. Y is a predefined value, for example, Y is all 1s of Q bits.

实现方式二:Implementation method two:

第一COT共享信息中包括UE的标识信息和资源指示信息。其中,资源指示信息可以是UE的标识信息对应的UE在第一COT内传输时频资源(即在第一COT内共享的传输资源)的信息,也可以是否使能该UE共享第一COT的信息。UE的标识信息的描述可以参见实施方式2中的描述,这里不再赘述。The first COT shared information includes the identification information and resource indication information of the UE. The resource indication information may be information about the UE's transmission time-frequency resources in the first COT corresponding to the UE's identification information (that is, transmission resources shared within the first COT), or whether the UE is enabled to share the first COT's information. For a description of the identification information of the UE, please refer to the description in Embodiment Mode 2, which will not be described again here.

可选地,第一COT共享信息包括R个组合,每个组合中包括一个UE的标识信息和一个资源指示信息。Optionally, the first COT shared information includes R combinations, and each combination includes identification information of a UE and resource indication information.

可选地,UE1通过{UE的标识信息,时域资源的信息,频域资源的信息}指示UE在第一COT内传输的时域资源和频域资源。可选地,时域资源的信息通过TRIV指示。可选地,频域资源的信息通过FRIV指示。可选地,频域资源为交错方式的频域资源或者为信道形式的频域资源。例如,UE1通过{SID2,TRIV,FRIV}指示UE2在第一COT内传输的时域资源和频域资源。Optionally, UE1 indicates the time domain resources and frequency domain resources transmitted by the UE in the first COT through {identification information of the UE, information on the time domain resources, and information on the frequency domain resources}. Optionally, the information of time domain resources is indicated by TRIV. Optionally, the frequency domain resource information is indicated by FRIV. Optionally, the frequency domain resources are frequency domain resources in an interleaved manner or frequency domain resources in a channel form. For example, UE1 indicates the time domain resources and frequency domain resources transmitted by UE2 in the first COT through {SID2, TRIV, FRIV}.

可选地,UE1通过{UE的标识信息,使能}指示UE在第一COT内按照UE的预留资源的时频位置传输。例如,UE1通过{SID2,enable}指示UE2在第一COT内按照UE2的预留信息指示的时频位置传输。Optionally, UE1 instructs the UE to transmit according to the time-frequency location of the UE's reserved resources within the first COT through {identification information of the UE, enable}. For example, UE1 uses {SID2, enable} to instruct UE2 to transmit in the first COT according to the time-frequency location indicated by the reservation information of UE2.

可选地,UE1通过{UE的标识信息,比特图(bitmap)}指示UE在第一COT内传输的资源。例如,UE1通过{SID2,bitmap}指示UE2在第一COT内传输的资源。 Optionally, UE1 indicates the resources that the UE transmits in the first COT through {identification information of the UE, bitmap}. For example, UE1 indicates the resources transmitted by UE2 in the first COT through {SID2, bitmap}.

上述技术方案中,由于承载第一COT共享信息的比特数多于PSFCH,因此可以直接、更准确的指示共享信息。In the above technical solution, since the number of bits carrying the first COT shared information is more than that of the PSFCH, the shared information can be directly and more accurately indicated.

类似于PSFCH指示偏移信息,在本实施例中,UE1也可以在第一COT共享信息中指示时域和/或频域偏移信息。Similar to the PSFCH indicating offset information, in this embodiment, UE1 may also indicate time domain and/or frequency domain offset information in the first COT shared information.

在一种具体实现方式中,第一COT共享信息中包括时频偏移信息,该时频偏移信息指示UE2在第一COT内按照UE2的预留资源和时频偏移信息共享第一传输资源。对应的,UE2可以根据自身预留信息和UE1指示的时域和/或频域偏移信息确定第一传输资源。第一传输资源为UE2的预留资源根据时频偏移信息在时域和/或频域上进行偏移后落在第一COT内的资源,UE2共享第一传输资源。In a specific implementation manner, the first COT sharing information includes time-frequency offset information, and the time-frequency offset information indicates that UE2 shares the first transmission according to the reserved resources and time-frequency offset information of UE2 in the first COT. resource. Correspondingly, UE2 may determine the first transmission resource according to its own reservation information and the time domain and/or frequency domain offset information indicated by UE1. The first transmission resources are resources that fall within the first COT after the reserved resources of UE2 are offset in the time domain and/or frequency domain according to the time-frequency offset information. UE2 shares the first transmission resources.

可选地,时频偏移信息中包括时频偏移方向和时频偏移值。示例的,用2bit指示时频偏移方向,例如:00指示频域向上偏移、01指示频域向下偏移、10指示时域向左偏移、11指示时域向右偏移。示例的,用N bit指示频域向下或向上偏移的交错数,例如,当信道内有U个交错时,则示例的,用M bit指示时域向左或向右偏移的时隙数,例如,第一COT内有V个时隙,V为小于40的整数, Optionally, the time-frequency offset information includes a time-frequency offset direction and a time-frequency offset value. For example, 2 bits are used to indicate the time-frequency offset direction, for example: 00 indicates an upward offset in the frequency domain, 01 indicates a downward offset in the frequency domain, 10 indicates a left offset in the time domain, and 11 indicates a right offset in the time domain. For example, N bit is used to indicate the number of interleaves shifted downward or upward in the frequency domain. For example, when there are U interleaves in the channel, then For example, M bit is used to indicate the number of time slots shifted to the left or right in the time domain. For example, there are V time slots in the first COT, and V is an integer less than 40.

可选地,时频偏移信息中包括时域偏移方向和时域偏移值,或者,时频偏移信息中包括频域偏移方向和频域偏移值。示例的,时频偏移信息中包括频域偏移方向和频域偏移值,UE1可以用1bit指示频域偏移方向,例如:0指示向上偏移、1指示向下偏移。示例的,用N bit指示向下或向上偏移的交错数,例如,当信道内有U个交错时,则 Optionally, the time-frequency offset information includes a time-domain offset direction and a time-domain offset value, or the time-frequency offset information includes a frequency-domain offset direction and a frequency-domain offset value. For example, the time-frequency offset information includes a frequency domain offset direction and a frequency domain offset value. UE1 can use 1 bit to indicate the frequency domain offset direction, for example: 0 indicates an upward offset and 1 indicates a downward offset. For example, N bit is used to indicate the number of interleaves shifted downward or upward. For example, when there are U interleaves in the channel, then

上述技术方案中,当UE2和UE3的预留资源在第一COT内重合时,UE1通过指示时域或者频域偏移信息使得UE2和UE3都能够在UE1的第一COT内传输。从单个UE角度,保证了UE2、UE3的可靠性;UE2和UE3都可以尽快接入信道,避免重新执行LBT流程,降低时延。从系统角度也提高了频谱利用率。In the above technical solution, when the reserved resources of UE2 and UE3 overlap within the first COT, UE1 enables both UE2 and UE3 to transmit within the first COT of UE1 by indicating the time domain or frequency domain offset information. From the perspective of a single UE, the reliability of UE2 and UE3 is ensured; both UE2 and UE3 can access the channel as soon as possible, avoiding the need to re-execute the LBT process and reducing latency. Spectrum utilization is also improved from a system perspective.

可选地,一阶控制信息包括第一字段,所述第一字段指示所述一阶控制信息所在的资源是否承载第一COT共享信息;或者,第一字段是否存在指示所述一阶控制信息所在的资源是否承载第一COT共享信息。所述一阶控制信息所在的资源是否承载第一COT共享信息包括所述一阶控制信息所在的资源中的二阶SCI、MAC CE或PSFCH是否承载第一COT共享信息。Optionally, the first-order control information includes a first field, the first field indicates whether the resource where the first-order control information is located carries the first COT shared information; or, whether the first field exists indicates that the first-order control information exists Whether the resource where it is located carries the first COT shared information. Whether the resource where the first-order control information is located carries the first COT shared information includes whether the second-order SCI, MAC CE or PSFCH in the resource where the first-order control information is located carries the first COT shared information.

可选地,当第一COT共享信令承载于二阶SCI、MAC CE中,UE1在一阶SCI中,用第一字段指示UE2解码二阶SCI(例如二阶SCI-D)、MAC CE承载的第一COT共享信息或PSFCH承载的第一COT共享信息。应理解,该一阶SCI为第一COT共享信息所在资源承载的一阶SCI;或者,该一阶SCI调度的PSSCH承载第一COT共享信息。Optionally, when the first COT shared signaling is carried in the second-order SCI and MAC CE, UE1 uses the first field to instruct UE2 to decode the second-order SCI (for example, second-order SCI-D) and MAC CE bearer in the first-order SCI. The first COT shared information or the first COT shared information carried by PSFCH. It should be understood that the first-order SCI is the first-order SCI carried by the resource where the first COT shared information is located; or, the PSSCH scheduled by the first-order SCI carries the first COT shared information.

示例的,第一字段占用1bit,第一字段为0指示二阶SCI、MAC CE或PSFCH未承载第一COT共享信息;第一字段为1指示二阶SCI、MAC CE或PSFCH承载第一COT共享信息。再例如,第一字段存在指示二阶SCI或MAC CE承载第一COT共享信息;第一字段不存在指示二阶SCI或MAC CE未承载第一COT共享信息。For example, the first field occupies 1 bit. A 0 in the first field indicates that the second-order SCI, MAC CE or PSFCH does not carry the first COT shared information; a 1 in the first field indicates that the second-order SCI, MAC CE or PSFCH carries the first COT share. information. For another example, the presence of the first field indicates that the second-level SCI or MAC CE carries the first COT shared information; the absence of the first field indicates that the second-level SCI or MAC CE does not carry the first COT shared information.

可以理解,在SCI-1中用第一字段指示的主要原因是让接收UE在检测控制信息时,知道该控制信息所在资源上承载的二阶SCI、MAC CE或者PSFCH是否承载第一COT共享信息。如果承载了,则继续译码,即使该资源并未承载给自己的数据;如果没承载,则该资源上并未承载发送给自己的数据,则不用继续译码。 It can be understood that the main reason for using the first field indication in SCI-1 is to let the receiving UE know whether the second-order SCI, MAC CE or PSFCH carried on the resource where the control information is located carries the first COT shared information when detecting the control information. . If it is carried, decoding will continue, even if the resource does not carry the data sent to itself; if it is not carried, the data sent to itself is not carried on the resource, and there is no need to continue decoding.

可选地,当二阶SCI承载第一COT共享信息,二阶SCI包括第二字段和第三字段。第二字段指示第一COT内可以用于共享的时隙数。第三字段用于指示共享的时隙数上UE的信息。例如,第三字段为{时隙信息,UE的标识信息1,UE的标识信息2,UE的标识信息3,……}。Optionally, when the second-order SCI carries the first COT shared information, the second-order SCI includes a second field and a third field. The second field indicates the number of time slots available for sharing within the first COT. The third field is used to indicate the UE information on the number of shared time slots. For example, the third field is {time slot information, UE identification information 1, UE identification information 2, UE identification information 3,...}.

可选地,当二阶SCI承载第一COT共享信息,二阶SCI包括第四字段和第五字段。第四字段指示在第一COT内共享传输的UE的个数。第五字段指示UE的传输信息。例如,第五字段为{UE的标识信息,时域资源的信息,频域资源的信息},或者为{UE的标识信息,使能}。Optionally, when the second-order SCI carries the first COT shared information, the second-order SCI includes a fourth field and a fifth field. The fourth field indicates the number of UEs sharing transmission within the first COT. The fifth field indicates the transmission information of the UE. For example, the fifth field is {identification information of UE, information of time domain resources, information of frequency domain resources}, or {identification information of UE, enable}.

可选地,当MAC CE承载第一COT共享信息,该MAC CE可以通过组播、广播传输第一COT共享信息。可选地,共享第一COT的UE均可以译码MAC CE;或者,与UE1在一个组内的UE可以译码MAC CE;或者,资源池中的UE可以译码MAC CE。Optionally, when the MAC CE carries the first COT shared information, the MAC CE can transmit the first COT shared information through multicast or broadcast. Optionally, all UEs sharing the first COT can decode MAC CE; or, UEs in the same group as UE1 can decode MAC CE; or, UEs in the resource pool can decode MAC CE.

可选地,MAC CE的RNTI指示MAC CE承载第一COT共享信息。Optionally, the RNTI of the MAC CE indicates that the MAC CE carries the first COT shared information.

以上对第一COT共享信息承载于不同信令中如何指示给UE2进行了详细描述。下面具体说明向UE2发送第一COT共享信息时域资源(即第一资源的时域资源)需要满足的条件。The above describes in detail how the first COT shared information is carried in different signaling and indicated to UE2. The conditions that need to be met for sending the first COT shared information time domain resource (that is, the time domain resource of the first resource) to UE2 are described in detail below.

(1)第一COT的起始时域位置与第一资源的时域位置的时间间隔大于或等于第一时长。(1) The time interval between the starting time domain position of the first COT and the time domain position of the first resource is greater than or equal to the first duration.

(2)UE2发送第一SCI的资源与发送第一COT共享信息的时间间隔大于第二时长。(2) The time interval between UE2 sending the resource of the first SCI and sending the first COT shared information is greater than the second time length.

(3)第一资源的时域位置与UE2的实际预留资源位置之间的间隔大于第三时长,第三时长为UE2解码第一COT共享信息、组包、收发转换的时间,否则UE2自己初始COT。(3) The interval between the time domain position of the first resource and the actual reserved resource position of UE2 is greater than the third duration. The third duration is the time for UE2 to decode the first COT shared information, package packets, and transmit and receive conversion. Otherwise, UE2 itself Initial COT.

(4)第一资源的时域位置与UE2的实际预留资源位置的时间间隔大于第四时长。(4) The time interval between the time domain location of the first resource and the actual reserved resource location of UE2 is greater than the fourth time length.

(5)第一资源的时域位置与UE2在第一COT内传输的时域位置的时间间隔大于或等于第五时长。(5) The time interval between the time domain position of the first resource and the time domain position transmitted by UE2 in the first COT is greater than or equal to the fifth time length.

可选地,上述条件中第一资源的时域位置为第一资源所在时隙的起始位置、第一资源所在时隙的结束位置、第一资源所在符号的起始位置、第一资源所在符号的结束位置、第一资源最后一个符号的结束位置或第一资源第一个符号的开始位置中的任意一项。可选地,预配置或者网络配置第一资源的时域位置为以上位置中的任意一项。Optionally, the time domain position of the first resource in the above condition is the starting position of the time slot where the first resource is located, the end position of the time slot where the first resource is located, the starting position of the symbol where the first resource is located, the starting position of the symbol where the first resource is located, Any of the ending position of the symbol, the ending position of the last symbol of the first resource, or the starting position of the first symbol of the first resource. Optionally, the time domain location of the first resource is pre-configured or configured by the network to be any one of the above locations.

可选地,第S时长与子载波间隔(subcarrier spacing,SCS)有关,其中,第S时长为第一时长、第二时长、第三时长、第四时长、第五时长中的任一时长。第S时长在不同SCS下时隙的长度如表32或表33或表34或表35或表36或表37所示。Optionally, the Sth duration is related to subcarrier spacing (SCS), where the Sth duration is any one of the first duration, the second duration, the third duration, the fourth duration, and the fifth duration. The length of the S-th time slot under different SCS is as shown in Table 32 or Table 33 or Table 34 or Table 35 or Table 36 or Table 37.

表32
Table 32

表33

Table 33

表34
Table 34

表35
Table 35

表36
Table 36

表37
Table 37

可选地,第S时长为0、1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8个时隙中的任意一个。例如,通过预配置或网络配置第S时长的值。Optionally, the Sth duration is any one of 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8 time slots. For example, the value of the Sth duration is configured through preconfiguration or network configuration.

可选地,第S时长包括一个A毫秒+B个时隙数对应的时间之和,A、B均为正数。Optionally, the Sth duration includes a sum of times corresponding to A milliseconds + B number of time slots, and A and B are both positive numbers.

可选地,第S时长包括以下时间中的至少一种,或者至少2种之和:准备感知结果的时间;把感知结果上报MAC层的时间;MAC层选择资源或创建授权(selected sidelink grant)的时间;MAC层把资源指示给物理层的时间;收发转换的时间;数据准备时间。其中,数据准备时间包括信道编码、调制、RE映射、产生OFDM信号、组包中至少一种的时间。 Optionally, the Sth duration includes at least one of the following times, or the sum of at least two of them: time to prepare sensing results; time to report sensing results to the MAC layer; MAC layer selection of resources or creation of authorization (selected sidelink grant) The time; the time when the MAC layer indicates resources to the physical layer; the time for transceiver conversion; and the data preparation time. The data preparation time includes the time for at least one of channel coding, modulation, RE mapping, OFDM signal generation, and packetization.

可选地,如果发送第一COT共享信息时域资源不满足以上条件中的至少任意一项,则UE2不共享第一COT,或者,UE2通过类型1信道接入(例如,类型1LBT)初始COT。Optionally, if the time domain resource for sending the first COT shared information does not meet at least any one of the above conditions, UE2 does not share the first COT, or UE2 accesses the initial COT through a type 1 channel (for example, type 1 LBT) .

可选地,承载第一COT共享信息时域资源(即第一资源的时域资源)可以为以下的任意一种:Optionally, the time domain resource carrying the first COT shared information (that is, the time domain resource of the first resource) can be any of the following:

第一COT共享信息时域资源位于PSCCH所在符号后的M个符号上;或者,第一COT共享信息时域资源位于PSCCH所在符号后的最近的M个符号上;或者,第一COT共享信息时域资源位于PSCCH所在符号后间隔第一符号间隔的最近的M个符号上,第一符号间隔为正整数;或者,第一COT共享信息时域资源位于时隙的前M个符号上,或,第一COT共享信息时域资源位于时隙的倒数第二、倒数第三个符号上。其中,M为整数,如M=1、2、3。The first COT shared information time domain resource is located on the M symbols after the symbol where the PSCCH is located; or, the first COT shared information time domain resource is located on the nearest M symbols after the symbol where the PSCCH is located; or, the first COT shared information time domain resource is located on the M symbols after the symbol where the PSCCH is located. The domain resources are located on the nearest M symbols separated by the first symbol interval after the symbol where the PSCCH is located, and the first symbol interval is a positive integer; or, the first COT shared information time domain resource is located on the first M symbols of the timeslot, or, The first COT shared information time domain resource is located on the penultimate and penultimate symbols of the time slot. Among them, M is an integer, such as M=1, 2, 3.

S704,UE2根据第一COT共享信息确定是否允许UE2共享第一COT。S704: UE2 determines whether UE2 is allowed to share the first COT based on the first COT sharing information.

关于UE2解析第一COT共享信息是否是发给自己的步骤,以及第二终端根据第一COT共享信息确定是否能够共享第一COT的步骤,具体可以参见上文中的描述,这里不再一一赘述。上述技术方案中,UE1可以根据其他终端设备(例如UE2)的SCI指示的预留资源,指示其他终端设备是否可以共享该初始COT,从而使得UE1的传输和其他终端设备的传输在COT内能够形成连续的传输,避免UE1初始COT中断。另外,共享UE2可以通过自己初始COT传输,也可以共享UE1的COT传输。对于前者(UE2自己初始COT传输),如果UE2的预留资源在初始UE1的COT内,UE1没有共享给UE2传输(比如自己传输或者给其他共享UE传输),那UE2在预留资源前不会LBT成功。也就是UE2至少会在UE1的COT传输结束后才能传输。对于后者(UE2共享UE1的COT),UE2能够在预留资源的时域传输,降低时延。Regarding the steps for UE2 to parse whether the first COT shared information is sent to itself, and the steps for the second terminal to determine whether the first COT can be shared based on the first COT shared information, please refer to the description above for details, and will not be repeated here. . In the above technical solution, UE1 can indicate whether other terminal devices can share the initial COT according to the reserved resources indicated by the SCI of other terminal devices (such as UE2), so that the transmission of UE1 and the transmission of other terminal devices can be formed within the COT. Continuous transmission to avoid UE1 initial COT interruption. In addition, shared UE2 can transmit its own initial COT or share UE1's COT transmission. For the former (UE2's own initial COT transmission), if UE2's reserved resources are within the initial COT of UE1 and UE1 does not share them with UE2 for transmission (such as transmitting by itself or transmitting to other shared UEs), then UE2 will not reserve the resources before LBT is successful. That is to say, UE2 will not be able to transmit until at least UE1's COT transmission is completed. For the latter (UE2 shares the COT of UE1), UE2 can transmit in the time domain of reserved resources to reduce latency.

下面继续描述UE1允许其他UE共享第一COT后,其他UE如何接入第一COT的相关描述。按照NR-U的信道接入法规,UE共享其他设备的COT时,要在接入前执行type2 LBT。类似地,在SL-U中,UE共享其他设备的COT时,也要在接入前执行type2 LBT。如图15所示,UE1的第一COT包括6个时隙,分别为时隙1至时隙6。UE2、UE3、UE4为共享第一COT的所有UE,在SL-U中,如果按照接入法规,UE2、UE3、UE4在接入UE1的第一COT时,要在接入前执行type2 LBT。UE2、UE3、UE4在第一COT内共享的时隙如图所示,则UE2、UE3需要接入第一COT的时隙为时隙3,UE4需要接入第一COT的时隙为时隙4,由于UE2(或UE3)和UE4在第一COT内的预留资源的起始时隙不同(即UE2、UE4在不同时隙先后接入信道),UE2的连续传输会导致UE4的LBT失败,因此本实施例设计了UE2、UE3、UE4要在第一COT内某些时域位置预留进行type2 LBT的时域资源,来确保新接入第一COT的UE能够成功接入。The following continues to describe how other UEs access the first COT after UE1 allows other UEs to share the first COT. According to the NR-U channel access regulations, when the UE shares the COT of other devices, it must perform type2 LBT before accessing. Similarly, in SL-U, when the UE shares the COT of other devices, it must also perform type2 LBT before accessing. As shown in Figure 15, the first COT of UE1 includes 6 time slots, namely time slot 1 to time slot 6. UE2, UE3, and UE4 are all UEs that share the first COT. In SL-U, if according to access regulations, when UE2, UE3, and UE4 access the first COT of UE1, type2 LBT must be performed before access. The time slots shared by UE2, UE3, and UE4 in the first COT are as shown in the figure. The time slot that UE2 and UE3 need to access the first COT is time slot 3, and the time slot that UE4 needs to access the first COT is time slot. 4. Since the starting time slots of the reserved resources of UE2 (or UE3) and UE4 in the first COT are different (that is, UE2 and UE4 access the channel in different time slots successively), UE2's continuous transmission will cause UE4's LBT to fail. , therefore, this embodiment designs that UE2, UE3, and UE4 reserve time domain resources for type2 LBT at certain time domain locations within the first COT to ensure that UEs newly accessing the first COT can successfully access.

可选地,进行type2 LBT的时域资源,可以理解为UE1和/或共享第一COT的UE不发送SL信息的时域资源;或者,UE1和/或共享第一COT的UE的传输中为GAP的时域资源;或者,UE1和/或共享第一COT的UE停止发送SL信息的时域资源;或者,UE1和/或共享第一COT的UE暂停发送SL信息的时域资源。Optionally, the time domain resources for type 2 LBT can be understood as time domain resources in which UE1 and/or the UE sharing the first COT do not send SL information; or, the transmission of UE1 and/or the UE sharing the first COT is The time domain resource of GAP; or the time domain resource of UE1 and/or the UE sharing the first COT to stop sending SL information; or the time domain resource of UE1 and/or the UE sharing the first COT to stop sending SL information.

可选地,进行type2 LBT的时间长度单位为us、ms、符号、时隙。例如,进行type2 LBT的时间长度为16us,23us,25us,29us,30us,32us,38us,39us,42us,51us中的至少任意一项。例如预配置或者网络配置进行type2 LBT的时间长度为以上取值中的至少任意 一项。进行type2 LBT的时域资源为时隙或者符号时,不发送SL信息的时域资源可能小于或等于符号对应的时间长度。Optionally, the time length unit for performing type2 LBT is us, ms, symbol, and time slot. For example, the time length for type2 LBT is at least any one of 16us, 23us, 25us, 29us, 30us, 32us, 38us, 39us, 42us, and 51us. For example, the time length for preconfiguration or network configuration to perform type2 LBT is at least any of the above values. One item. When the time domain resource for type2 LBT is a time slot or symbol, the time domain resource for not sending SL information may be less than or equal to the time length corresponding to the symbol.

可选地,一个时隙中进行type2 LBT的时域资源的位置可能位于以下位置:一个时隙的起始位置后的M个符号上,或者,一个时隙的结束位置前的M个符号上,或者,一个时隙内的M个符号上。其中,M为正整数,如M=1、2、3。示例的,一个时隙中进行type2 LBT的时域资源位于PSCCH所在符号后的M个符号上;或者,一个时隙中进行type2 LBT的时域资源位于PSCCH所在符号后的最近的M个符号上;或者,一个时隙中进行type2 LBT的时域资源位于PSCCH所在符号后间隔第一符号间隔的最近的M个符号上,第一符号间隔为正整数个符号。Optionally, the location of the time domain resource for type2 LBT in a time slot may be located at the following location: M symbols after the starting position of a time slot, or M symbols before the end position of a time slot. , or, on M symbols in a time slot. Among them, M is a positive integer, such as M=1, 2, 3. For example, the time domain resources for type 2 LBT in a time slot are located on the M symbols after the symbol where the PSCCH is located; or, the time domain resources for type 2 LBT in a time slot are located on the nearest M symbols after the symbol where the PSCCH is located. ; Or, the time domain resource for type2 LBT in a time slot is located on the nearest M symbols after the symbol where the PSCCH is located and separated by the first symbol interval, and the first symbol interval is a positive integer number of symbols.

下面本申请给出几种确定在第一COT的哪些时隙上预留进行type2 LBT的时域资源的具体实现方式。Below, this application provides several specific implementation methods for determining which time slots of the first COT to reserve time domain resources for type 2 LBT.

实现方式一:Implementation method one:

在第一时隙集合的每一个时隙中包括用于type2 LBT的时域资源,其中,第一时隙集合为共享第一COT的所有终端设备中每个终端设备接入第一COT的时隙的集合。Each time slot in the first time slot set includes time domain resources for type2 LBT, where the first time slot set is the time when each terminal device among all terminal devices sharing the first COT accesses the first COT. A collection of gaps.

可选地,UE2在N个时隙上连续传输N个PSCCH和/或PSSCH(N为大于或等于1的整数),则UE2传输第一个PSCCH和/或PSSCH的时隙为UE2接入第一COT的时隙。示例的,如图15所示,UE1的第一COT包括6个时隙,分别为时隙1至时隙6。UE2、UE3、UE4为共享第一COT的所有UE,UE2、UE3、UE4在第一COT内共享的时隙如图15所示,则UE2、UE3接入第一COT的时隙为时隙3,UE4接入第一COT的时隙为时隙4,则第一时隙集合中包括时隙3和时隙4。Optionally, UE2 continuously transmits N PSCCH and/or PSSCH on N time slots (N is an integer greater than or equal to 1), then the time slot in which UE2 transmits the first PSCCH and/or PSSCH is when UE2 accesses the third time slot. A COT time slot. For example, as shown in Figure 15, the first COT of UE1 includes 6 time slots, namely time slot 1 to time slot 6. UE2, UE3, and UE4 are all UEs sharing the first COT. The time slots shared by UE2, UE3, and UE4 in the first COT are as shown in Figure 15. Then the time slot for UE2 and UE3 to access the first COT is time slot 3. , the time slot in which UE4 accesses the first COT is time slot 4, then the first time slot set includes time slot 3 and time slot 4.

可选地,UE2在M个时隙上连续传输N个PSCCH和/或PSSCH(N为大于等于1的整数),则UE2连续传输的第一个PSCCH和/或PSSCH的时隙为UE2接入第一COT的时隙。示例的,如图15所示,第一时隙集合中包括时隙3。Optionally, UE2 continuously transmits N PSCCH and/or PSSCH on M time slots (N is an integer greater than or equal to 1), then the first PSCCH and/or PSSCH time slot that UE2 continuously transmits is the time slot for UE2 access The time slot of the first COT. For example, as shown in Figure 15, the first time slot set includes time slot 3.

可选地,UE2在M个时隙上非连续传输N个PSCCH和/或PSSCH(N为大于等于1的整数),则UE2传输每一个PSCCH和/或PSSCH的时隙为UE2接入第一COT的时隙。示例的,如图15所示,第一时隙集合中包括时隙3和时隙4。Optionally, UE2 transmits N PSCCH and/or PSSCH non-continuously on M time slots (N is an integer greater than or equal to 1), then the time slot in which UE2 transmits each PSCCH and/or PSSCH is the first time UE2 accesses COT time slot. For example, as shown in Figure 15, the first time slot set includes time slot 3 and time slot 4.

实现方式二:Implementation method two:

第一时隙集合的每一个时隙中包括用于type2 LBT的时域资源,其中,第一时隙集合为共享第一COT的所有终端设备中每个终端设备传输SL信息的时隙的集合。Each time slot of the first time slot set includes time domain resources for type2 LBT, where the first time slot set is a set of time slots for each terminal device to transmit SL information among all terminal devices sharing the first COT. .

可选地,UE2在N个时隙上传输N个PSCCH和/或PSSCH(N为大于等于1的整数),则UE2传输每一个PSCCH和/或PSSCH的时隙为UE2传输SL信息的时隙。示例的,如图15所示,第一时隙集合中包括时隙3、时隙4。Optionally, UE2 transmits N PSCCH and/or PSSCH on N time slots (N is an integer greater than or equal to 1), then the time slot in which UE2 transmits each PSCCH and/or PSSCH is the time slot in which UE2 transmits SL information. . For example, as shown in Figure 15, the first time slot set includes time slot 3 and time slot 4.

实现方式三:Implementation method three:

第一时隙集合的每一个时隙中包括用于type2 LBT的时域资源,其中,第一时隙集合为第一COT内的所有时隙的集合。示例的,如图15所示,第一时隙集合中包括时隙1、时隙2、时隙3、时隙4、时隙5、时隙6。Each time slot in the first time slot set includes time domain resources for type2 LBT, where the first time slot set is the set of all time slots in the first COT. For example, as shown in Figure 15, the first time slot set includes time slot 1, time slot 2, time slot 3, time slot 4, time slot 5, and time slot 6.

可选地,可以是预定义、预配置或者网络配置上述三种实现方式中的至少任意一种。Optionally, it can be at least any one of the above three implementation methods of predefinition, preconfiguration, or network configuration.

可选地,本申请中,UE2根据UE1指示给UE3的COT共享信息和UE3发送的第二SCI确定出UE3在第一COT内传输(共享)的资源,其中,第二SCI指示UE3的预留资源。这样,UE2就可以根据上述三种实现方式中的任一种方式确定出第一COT的哪些时 隙需要用于type2 LBT,即确定第一时隙集合。例如,当第一COT共享信息承载于PSFCH时,可以通过隐式指示的方式确定出第一COT的哪些时隙上需要用于type2 LBT。Optionally, in this application, UE2 determines the resources that UE3 transmits (shares) in the first COT based on the COT sharing information indicated by UE1 to UE3 and the second SCI sent by UE3, where the second SCI indicates the reservation of UE3 resource. In this way, UE2 can determine which times of the first COT according to any of the above three implementation methods. Slots are required for type2 LBT, i.e. determine the first set of slots. For example, when the first COT shared information is carried on the PSFCH, which time slots of the first COT need to be used for type 2 LBT can be determined through implicit indication.

可选地,UE1可以显式指示参考时隙后的时隙上是否有type2 LBT时域资源。可选地,参考时隙可以是:发送第一COT共享信息的时隙、UE1接入信道的时隙、UE1的第一COT内的首个时隙、UE1的第一COT内的首个完整时隙、UE1的第一COT内的首个有效时隙。Optionally, UE1 can explicitly indicate whether there are type2 LBT time domain resources on the time slot after the reference time slot. Optionally, the reference time slot may be: a time slot for sending the first COT shared information, a time slot for UEl to access the channel, the first time slot within the first COT of UEl, and the first complete time slot within the first COT of UEl. time slot, the first valid time slot in the first COT of UE1.

可选地,显式指示可以以比特图(bitmap)来指示参考时隙后的时隙上是否有type2 LBT时域资源。示例的,在图15的基础上,以发第一COT共享信息的时隙为参考时隙,1100指示slot3~6中,共享第一COT的UE在时隙3和时隙4可以进行type2 LBT。再例如,以UE1的第一COT内的首个时隙为参考时隙,用001100指示时隙1~6中,共享第一COT的UE在时隙3和时隙4可以进行type2 LBT。Optionally, the explicit indication may use a bitmap to indicate whether there are type2 LBT time domain resources on the time slot after the reference time slot. For example, based on Figure 15, taking the time slot for sending the first COT sharing information as the reference time slot, 1100 indicates that in slots 3 to 6, the UE sharing the first COT can perform type2 LBT in slots 3 and 4. . For another example, taking the first time slot in the first COT of UE1 as the reference time slot, and using 001100 to indicate time slots 1 to 6, the UEs sharing the first COT can perform type2 LBT in time slots 3 and 4.

上文明确了在第一COT内的哪些时隙需要预留进行type2 LBT的时域资源,下面主要描述type2 LBT时域资源在一个时隙中可能的位置。The above clarifies which time slots in the first COT need to be reserved for type2 LBT time domain resources. The following mainly describes the possible locations of type2 LBT time domain resources in a time slot.

可选地,第一时隙集合中每个时隙中的AGC符号和/或GAP符号中包括用于type2 LBT的时域资源。为便于描述,这里以type2 LBT的时域资源为第六时长为例进行说明。Optionally, the AGC symbols and/or GAP symbols in each time slot in the first time slot set include time domain resources for type2 LBT. For the convenience of description, the time domain resource of type2 LBT is the sixth duration as an example.

可选地,第六时长的时间长度为16us,23us,25us,29us,30us,32us,38us,39us,42us,51us中的至少任意一项。可选地,预配置或者网络配置第六时长的值。Optionally, the sixth duration is at least any one of 16us, 23us, 25us, 29us, 30us, 32us, 38us, 39us, 42us, and 51us. Optionally, the value of the sixth duration is pre-configured or network-configured.

方式一:AGC所在的符号包括用于type2 LBT的时域资源。Method 1: The symbol where the AGC is located includes time domain resources for type2 LBT.

可选地,AGC符号包括用于type2 LBT的时域资源。还可以理解为,用于type2 LBT的时域资源位于时隙的首个符号上。如图16的(a)所示,该符号的前第六时长为用于type2 LBT的时域资源。该符号剩余的部分用于该时隙的AGC。例如15kHz时,一个符号的长度为71.35us,其中前第六时长=25us为用于type2 LBT的时域资源,后46.35us为用于AGC的符号。Optionally, the AGC symbols include time domain resources for type2 LBT. It can also be understood that the time domain resource used for type2 LBT is located on the first symbol of the time slot. As shown in (a) of Figure 16, the first sixth duration of this symbol is the time domain resource used for type2 LBT. The remainder of the symbol is used for the AGC of this slot. For example, at 15kHz, the length of a symbol is 71.35us, of which the first sixth duration = 25us is the time domain resource used for type2 LBT, and the last 46.35us is the symbol used for AGC.

方式二:用循环前缀扩展(cyclic prefix extension)CPE代替AGC,CPE所在的符号包括用于type2 LBT的时域资源。Method 2: Use cyclic prefix extension (cyclic prefix extension) CPE to replace AGC. The symbol where CPE is located includes time domain resources for type2 LBT.

可选地,CPE符号包括用于type2 LBT的时域资源。还可以理解为,用于type2 LBT的时域资源位于时隙的首个符号上。如图16的(b)所示,该符号的前第六时长为用于type2 LBT的时域资源。该符号剩余的部分用于该时隙的CPE。例如15kHz时,一个符号的长度为71.35us,其中前第六时长=25us为用于type2 LBT的时域资源,后46.35us为用于AGC的符号。Optionally, CPE symbols include time domain resources for type2 LBT. It can also be understood that the time domain resource used for type2 LBT is located on the first symbol of the time slot. As shown in (b) of Figure 16, the first sixth duration of this symbol is the time domain resource used for type2 LBT. The remainder of the symbol is used for the CPE of this slot. For example, at 15kHz, the length of a symbol is 71.35us, of which the first sixth duration = 25us is the time domain resource used for type2 LBT, and the last 46.35us is the symbol used for AGC.

方式三:GAP所在的符号包括用于type2 LBT的时域资源。Method 3: The symbol where the GAP is located includes time domain resources for type2 LBT.

可选地,GAP符号包括用于type2 LBT的时域资源。还可以理解为,用于type2 LBT的时域资源位于时隙的最后一个符号上,或位于时隙的首个符号上。如图16的(c)所示,该符号的前第六时长用于该时隙的GAP,该GAP为用于type2 LBT的时域资源。可选地,该符号剩余的部分为CPE,复制上一个符号的内容,或,复制下一个符号的内容。可选地,该符号剩余的部分为承载PSSCH。例如15kHz时,一个符号的长度为71.35us,其中前第六时长=25us为GAP,该GAP用于type2 LBT的时域资源,后46.35us为CPE或者承载PSSCH。或者,如图16的(d)所示,该符号的后第六时长用于该时隙的GAP,该GAP为用于type2 LBT的时域资源。可选地,该符号剩余的部分为CPE,复制上一个符号的内容或,复制下一个符号的内容。可选地,该符号剩余的部分为承载PSSCH。例如15kHz时, 一个符号的长度为71.35us,其中后第六时长=25us为GAP,该GAP用于type2 LBT的时域资源,前46.35us为CPE或者承载PSSCH。Optionally, GAP symbols include time domain resources for type2 LBT. It can also be understood that the time domain resource used for type2 LBT is located on the last symbol of the time slot, or on the first symbol of the time slot. As shown in (c) of Figure 16, the first sixth duration of the symbol is used for the GAP of the time slot, and the GAP is the time domain resource used for type2 LBT. Optionally, the remaining part of the symbol is CPE, copying the contents of the previous symbol, or copying the contents of the next symbol. Optionally, the remaining part of the symbol carries PSSCH. For example, at 15kHz, the length of a symbol is 71.35us, of which the first sixth duration = 25us is the GAP, which is used for the time domain resources of type 2 LBT, and the last 46.35us is the CPE or carries the PSSCH. Or, as shown in (d) of Figure 16, the last sixth duration of the symbol is used for the GAP of the time slot, and the GAP is the time domain resource used for type2 LBT. Optionally, the remainder of the symbol is CPE, copying the contents of the previous symbol or copying the contents of the next symbol. Optionally, the remaining part of the symbol carries PSSCH. For example, at 15kHz, The length of a symbol is 71.35us, of which the last sixth duration = 25us is GAP, which is used for the time domain resources of type 2 LBT, and the first 46.35us is CPE or carries PSSCH.

方式四:相邻两个时隙中前一个时隙的最后一个符号和后一个时隙的第一个符号包括用于type2 LBT的时域资源。Method 4: The last symbol of the previous time slot and the first symbol of the next time slot in two adjacent time slots include time domain resources for type2 LBT.

还可以理解为,用于type2 LBT的时域资源位于相邻两个时隙中前一个时隙的GAP符号和后一个时隙的AGC符号包括用于type2 LBT的时域资源。如图16的(e)所示,AGC、第六时长、GAP共占2个符号。例如30kHz时,一个符号的长度为35.68us,AGC符号缩短至(35.68-A)us,GAP符号缩短至(35.68-B)us,其中A和B的长度之和等于第六时长。It can also be understood that the time domain resources used for type2 LBT are located in two adjacent time slots. The GAP symbol of the previous time slot and the AGC symbol of the next time slot include the time domain resources used for type2 LBT. As shown in (e) of Figure 16, AGC, sixth duration, and GAP occupy a total of 2 symbols. For example, at 30kHz, the length of a symbol is 35.68us, the AGC symbol is shortened to (35.68-A)us, and the GAP symbol is shortened to (35.68-B)us, where the sum of the lengths of A and B is equal to the sixth duration.

方式四的有益效果:例如30kHz时,一个符号的长度为35.68us。如果第六时长的长度为25us,剩余的时间35.68-25=10.68us不够用于AGC。因此,在更大的子载波间隔下,方式四更有效。Beneficial effects of method 4: For example, at 30kHz, the length of a symbol is 35.68us. If the length of the sixth duration is 25us, the remaining time 35.68-25=10.68us is not enough for AGC. Therefore, method 4 is more effective under larger subcarrier spacing.

方式五:相邻两个时隙中前一个时隙的最后一个符号和后一个时隙的第一个符号包括用于type2 LBT的时域资源。Method 5: The last symbol of the previous time slot and the first symbol of the next time slot in two adjacent time slots include time domain resources for type2 LBT.

还可以理解为,用于type2 LBT的时域资源位于相邻两个时隙中前一个时隙的GAP符号和后一个时隙的AGC符号包括用于type2 LBT的时域资源。如图16的(f)所示,第六时长位于上一个时隙最后一个符号和下一个时隙第一个符号。在这2个符号的前第六时长用于上一个时隙的GAP,该GAP为用于type2 LBT的时域资源,在这2个符号的剩余部分用于AGC。例如30kHz时,一个符号的长度为35.68us,2个符号的长度为71.35us,其中前第六时长=25us为用于type2 LBT的时域资源,后46.35us为用于AGC的符号。如图16的(g)所示,第六时长位于上一个时隙最后一个符号和下一个时隙第一个符号。在这2个符号的前第六时长用于上一个时隙的GAP,该GAP为用于type2 LBT的时域资源,在这2个符号的剩余部分用于AGC。例如60kHz时,一个符号的长度为17.84us,2个符号的长度为35.68us,其中前第六时长=25us为用于type2 LBT的时域资源,后10.68us为用于AGC的符号。It can also be understood that the time domain resources used for type2 LBT are located in two adjacent time slots. The GAP symbol of the previous time slot and the AGC symbol of the next time slot include the time domain resources used for type2 LBT. As shown in (f) of Figure 16, the sixth duration is located between the last symbol of the previous time slot and the first symbol of the next time slot. The first sixth duration of these two symbols is used for the GAP of the previous time slot, which is the time domain resource used for type2 LBT, and the remaining part of these two symbols is used for AGC. For example, at 30kHz, the length of one symbol is 35.68us, and the length of two symbols is 71.35us. The first sixth duration = 25us is the time domain resource used for type2 LBT, and the last 46.35us is the symbol used for AGC. As shown in (g) of Figure 16, the sixth duration is located between the last symbol of the previous time slot and the first symbol of the next time slot. The first sixth duration of these two symbols is used for the GAP of the previous time slot, which is the time domain resource used for type2 LBT, and the remaining part of these two symbols is used for AGC. For example, at 60kHz, the length of one symbol is 17.84us, and the length of two symbols is 35.68us. The first sixth duration = 25us is the time domain resource used for type2 LBT, and the last 10.68us is the symbol used for AGC.

方法六:增大时隙内符号间的CP长度,保证时隙的最后刚好空出25us。Method 6: Increase the CP length between symbols in the time slot to ensure that there is exactly 25us at the end of the time slot.

现有的GAP符号太长,可能会使得其他UE在该时间段内进行type1LBT接入信道成功,导致UE1的第一COT中断。但通过上述方案的约束,资源池内的GAP位置和AGC的位置还是统一的。对于GAP,不会出现发送UE传输时,接收UE还在收发转换无法接收。对于AGC,不会出现某个频域位置的传输影响到后续位置的AGC调整。The existing GAP symbol is too long, which may cause other UEs to successfully access the channel through type1LBT within this time period, causing the first COT of UE1 to be interrupted. However, through the constraints of the above solution, the GAP position and AGC position in the resource pool are still unified. For GAP, when the sending UE transmits, the receiving UE is still undergoing transceiver conversion and cannot receive. For AGC, transmission at a certain frequency domain position will not affect the AGC adjustment at subsequent positions.

另外,如图15所示,对于共享第一COT的UE(UE2、UE3、UE4),有些时隙(例如时隙5)没有UE需要新接入信道,因此有些UE(例如UE3、UE4)可以连续传输,不需要GAP和/或AGC。下面举例说明type2 LBT时长对时隙内GAP和AGC的影响。In addition, as shown in Figure 15, for UEs (UE2, UE3, UE4) sharing the first COT, there are no UEs in some time slots (such as time slot 5) that require new access channels, so some UEs (such as UE3, UE4) can Continuous transfer, no GAP and/or AGC required. The following example illustrates the impact of type2 LBT duration on GAP and AGC within the time slot.

可选地,第一时隙集合中每个时隙的首个符号为用于AGC的符号。Optionally, the first symbol of each time slot in the first time slot set is a symbol used for AGC.

可选地,在第一COT中不属于第一时隙集合的时隙的首个符号不为用于AGC的符号;或者,在第一COT中不属于第一时隙集合的时隙的首个符号用于传输SL信息。Optionally, the first symbol of a time slot that does not belong to the first time slot set in the first COT is not a symbol used for AGC; or, the first symbol of a time slot that does not belong to the first time slot set in the first COT symbols are used to transmit SL information.

可选地,UE1在第一COT内的第一时隙和第二时隙上传输;或者,UE2在第一COT内的第一时隙和第二时隙上传输。其中,该第一时隙和第二时隙在时域上相邻。该第一时隙的最后一个符号不为GAP符号;或者该第一时隙的最后一个符号用于传输SL信息。 Optionally, UE1 transmits on the first time slot and the second time slot within the first COT; or, UE2 transmits on the first time slot and the second time slot within the first COT. The first time slot and the second time slot are adjacent in the time domain. The last symbol of the first time slot is not a GAP symbol; or the last symbol of the first time slot is used to transmit SL information.

例如:(1)时隙1用于UE1发送,时隙2也用于UE1发送,那么,UE1不需要进行收发转换,因此,时隙1结束位置不需要GAP。For example: (1) Time slot 1 is used for UE1 to send, and time slot 2 is also used for UE1 to send. Then, UE1 does not need to perform transceiver conversion. Therefore, the end position of time slot 1 does not require GAP.

(2)时隙1用于UE1发送,时隙2也用于UE1发送,因此时隙2开始位置不需要AGC以实现UE1连续传输。(2) Time slot 1 is used for UE1 transmission, and time slot 2 is also used for UE1 transmission. Therefore, AGC is not required at the beginning of time slot 2 to achieve continuous transmission by UE1.

(3)时隙5用于UE1接收,时隙6用于UE1发送,那么,UE1需要进行收发转换,时隙5结束位置需要GAP。(3) Time slot 5 is used for UE1 to receive, and time slot 6 is used for UE1 to send. Then, UE1 needs to perform transceiver conversion, and the end position of time slot 5 requires GAP.

(4)时隙4用于UE3和UE4发送,时隙5用于UE3和UE4发送,那么,时隙4结束位置不需要GAP。(4) Time slot 4 is used for UE3 and UE4 transmission, and time slot 5 is used for UE3 and UE4 transmission. Then, the end position of time slot 4 does not require GAP.

(5)时隙4用于UE3和UE4发送,时隙5用于UE3和UE4发送,那么,时隙5结开始位置不需要GAP。(5) Time slot 4 is used for UE3 and UE4 transmission, and time slot 5 is used for UE3 and UE4 transmission. Then, the starting position of time slot 5 does not require GAP.

可选地,可以预定义、预配置或者网络配置第一COT内的时隙中是否有GAP和/或AGC的位置。Optionally, whether there is a GAP and/or AGC location in the time slot within the first COT may be predefined, preconfigured, or configured by the network.

以上对本申请提供的通信方法进行了详细说明,下面介绍本申请提供的通信装置。The communication method provided by this application has been described in detail above, and the communication device provided by this application will be introduced below.

参见图17,图17为本申请提供的通信装置1000的示意性框图。Referring to Figure 17, Figure 17 is a schematic block diagram of the communication device 1000 provided by this application.

在一种可能的设计中,如图17,通信装置1000包括收发单元1100和处理单元1200。该通信装置1000可实现对应于上文方法实施例中第一终端设备执行的步骤或者流程,例如,该通信装置1000可以为第一终端设备,或者也可以为配置第一终端设备中的芯片或电路。收发单元1100用于执行上文方法实施例中第一终端设备的接收和发送的相关操作,处理单元1200用于执行上文方法实施例中第一终端设备的处理相关操作。In a possible design, as shown in Figure 17, the communication device 1000 includes a transceiver unit 1100 and a processing unit 1200. The communication device 1000 can implement steps or processes corresponding to those executed by the first terminal device in the above method embodiments. For example, the communication device 1000 can be the first terminal device, or can also configure a chip in the first terminal device or circuit. The transceiver unit 1100 is configured to perform operations related to reception and transmission of the first terminal device in the above method embodiment, and the processing unit 1200 is configured to perform operations related to processing of the first terminal device in the above method embodiment.

收发单元1100,用于接收来自第二终端设备的第一侧行控制信息SCI,第一SCI指示第二终端设备的预留资源;处理单元1200,用于确定第二终端设备的预留资源的全部或者部分位于第一COT内,第一COT为第一终端设备初始的COT;收发单元1100,还用于向第二终端设备发送第一COT共享信息,第一COT共享信息指示允许或不允许共享第一COT。The transceiver unit 1100 is used to receive the first sideline control information SCI from the second terminal device, where the first SCI indicates the reserved resources of the second terminal device; the processing unit 1200 is used to determine the reserved resources of the second terminal device. All or part of it is located in the first COT, which is the initial COT of the first terminal device; the transceiver unit 1100 is also used to send the first COT sharing information to the second terminal device, and the first COT sharing information indicates whether it is allowed or not. Share the first COT.

可选地,处理单元1200,还用于确定第一资源,第一资源用于传输第一COT共享信息。Optionally, the processing unit 1200 is also used to determine the first resource, and the first resource is used to transmit the first COT shared information.

可选地,处理单元1200,具体用于:根据第二终端设备的预留资源确定第一资源;或,根据第二终端设备在第一COT内的预留资源确定第一资源;或,根据第一预留资源确定第一资源,第一预留资源属于第二终端设备在第一COT内的预留资源,第一预留资源在时域上对应一个时隙,在频域上对应一个子信道或交错。关于第一预留资源的描述参见对应的实施例中的描述,这里不再赘述。Optionally, the processing unit 1200 is specifically configured to: determine the first resource according to the reserved resources of the second terminal device; or, determine the first resource according to the reserved resources of the second terminal device in the first COT; or, according to The first reserved resource determines the first resource. The first reserved resource belongs to the reserved resource of the second terminal device in the first COT. The first reserved resource corresponds to one time slot in the time domain and corresponds to one in the frequency domain. sub-channel or interleaving. For the description of the first reserved resource, refer to the description in the corresponding embodiment, and will not be described again here.

可选地,处理单元1200,具体用于:根据第一预留资源的时域资源确定第一资源的时域资源,其中,第一资源的时域资源为在第一预留资源前,与第一预留资源间隔至少第一时间间隔的时域资源。Optionally, the processing unit 1200 is specifically configured to: determine the time domain resource of the first resource according to the time domain resource of the first reserved resource, wherein the time domain resource of the first resource is before the first reserved resource, and The first reserved resource interval is time domain resources of at least a first time interval.

可选地,处理单元1200,具体用于:根据第一预留资源的频域资源确定第一资源的频域资源,第一资源的频域资源为第一预留资源的频域资源。Optionally, the processing unit 1200 is specifically configured to: determine the frequency domain resource of the first resource according to the frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource, where the frequency domain resource of the first resource is the frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource.

可选地,第一COT共享信息为第一资源的序列,处理单元1200,还用于根据以下参数或条件中的至少一个确定序列的循环移位:是否允许第二终端设备共享第一COT;第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的时间间隔,参考时隙为第一资源的时隙,或,第一COT的起始时隙;时域和/或频域的偏移信息,时域和/或频域的偏移信息指示第二终端设备在第一 COT内共享的资源相对于第二终端设备在第一COT内的预留资源在时域和/或频域上的偏移;第一预留资源的频域资源。关于第一资源关联的循环移位的具体确定方式参见对应的实施例中的描述,这里不再赘述。Optionally, the first COT sharing information is a sequence of the first resource, and the processing unit 1200 is further configured to determine the cyclic shift of the sequence according to at least one of the following parameters or conditions: whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT; The time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot, the reference time slot is the time slot of the first resource, or the starting time slot of the first COT; the offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain, time domain and/or frequency domain offset information indicates that the second terminal device is in the first The offset in the time domain and/or frequency domain of the resources shared within the COT relative to the resources reserved by the second terminal device in the first COT; the frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource. Regarding the specific determination method of the cyclic shift of the first resource association, please refer to the description in the corresponding embodiment, which will not be described again here.

可选的,在通信装置1000为方法实施例中的第一终端设备这种实现方式中,收发单元1100可以为接收器。接收器和发射器也可以集成为一个收发器。处理单元1200可以为处理装置。Optionally, in an implementation where the communication device 1000 is the first terminal device in the method embodiment, the transceiver unit 1100 may be a receiver. The receiver and transmitter can also be integrated into a single transceiver. The processing unit 1200 may be a processing device.

其中,处理装置的功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。例如,处理装置可以包括存储器和处理器,其中,存储器用于存储计算机程序,处理器读取并执行存储器中存储的计算机程序,使得通信装置1000执行各方法实施例中由第一终端设备执行的操作和/或处理。可选地,处理装置可以仅包括处理器,用于存储计算机程序的存储器位于处理装置之外。处理器通过电路/电线与存储器连接,以读取并执行存储器中存储的计算机程序。又例如,处理装置可以芯片或集成电路。Among them, the functions of the processing device can be realized by hardware, or can also be realized by hardware executing corresponding software. For example, the processing device may include a memory and a processor, where the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor reads and executes the computer program stored in the memory, so that the communication device 1000 performs the steps performed by the first terminal device in each method embodiment. Operation and/or processing. Alternatively, the processing means may comprise only the processor, with the memory for storing the computer program being external to the processing means. The processor is connected to the memory through circuits/wires to read and execute the computer program stored in the memory. As another example, the processing device may be a chip or an integrated circuit.

可选地,在通信装置1000为安装在第一终端设备中的芯片或集成电路这种实现方式中,收发单元1100可以为通信接口或者接口电路。处理单元1200可以为该芯片或集成电路上集成的处理器或者微处理器。在此不做限定。Alternatively, in an implementation in which the communication device 1000 is a chip or integrated circuit installed in the first terminal device, the transceiver unit 1100 may be a communication interface or an interface circuit. The processing unit 1200 may be a processor or microprocessor integrated on the chip or integrated circuit. No limitation is made here.

在另一种可能的设计中,通信装置1000包括收发单元1100和处理单元1200。该通信装置1000可实现对应于上文方法实施例中第二终端设备执行的步骤或者流程,例如,该通信装置1000可以为第二终端设备,或者也可以为配置第二终端设备中的芯片或电路。收发单元1100用于执行上文方法实施例中第二终端设备的接收和发送的相关操作,处理单元1200用于执行上文方法实施例中第二终端设备的处理相关操作。In another possible design, the communication device 1000 includes a transceiver unit 1100 and a processing unit 1200. The communication device 1000 can implement the steps or processes performed by the second terminal device corresponding to the above method embodiment. For example, the communication device 1000 can be a second terminal device, or can also configure a chip in the second terminal device or circuit. The transceiver unit 1100 is configured to perform operations related to reception and transmission of the second terminal device in the above method embodiment, and the processing unit 1200 is configured to perform operations related to processing of the second terminal device in the above method embodiment.

收发单元1100,用于向第一终端设备发送第一侧行控制信息,第一侧行控制信息指示第二终端设备的预留资源;收发单元1100,还用于接收自来第一终端设备的第一COT共享信息,第一COT共享信息指示允许或不允许共享第一COT,第一COT共享信息是指示给第二终端设备的,第一COT为第一终端设备初始的COT,第二终端设备的预留资源的全部或者部分位于第一COT内;处理单元1200,用于根据第一COT共享信息确定是否共享第一COT。The transceiver unit 1100 is configured to send the first sideline control information to the first terminal device, and the first sideline control information indicates the reserved resources of the second terminal device; the transceiver unit 1100 is also configured to receive the first sideline control information from the first terminal device. The first COT sharing information indicates whether to allow or not share the first COT. The first COT sharing information is directed to the second terminal device. The first COT is the initial COT of the first terminal device. The second terminal All or part of the reserved resources of the device are located in the first COT; the processing unit 1200 is configured to determine whether to share the first COT according to the first COT sharing information.

可选地,处理单元1200,还用于根据第一资源确定第一COT共享信息是指示给第二终端设备的,其中,第一资源用于传输第一COT共享信息,第一资源是根据第二终端设备的预留资源确定的,或,第一资源是根据第二终端设备的预留资源确定的,或,第一资源是根据第二终端设备在第一COT内的预留资源确定的,或,第一资源是根据第一预留资源确定的,第一预留资源属于第二终端设备在第一COT内的预留资源,第一预留资源在时域上对应一个时隙,在频域上对应一个子信道或交错。Optionally, the processing unit 1200 is further configured to determine according to the first resource that the first COT shared information is indicated to the second terminal device, wherein the first resource is used to transmit the first COT shared information, and the first resource is configured according to the first resource. The first resource is determined based on the reserved resources of the second terminal device, or the first resource is determined based on the reserved resources of the second terminal device, or the first resource is determined based on the reserved resources of the second terminal device in the first COT. , or, the first resource is determined based on the first reserved resource, the first reserved resource belongs to the reserved resource of the second terminal device in the first COT, and the first reserved resource corresponds to a time slot in the time domain, Corresponds to a sub-channel or interlace in the frequency domain.

可选地,处理单元1200,具体用于:确定第一资源的时域资源后,间隔至少第一时间间隔的时域资源为第一预留资源的时域资源;确定第一COT共享信息是指示给第二终端设备的。Optionally, the processing unit 1200 is specifically configured to: after determining the time domain resource of the first resource, the time domain resource separated by at least a first time interval is the time domain resource of the first reserved resource; determine that the first COT shared information is Indicated to the second terminal device.

可选地,处理单元1200,具体用于:确定第一资源的频域资源与第一预留资源的频域资源相同;确定第一COT共享信息是指示给第二终端设备的。Optionally, the processing unit 1200 is specifically configured to: determine that the frequency domain resource of the first resource is the same as the frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource; determine that the first COT sharing information is indicated to the second terminal device.

可选地,收发单元1100,还用于在第二资源上接收第二COT共享信息,第二资源用于指示第二COT共享信息是指示给第三终端设备的,第二COT共享信息指示是否共享第 一COT;处理单元1200,还用于根据第二资源和第二COT共享信息确定第三终端在第一COT内共享的资源;处理单元1200,还用于根据第二终端设备和第三终端在第一COT内共享的资源的时域资源确定第一时隙集合,第一COT中的第一时隙集合的每个时隙中包括用于type2 LBT的时域资源。Optionally, the transceiver unit 1100 is also configured to receive the second COT sharing information on the second resource. The second resource is used to indicate that the second COT sharing information is directed to the third terminal device. The second COT sharing information indicates whether Share the first A COT; the processing unit 1200 is also configured to determine the resources shared by the third terminal in the first COT according to the second resource and the second COT sharing information; the processing unit 1200 is also configured to determine the resources shared by the third terminal device in the first COT according to the second terminal device and the third terminal. The time domain resources of the resources shared within the first COT determine the first time slot set, and each time slot of the first time slot set in the first COT includes time domain resources for type2 LBT.

可选的,在通信装置1000为方法实施例中的第二终端设备这种实现方式中,收发单元1100可以为接收器。接收器和发射器也可以集成为一个收发器。处理单元1200可以为处理装置。Optionally, in an implementation where the communication device 1000 is the second terminal device in the method embodiment, the transceiver unit 1100 may be a receiver. The receiver and transmitter can also be integrated into a single transceiver. The processing unit 1200 may be a processing device.

其中,处理装置的功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。例如,处理装置可以包括存储器和处理器,其中,存储器用于存储计算机程序,处理器读取并执行存储器中存储的计算机程序,使得通信装置1000执行各方法实施例中由第二终端设备执行的操作和/或处理。可选地,处理装置可以仅包括处理器,用于存储计算机程序的存储器位于处理装置之外。处理器通过电路/电线与存储器连接,以读取并执行存储器中存储的计算机程序。又例如,处理装置可以芯片或集成电路。Among them, the functions of the processing device can be realized by hardware, or can also be realized by hardware executing corresponding software. For example, the processing device may include a memory and a processor, where the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor reads and executes the computer program stored in the memory, so that the communication device 1000 performs the steps performed by the second terminal device in each method embodiment. Operation and/or processing. Alternatively, the processing means may comprise only the processor, with the memory for storing the computer program being external to the processing means. The processor is connected to the memory through circuits/wires to read and execute the computer program stored in the memory. As another example, the processing device may be a chip or an integrated circuit.

可选地,在通信装置1000为安装在第二终端设备中的芯片或集成电路这种实现方式中,收发单元1100可以为通信接口或者接口电路。处理单元1200可以为该芯片或集成电路上集成的处理器或者微处理器。在此不做限定。Alternatively, in an implementation in which the communication device 1000 is a chip or integrated circuit installed in the second terminal device, the transceiver unit 1100 may be a communication interface or an interface circuit. The processing unit 1200 may be a processor or microprocessor integrated on the chip or integrated circuit. No limitation is made here.

如图18所示为本申请实施例提供的通信装置1800,图18所示的装置可以为图17所示的装置的一种硬件电路的实现方式。该通信装置可适用于前面所示出的流程图中,执行上述方法实施例中终端设备或者网络设备的功能。为了便于说明,图18仅示出了该通信装置的主要部件。Figure 18 shows a communication device 1800 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The device shown in Figure 18 can be a hardware circuit implementation of the device shown in Figure 17 . The communication device can be adapted to the flow chart shown above to perform the functions of the terminal device or network device in the above method embodiment. For convenience of explanation, FIG. 18 shows only the main components of the communication device.

通信装置1800可以是终端设备,能够实现本申请实施例提供的方法中第一终端装置或第二终端装置的功能。通信装置1800也可以是能够支持第一终端装置或第二终端装置实现本申请实施例提供的方法中对应的功能的装置。其中,该通信装置1800可以为芯片系统。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。具体的功能可以参见上述方法实施例中的说明。The communication device 1800 may be a terminal device, capable of realizing the functions of the first terminal device or the second terminal device in the method provided by the embodiments of the present application. The communication device 1800 may also be a device that can support the first terminal device or the second terminal device to implement the corresponding functions in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application. The communication device 1800 may be a chip system. In the embodiments of this application, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices. For specific functions, please refer to the description in the above method embodiment.

通信装置1800包括一个或多个处理器1810,用于实现或用于支持通信装置1800实现本申请实施例提供的方法中第一终端装置或第二终端装置的功能。具体参见方法示例中的详细描述,此处不做赘述。处理器1810也可以称为处理单元或处理模块,可以实现一定的控制功能。处理器1810可以是通用处理器或者专用处理器等。例如,包括:中央处理器,应用处理器,调制解调处理器,图形处理器,图像信号处理器,数字信号处理器,视频编解码处理器,控制器,存储器,和/或神经网络处理器等。所述中央处理器可以用于对通信装置1800进行控制,执行软件程序和/或处理数据。不同的处理器可以是独立的器件,也可以是集成在一个或多个处理器中,例如,集成在一个或多个专用集成电路上。可以理解的是,本申请的实施例中的处理器可以是中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),还可以是其它通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其它可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件,硬件部件或者其任意组合。通用处理器可以是微处理器,也可以是任何常规的处理器。The communication device 1800 includes one or more processors 1810, which are used to implement or support the communication device 1800 to implement the functions of the first terminal device or the second terminal device in the method provided by the embodiment of the present application. For details, please refer to the detailed description in the method example and will not be repeated here. The processor 1810 can also be called a processing unit or processing module, and can implement certain control functions. The processor 1810 may be a general-purpose processor, a special-purpose processor, or the like. For example, include: central processing unit, application processor, modem processor, graphics processor, image signal processor, digital signal processor, video codec processor, controller, memory, and/or neural network processor wait. The central processing unit may be used to control the communication device 1800, execute software programs and/or process data. Different processors may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors, for example, integrated on one or more application specific integrated circuits. It can be understood that the processor in the embodiment of the present application can be a central processing unit (CPU), or other general-purpose processor, digital signal processor (DSP), or application-specific integrated circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any combination thereof. A general-purpose processor can be a microprocessor or any conventional processor.

可选地,通信装置1800中包括一个或多个存储器1820,用以存储指令1840,所述指令可在所述处理器1810上被运行,使得通信装置1800执行上述方法实施例中描述的方 法。存储器1820和处理器1810耦合。本申请实施例中的耦合是装置、单元或模块之间的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式,用于装置、单元或模块之间的信息交互。处理器1810可能和存储器1820协同操作。所述至少一个存储器中的至少一个可以包括于处理器中。需要说明的是,存储器1820不是必须的,所以在图18中以虚线进行示意。Optionally, the communication device 1800 includes one or more memories 1820 to store instructions 1840, which can be executed on the processor 1810, so that the communication device 1800 performs the methods described in the above method embodiments. Law. Memory 1820 and processor 1810 are coupled. The coupling in the embodiment of this application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, which may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information interaction between devices, units or modules. The processor 1810 may cooperate with the memory 1820. At least one of the at least one memory may be included in the processor. It should be noted that the memory 1820 is not necessary, so it is illustrated with a dotted line in FIG. 18 .

可选地,所述存储器1820中还可以存储有数据。所述处理器和存储器可以单独设置,也可以集成在一起。在本申请实施例中,存储器1820可以是非易失性存储器,比如硬盘(hard disk drive,HDD)或固态硬盘(solid-state drive,SSD)等,还可以是易失性存储器(volatile memory),例如随机存取存储器(random-access memory,RAM)。本申请的实施例中处理器还可以是闪存、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)、寄存器、硬盘、移动硬盘、CD-ROM或者本领域熟知的任何其它形式的存储介质中。一种示例性的存储介质耦合至处理器,从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息,且可向该存储介质写入信息。当然,存储介质也可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。另外,该ASIC可以位于网络设备或终端设备中。当然,处理器和存储介质也可以作为分立组件存在于网络设备或终端设备中。Optionally, the memory 1820 may also store data. The processor and memory can be provided separately or integrated together. In this embodiment of the present application, the memory 1820 may be a non-volatile memory, such as a hard disk drive (HDD) or a solid-state drive (SSD), etc., or it may be a volatile memory (volatile memory). For example, random-access memory (RAM). In the embodiments of the present application, the processor may also be flash memory, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM) ), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically EEPROM, EEPROM), register, hard disk, mobile hard disk, CD-ROM or any other form of storage media well known in the art. An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor such that the processor can read information from the storage medium and write information to the storage medium. Of course, the storage medium can also be an integral part of the processor. The processor and storage media may be located in an ASIC. Additionally, the ASIC can be located in network equipment or terminal equipment. Of course, the processor and the storage medium can also exist as discrete components in network equipment or terminal equipment.

存储器是能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。本申请实施例中的存储器还可以是电路或者其它任意能够实现存储功能的装置,用于存储程序指令和/或数据。Memory is, but is not limited to, any other medium that can be used to carry or store desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and that can be accessed by a computer. The memory in the embodiment of the present application can also be a circuit or any other device capable of realizing a storage function, used to store program instructions and/or data.

可选地,通信装置1800可以包括指令1830(有时也可以称为代码或程序),所述指令1830可以在所述处理器上被运行,使得所述通信装置1800执行上述实施例中描述的方法。处理器1810中可以存储数据。Optionally, the communication device 1800 may include instructions 1830 (sometimes also referred to as codes or programs), and the instructions 1830 may be executed on the processor, causing the communication device 1800 to perform the methods described in the above embodiments. . Data may be stored in processor 1810.

可选地,通信装置1800还可以包括收发器1850以及天线1806。所述收发器1850可以称为收发单元,收发模块、收发机、收发电路、收发器,输入输出接口等,用于通过天线1806实现通信装置1800的收发功能。Optionally, the communication device 1800 may also include a transceiver 1850 and an antenna 1806. The transceiver 1850 may be called a transceiver unit, transceiver module, transceiver, transceiver circuit, transceiver, input/output interface, etc., and is used to realize the transceiver function of the communication device 1800 through the antenna 1806.

本申请中描述的处理器1810和收发器1850可实现在集成电路(integrated circuit,IC)、模拟IC、射频集成电路(radio frequency identification,RFID)、混合信号IC、ASIC、印刷电路板(printed circuit board,PCB)、或电子设备等上。实现本文描述的通信装置,可以是独立设备(例如,独立的集成电路,手机等),或者可以是较大设备中的一部分(例如,可嵌入在其他设备内的模块),具体可以参照前述关于终端设备,以及网络设备的说明,在此不再赘述。The processor 1810 and transceiver 1850 described in this application can be implemented in integrated circuits (ICs), analog ICs, radio frequency identification (RFID), mixed signal ICs, ASICs, printed circuit boards (printed circuit boards) board, PCB), or electronic equipment, etc. The communication device that implements the communication described in this article can be an independent device (for example, an independent integrated circuit, a mobile phone, etc.), or it can be a part of a larger device (for example, a module that can be embedded in other devices). For details, please refer to the above-mentioned information. The description of terminal equipment and network equipment will not be repeated here.

可选地,通信装置1800还可以包括以下一个或多个部件:无线通信模块,音频模块,外部存储器接口,内部存储器,通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口,电源管理模块,天线,扬声器,麦克风,输入输出模块,传感器模块,马达,摄像头,或显示屏等等。可以理解,在一些实施例中,通信装置1800可以包括更多或更少部件,或者某些部件集成,或者某些部件拆分。这些部件可以是硬件,软件,或者软件和硬件的组合实现。Optionally, the communication device 1800 may also include one or more of the following components: a wireless communication module, an audio module, an external memory interface, an internal memory, a universal serial bus (USB) interface, a power management module, and an antenna. Speakers, microphones, input and output modules, sensor modules, motors, cameras, or displays, etc. It can be understood that in some embodiments, the communication device 1800 may include more or fewer components, or some components may be integrated, or some components may be separated. These components may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.

此外,本申请还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令,当计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得本申请各方法实施例中由第一终端设备执行的操作和/或流程被执行。 In addition, this application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, which stores computer instructions. When the computer instructions are run on the computer, each method embodiment of the application is executed by the first terminal device. operations and/or processes are performed.

本申请还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令,当计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得本申请各方法实施例中由第二终端设备执行的操作和/或流程被执行。This application also provides a computer-readable storage medium. Computer instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium. When the computer instructions are run on the computer, the operations performed by the second terminal device in each method embodiment of the application are performed. and/or the process is executed.

本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,计算机程序产品包括计算机程序代码或指令,当计算机程序代码或指令在计算机上运行时,使得本申请各方法实施例中由第一终端设备执行的操作和/或流程被执行。This application also provides a computer program product. The computer program product includes computer program code or instructions. When the computer program code or instructions are run on a computer, the operations performed by the first terminal device in each method embodiment of the application are caused and/or or process is executed.

本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,计算机程序产品包括计算机程序代码或指令,当计算机程序代码或指令在计算机上运行时,使得本申请各方法实施例中由第二终端设备执行的操作和/或流程被执行。This application also provides a computer program product. The computer program product includes computer program code or instructions. When the computer program code or instructions are run on a computer, the operations performed by the second terminal device in each method embodiment of the application are caused and/or or process is executed.

此外,本申请还提供一种芯片,所述芯片包括处理器。用于存储计算机程序的存储器独立于芯片而设置,处理器用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使得任意一个方法实施例中由相应设备或网元执行的操作和/或处理被执行。In addition, this application also provides a chip, which includes a processor. The memory used to store the computer program is provided independently of the chip, and the processor is used to execute the computer program stored in the memory, so that the operations and/or processing performed by the corresponding device or network element in any method embodiment are performed.

进一步地,所述芯片还可以包括通信接口。所述通信接口可以是输入/输出接口,也可以为接口电路等。进一步地,所述芯片还可以包括所述存储器。Further, the chip may also include a communication interface. The communication interface may be an input/output interface, or an interface circuit, etc. Further, the chip may further include the memory.

此外,本申请还提供一种通信系统,包括本申请实施例中涉及的设备或网元中的一种或多种。In addition, this application also provides a communication system, including one or more of the devices or network elements involved in the embodiments of this application.

本申请实施例中的处理器可以是集成电路芯片,具有处理信号的能力。在实现过程中,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。本申请实施例公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件编码处理器执行完成,或者用编码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。The processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip and has the ability to process signals. During the implementation process, each step of the above method embodiment can be completed through an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor or instructions in the form of software. The processor can be a general processor, digital signal processor (DSP), application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic Devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor, etc. The steps of the methods disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be directly implemented by a hardware encoding processor, or executed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the encoding processor. The software module can be located in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers and other mature storage media in this field. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.

本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DRRAM)。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。The memory in the embodiment of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memories. Among them, non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable ROM (PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically removable memory. Erase electrically programmable read-only memory (EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of illustration, but not limitation, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) ) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DRRAM). It should be noted that the memory of the systems and methods described herein is intended to include, but is not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.

本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以 硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented with electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. What exactly are these functions based on? Whether implemented in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each specific application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.

所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and simplicity of description, the specific working processes of the systems, devices and units described above can be referred to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, and will not be described again here.

在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of the devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.

所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.

另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application can be integrated into one processing unit, each unit can exist physically alone, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.

本申请中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。其中,A、B以及C均可以为单数或者复数,不作限定。The term "and/or" in this application is just an association relationship describing related objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, alone There are three situations B. Among them, A, B and C can all be singular or plural without limitation.

所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、ROM、RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of this application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, ROM, RAM, magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes.

以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。 The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited thereto. Any person familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application. should be covered by the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (44)

一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized by including: 第一终端设备接收来自第二终端设备的第一侧行控制信息SCI,所述第一SCI指示所述第二终端设备的预留资源;The first terminal device receives the first sideline control information SCI from the second terminal device, where the first SCI indicates the reserved resources of the second terminal device; 所述第一终端设备确定所述第二终端设备的预留资源的全部或者部分位于第一信道占用时间COT内,所述第一COT为所述第一终端设备初始的COT;The first terminal device determines that all or part of the reserved resources of the second terminal device are located within a first channel occupancy time COT, and the first COT is the initial COT of the first terminal device; 所述第一终端设备向所述第二终端设备发送第一COT共享信息,所述第一COT共享信息指示允许或不允许共享所述第一COT。The first terminal device sends first COT sharing information to the second terminal device, and the first COT sharing information indicates whether sharing of the first COT is allowed or not. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 1, further comprising: 所述第一终端设备确定第一资源,所述第一资源用于传输所述第一COT共享信息。The first terminal device determines a first resource, and the first resource is used to transmit the first COT shared information. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备确定第一资源,包括:The method according to claim 2, characterized in that the first terminal device determines the first resource, including: 所述第一终端设备根据所述第二终端设备的预留资源确定所述第一资源;The first terminal device determines the first resource according to the reserved resources of the second terminal device; 或,or, 所述第一终端设备根据所述第二终端设备在所述第一COT内的预留资源确定所述第一资源;The first terminal device determines the first resource according to the reserved resources of the second terminal device in the first COT; 或,or, 所述第一终端设备根据第一预留资源确定所述第一资源,所述第一预留资源属于所述第二终端设备在所述第一COT内的预留资源,所述第一预留资源在时域上对应一个时隙,在频域上对应一个子信道或交错。The first terminal device determines the first resource according to a first reserved resource, which belongs to the reserved resource of the second terminal device in the first COT. The reserved resource corresponds to a time slot in the time domain and corresponds to a sub-channel or interleaving in the frequency domain. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 3, characterized in that: 所述第一预留资源为所述第一COT内的预留资源中时隙索引最小,子信道或交错索引最小的资源,或,The first reserved resource is the resource with the smallest time slot index and the smallest subchannel or interleaving index among the reserved resources in the first COT, or, 所述第一预留资源为所述第一COT内的预留资源中时隙索引最小,子信道或交错索引最大的资源,或,The first reserved resource is the resource with the smallest time slot index and the largest subchannel or interleaving index among the reserved resources in the first COT, or, 所述第一预留资源为所述第一COT内的预留资源中时隙索引最大,子信道或交错索引最大的资源,或,The first reserved resource is the resource with the largest timeslot index, subchannel or interleaving index among the reserved resources in the first COT, or, 所述第一预留资源为所述第一COT内的预留资源中时隙索引最大,子信道或交错索引最小的资源。The first reserved resource is the resource with the largest time slot index and the smallest subchannel or interleaving index among the reserved resources in the first COT. 根据权利要求3或4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备根据第一预留资源确定第一资源,包括:The method according to claim 3 or 4, characterized in that the first terminal device determines the first resource according to the first reserved resource, including: 所述第一终端设备根据所述第一预留资源的时域资源确定所述第一资源的时域资源,其中,所述第一资源的时域资源为在所述第一预留资源前,与所述第一预留资源间隔至少第一时间间隔的时域资源。The first terminal device determines the time domain resource of the first resource according to the time domain resource of the first reserved resource, wherein the time domain resource of the first resource is before the first reserved resource. , a time domain resource that is at least a first time interval away from the first reserved resource. 根据权利要求3至5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端设备根据第一预留资源确定第一资源,包括:The method according to any one of claims 3 to 5, characterized in that the first terminal device determines the first resource according to the first reserved resource, including: 所述第一终端设备根据所述第一预留资源的频域资源确定所述第一资源的频域资源,所述第一资源的频域资源为所述第一预留资源的频域资源。 The first terminal device determines the frequency domain resource of the first resource according to the frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource, and the frequency domain resource of the first resource is the frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource. . 根据权利要求3至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一COT共享信息为所述第一资源的序列,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 3 to 6, wherein the first COT shared information is the sequence of the first resource, and the method further includes: 所述第一终端设备根据以下参数或条件中的至少一个确定所述序列的循环移位:The first terminal device determines the cyclic shift of the sequence according to at least one of the following parameters or conditions: 是否允许所述第二终端设备共享所述第一COT,Whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT, 所述第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的时间间隔,The time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot, 时域和/或频域的偏移信息,所述时域和/或频域的偏移信息指示所述第二终端设备在所述第一COT内共享的资源相对于所述第二终端设备在所述第一COT内的预留资源在时域和/或频域上的偏移,或者Offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain, the offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain indicating that the resources shared by the second terminal device in the first COT are relative to the second terminal device The offset of the reserved resources in the first COT in the time domain and/or frequency domain, or 所述第一预留资源的频域资源,The frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource, 其中,所述参考时隙为所述第一资源的时隙,或,所述参考时隙为所述第一COT的起始时隙。Wherein, the reference time slot is a time slot of the first resource, or the reference time slot is a starting time slot of the first COT. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述序列的循环移位是根据第一循环移位和第二循环移位确定的,其中,The method of claim 7, wherein the cyclic shift of the sequence is determined based on a first cyclic shift and a second cyclic shift, wherein, 所述第一循环移位指示允许或不允许所述第二终端设备共享所述第一COT,所述第二循环移位指示所述时域和/或频域偏移信息。The first cyclic shift indicates whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT, and the second cyclic shift indicates the time domain and/or frequency domain offset information. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述序列的循环移位是根据第一循环移位和第二循环移位确定的,其中,The method of claim 7, wherein the cyclic shift of the sequence is determined based on a first cyclic shift and a second cyclic shift, wherein, 所述序列的循环移位指示允许或不允许所述第二终端设备共享所述第一COT,所述第一循环移位指示所述第一预留资源与所述参考时隙之间的时间间隔,所述第二循环移位指示所述时域和/或频域的偏移信息。The cyclic shift of the sequence indicates whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT, and the first cyclic shift indicates the time between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot. interval, the second cyclic shift indicates the offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述序列的循环移位是根据第一循环移位和第二循环移位确定的,其中,The method of claim 7, wherein the cyclic shift of the sequence is determined based on a first cyclic shift and a second cyclic shift, wherein, 所述第一循环移位指示允许或不允许所述第二终端设备共享所述第一COT,所述第二循环移位指示所述第一预留资源与所述参考时隙之间的时间间隔,第三循环移位为所述第一资源中相邻的两个资源块RB的序列的循环移位之差,所述第三循环移位指示所述时域和/或频域偏移信息,The first cyclic shift indicates whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT, and the second cyclic shift indicates the time between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot. interval, the third cyclic shift is the difference between the cyclic shifts of the sequences of two adjacent resource blocks RB in the first resource, and the third cyclic shift indicates the time domain and/or frequency domain offset information, 或,or, 所述第一循环移位指示允许或不允许所述第二终端设备共享所述第一COT,所述第二循环移位指示所述时域和/或频域偏移信息,第三循环移位为所述第一资源中相邻的两个RB之差,所述第三循环移位指示所述第一预留资源与所述参考时隙之间的时间间隔。The first cyclic shift indicates whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT, the second cyclic shift indicates the time domain and/or frequency domain offset information, and the third cyclic shift bit is the difference between two adjacent RBs in the first resource, and the third cyclic shift indicates the time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot. 根据权利要求7至10中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述序列为所述第一资源中的任一资源块RB的序列,或,所述序列为所述第一资源中索引最小的RB的序列。The method according to any one of claims 7 to 10, characterized in that the sequence is a sequence of any resource block RB in the first resource, or the sequence is a sequence of resource blocks RB in the first resource. The sequence of RBs with the smallest index. 根据权利要求1至11中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一COT共享信息承载于物理侧行共享信道PSFCH。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 11, characterized in that the first COT shared information is carried on a physical sidelink shared channel (PSFCH). 根据权利要求1至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, characterized in that, 所述第一COT共享信息包括N个指示信息,所述N个指示信息中的每个指示信息中包括终端设备的标识信息和所述终端设备共享所述第一COT的资源信息,N为正整数。The first COT sharing information includes N pieces of indication information. Each indication information in the N pieces of indication information includes identification information of a terminal device and resource information of the terminal device sharing the first COT. N is positive. integer. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 13, characterized in that: 所述终端设备的标识信息中包括M个终端设备标识,所述终端设备共享所述第一COT的资源信息指示第一时间单元,所述第一时间单元为所述M个终端设备标识对应的 终端设备在所述第一COT内共享的时间单元,所述第一COT对应的信道中包括L个交错或子信道,所述每个指示信息指示所述M个终端设备标识中第i个终端设备标识对应的终端设备共享所述L个交错或子信道的第i个交错或子信道,其中,M、L和i均为正整数,M小于或等于L。The identification information of the terminal equipment includes M terminal equipment identifications, and the resource information shared by the terminal equipment of the first COT indicates a first time unit, and the first time unit is corresponding to the M terminal equipment identifications. The time unit shared by terminal equipment in the first COT. The channel corresponding to the first COT includes L interleaving or sub-channels. Each indication information indicates the i-th terminal among the M terminal equipment identities. The terminal device corresponding to the device identifier shares the i-th interlace or sub-channel of the L interlaces or sub-channels, where M, L and i are all positive integers, and M is less than or equal to L. 根据权利要求13或14所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 13 or 14, characterized in that, 所述第一COT共享信息还指示所述第二终端设备在所述第一COT内共享的资源与所述第二终端设备在所述第一COT内的预留资源在时域和/或频域上的偏移。The first COT sharing information also indicates that the resources shared by the second terminal device in the first COT and the reserved resources of the second terminal device in the first COT are in the time domain and/or frequency. Offset on the domain. 根据权利要求1至6、13至15中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一COT共享信息承载于一阶SCI、二阶SCI、媒体接入控制-控制元素MAC CE、无线资源控制RRC中的任一信令。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6 and 13 to 15, characterized in that the first COT shared information is carried in first-order SCI, second-order SCI, media access control-control element MAC CE, Any signaling in Radio Resource Control RRC. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述一阶SCI包括第一字段,所述第一字段指示所述二阶SCI承载所述第一COT共享信息,或者,所述MAC CE承载所述第一COT共享信息,或者,物理侧行共享信道PSFCH承载所述第一COT共享信息。The method according to claim 16, characterized in that the first-order SCI includes a first field, the first field indicates that the second-order SCI carries the first COT shared information, or the MAC CE carries The first COT shared information, or the physical sidelink shared channel PSFCH carries the first COT shared information. 根据权利要求1至17中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,用于发送所述第一COT共享信息的资源在时域上满足以下条件:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 17, characterized in that the resources used to send the first COT shared information satisfy the following conditions in the time domain: 接收所述第一SCI的资源与发送所述所述第一COT共享信息的资源在时域上的时间间隔大于第二时长;和/或,The time interval in the time domain between the resource for receiving the first SCI and the resource for sending the first COT shared information is greater than the second duration; and/or, 发送所述第一COT共享信息的资源与所述第二终端设备在所述第一COT内共享传输的资源在时域上的时间间隔大于或等于第五时长。The time interval in the time domain between the resource for sending the first COT shared information and the resource for shared transmission by the second terminal device in the first COT is greater than or equal to the fifth time length. 根据权利要求1至18中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一COT中的第一时隙集合的每个时隙中包括用于类型2先听后说LBT的时域资源,其中,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 18, characterized in that each time slot of the first time slot set in the first COT includes a time domain for Type 2 listen-before-talk LBT. resources, among which, 所述第一时隙集合为共享所述第一COT的每个终端设备接入所述第一COT的时隙的集合,或,The first time slot set is a set of time slots for each terminal device sharing the first COT to access the first COT, or, 所述第一时隙集合为共享所述第一COT的每个终端设备传输侧行链路信息的时隙的集合,The first time slot set is a set of time slots for each terminal device sharing the first COT to transmit sidelink information, 或,or, 所述第一时隙集合为所述第一COT内的所有时隙的集合。The first time slot set is a set of all time slots in the first COT. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述每个时隙中的自动增益控制AGC符号和/或间隔GAP符号中包括用于类型2 LBT的时域资源。The method according to claim 19, characterized in that the automatic gain control AGC symbols and/or gap GAP symbols in each time slot include time domain resources for type 2 LBT. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized by including: 第二终端设备向第一终端设备发送第一SCI侧行控制信息,所述第一SCI指示所述第二终端设备的预留资源;The second terminal device sends first SCI sideline control information to the first terminal device, where the first SCI indicates the reserved resources of the second terminal device; 所述第二终端设备接收自来所述第一终端设备的第一信道占用时间COT共享信息,所述第一COT共享信息指示允许或不允许共享第一COT,所述第一COT为所述第一终端设备初始的COT,所述第二终端设备的预留资源的全部或者部分位于所述第一COT内;The second terminal device receives the first channel occupancy time COT sharing information from the first terminal device, and the first COT sharing information indicates whether sharing of the first COT is allowed or not, and the first COT is the The initial COT of the first terminal device, all or part of the reserved resources of the second terminal device are located in the first COT; 所述第二终端设备根据所述第一COT共享信息确定是否共享所述第一COT。The second terminal device determines whether to share the first COT according to the first COT sharing information. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 21, characterized in that, the method further includes: 所述第二终端设备根据第一资源确定所述第一COT共享信息是指示给所述第二终端设备的,其中,所述第一资源用于传输所述第一COT共享信息,The second terminal device determines that the first COT shared information is indicated to the second terminal device according to a first resource, wherein the first resource is used to transmit the first COT shared information, 所述第一资源是根据所述第二终端设备的预留资源确定的,或,所述第一资源是根据 所述第二终端设备在所述第一COT内的预留资源确定的,或,所述第一资源是根据第一预留资源确定的,所述第一预留资源属于所述第二终端设备在所述第一COT内的预留资源,所述第一预留资源在时域上对应一个时隙,在频域上对应一个子信道或交错。The first resource is determined based on the reserved resources of the second terminal device, or the first resource is determined based on The second terminal device is determined by the reserved resources in the first COT, or the first resources are determined based on the first reserved resources, and the first reserved resources belong to the second terminal. The equipment reserves resources in the first COT. The first reserved resources correspond to a time slot in the time domain and to a sub-channel or interleave in the frequency domain. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 22, characterized in that: 所述第一预留资源为所述第一COT内的预留资源中时隙索引最小,子信道或交错索引最小的资源,或,The first reserved resource is the resource with the smallest time slot index and the smallest subchannel or interleaving index among the reserved resources in the first COT, or, 所述第一预留资源为所述第一COT内的预留资源中时隙索引最小,子信道或交错索引最大的资源,或,The first reserved resource is the resource with the smallest time slot index and the largest subchannel or interleaving index among the reserved resources in the first COT, or, 所述第一预留资源为所述第一COT内的预留资源中时隙索引最大,子信道或交错索引最大的资源,或,The first reserved resource is the resource with the largest timeslot index, subchannel or interleaving index among the reserved resources in the first COT, or, 所述第一预留资源为所述第一COT内的预留资源中时隙索引最大,子信道或交错索引最小的资源。The first reserved resource is the resource with the largest time slot index and the smallest subchannel or interleaving index among the reserved resources in the first COT. 根据权利要求22或23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二终端设备根据所述第一资源确定所述第一COT共享信息是指示给所述第二终端设备的,包括:The method according to claim 22 or 23, characterized in that the second terminal device determines that the first COT shared information is indicated to the second terminal device according to the first resource, including: 所述第二终端设备确定所述第一资源的时域资源后,间隔至少第一时间间隔的时域资源为所述第一预留资源的时域资源;After the second terminal device determines the time domain resource of the first resource, the time domain resource separated by at least a first time interval is the time domain resource of the first reserved resource; 所述第二终端设备确定所述第一COT共享信息是指示给所述第二终端设备的。The second terminal device determines that the first COT sharing information is indicated to the second terminal device. 根据权利要求22至24中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二终端设备根据所述第一资源确定所述第一COT共享信息是指示给所述第二终端设备的,包括:The method according to any one of claims 22 to 24, characterized in that the second terminal device determines that the first COT shared information is indicated to the second terminal device according to the first resource, include: 所述第二终端设备确定所述第一资源的频域资源与所述第一预留资源的频域资源相同;The second terminal device determines that the frequency domain resource of the first resource is the same as the frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource; 所述第二终端设备确定所述第一COT共享信息是指示给所述第二终端设备的。The second terminal device determines that the first COT sharing information is indicated to the second terminal device. 根据权利要求23至25中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一COT共享信息为所述第一资源的序列,所述序列的循环移位指示以下至少一个信息:The method according to any one of claims 23 to 25, characterized in that the first COT shared information is a sequence of the first resource, and the cyclic shift of the sequence indicates at least one of the following information: 是否允许所述第二终端设备共享所述第一COT,Whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT, 所述第一预留资源与参考时隙之间的时间间隔,The time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot, 时域和/或频域的偏移信息,所述时域和/或频域的偏移信息指示所述第二终端设备在所述第一COT内共享的资源与所述第二终端设备在所述第一COT内的预留资源在时域和/或频域上的偏移,或Offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain, the offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain indicating that the resources shared by the second terminal equipment in the first COT are the same as those shared by the second terminal equipment in the first COT. The offset of the reserved resources in the first COT in the time domain and/or frequency domain, or 所述第一预留资源的频域资源,The frequency domain resource of the first reserved resource, 所述参考时隙为所述第一资源的时隙,或,所述第一COT的起始时隙。The reference time slot is the time slot of the first resource, or the starting time slot of the first COT. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述序列的循环移位是根据第一循环移位和第二循环移位确定的,其中,The method of claim 26, wherein the cyclic shift of the sequence is determined based on a first cyclic shift and a second cyclic shift, wherein, 所述第一循环移位指示允许或不允许所述第二终端设备共享所述第一COT,所述第二循环移位指示所述时域和/或频域偏移信息。The first cyclic shift indicates whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT, and the second cyclic shift indicates the time domain and/or frequency domain offset information. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述序列的循环移位是根据第一循环移位和第二循环移位确定的,其中,The method of claim 26, wherein the cyclic shift of the sequence is determined based on a first cyclic shift and a second cyclic shift, wherein, 所述序列的循环移位指示允许或不允许所述第二终端设备共享所述第一COT,所述第一循环移位指示所述第一预留资源与所述参考时隙之间的时间间隔,所述第二循环移位指示所述时域和/或频域的偏移信息。 The cyclic shift of the sequence indicates whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT, and the first cyclic shift indicates the time between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot. interval, the second cyclic shift indicates the offset information in the time domain and/or frequency domain. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述序列的循环移位是根据第一循环移位和第二循环移位确定的,其中,The method of claim 26, wherein the cyclic shift of the sequence is determined based on a first cyclic shift and a second cyclic shift, wherein, 所述第一循环移位指示允许或不允许所述第二终端设备共享所述第一COT,所述第二循环移位指示所述第一预留资源与所述参考时隙之间的时间间隔,第三循环移位为所述第一资源中相邻的两个资源块RB的序列的循环移位之差,所述第三循环移位指示所述时域和/或频域偏移信息的偏移信息,The first cyclic shift indicates whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT, and the second cyclic shift indicates the time between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot. interval, the third cyclic shift is the difference between the cyclic shifts of the sequences of two adjacent resource blocks RB in the first resource, and the third cyclic shift indicates the time domain and/or frequency domain offset offset information of information, 或,or, 所述第一循环移位指示允许或不允许所述第二终端设备共享所述第一COT,所述第二循环移位指示所述时域和/或频域偏移信息,第三循环移位为所述第一资源中相邻的两个RB之差,所述第三循环移位指示所述第一预留资源与所述参考时隙之间的时间间隔。The first cyclic shift indicates whether the second terminal device is allowed to share the first COT, the second cyclic shift indicates the time domain and/or frequency domain offset information, and the third cyclic shift bit is the difference between two adjacent RBs in the first resource, and the third cyclic shift indicates the time interval between the first reserved resource and the reference time slot. 根据权利要求26至29中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述序列为所述第一资源中的任一资源块RB的序列,或,所述序列为所述第一资源中索引最小的RB的序列。The method according to any one of claims 26 to 29, characterized in that the sequence is a sequence of any resource block RB in the first resource, or the sequence is a sequence of resource blocks RB in the first resource. The sequence of RBs with the smallest index. 根据权利要求21至30中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一COT共享信息承载于物理侧行共享信道PSFCH。The method according to any one of claims 21 to 30, characterized in that the first COT shared information is carried on a physical sidelink shared channel (PSFCH). 根据权利要求21至25中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 21 to 25, characterized in that, 所述第一COT共享信息包括N个指示信息,所述N个指示信息中的每个指示信息指示终端设备的标识信息和所述终端设备共享所述第一COT的资源信息,N为正整数。The first COT sharing information includes N pieces of indication information. Each indication information in the N pieces of indication information indicates the identification information of the terminal device and the resource information of the terminal device sharing the first COT. N is a positive integer. . 根据权利要求32所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 32, characterized in that: 所述终端设备的标识信息中包括M个终端设备标识,所述终端设备共享所述第一COT的资源信息指示第一时间单元,所述第一时间单元为所述多个终端设备在所述第一COT内共享的时间单元,所述第一COT对应的信道中包括L个交错或子信道,所述每个指示信息指示所述M个终端设备标识中第i个终端设备标识对应的终端设备共享所述L个交错或子信道的第i个交错或子信道,其中,M、L和i均为正整数,M小于或等于L。The identification information of the terminal equipment includes M terminal equipment identifications, and the resource information of the terminal equipment sharing the first COT indicates a first time unit, and the first time unit is when the plurality of terminal equipments are in the The time unit shared within the first COT, the channel corresponding to the first COT includes L interleaved or sub-channels, and each indication information indicates the terminal corresponding to the i-th terminal equipment identification among the M terminal equipment identifications. The devices share the i-th interlace or sub-channel of the L interlaces or sub-channels, where M, L and i are all positive integers, and M is less than or equal to L. 根据权利要求32或33所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 32 or 33, characterized in that, 所述第一COT共享信息还指示所述第二终端设备在所述第一COT内共享的资源相对于所述第二终端设备在所述第一COT内的预留资源在时域和/或频域上的偏移。The first COT sharing information also indicates that the resources shared by the second terminal device in the first COT are in the time domain and/or relative to the reserved resources of the second terminal device in the first COT. offset in the frequency domain. 根据权利要求21至25、32至34中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一COT共享信息承载于一阶SCI、二阶SCI、媒体接入控制-控制元素MAC CE、无线资源控制RRC中的任一信令。The method according to any one of claims 21 to 25 and 32 to 34, characterized in that the first COT shared information is carried in first-order SCI, second-order SCI, media access control-control element MAC CE, Any signaling in Radio Resource Control RRC. 根据权利要求35所述的方法,其特征在于,所述一阶SCI包括第一字段,所述第一字段指示所述二阶SCI承载所述第一COT共享信息,或者,所述MAC CE承载所述第一COT共享信息,或者,物理侧行共享信道PSFCH承载所述第一COT共享信息。The method according to claim 35, characterized in that the first-order SCI includes a first field, the first field indicates that the second-order SCI carries the first COT shared information, or the MAC CE carries The first COT shared information, or the physical sidelink shared channel PSFCH carries the first COT shared information. 根据权利要求21至35中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,用于接收所述第一COT共享信息的资源在时域上满足以下条件:The method according to any one of claims 21 to 35, characterized in that the resource used to receive the first COT shared information satisfies the following conditions in the time domain: 发送所述第一SCI的资源与接收所述第一COT共享信息的资源在时域上的时间间隔大于第二时长;和/或,The time interval in the time domain between the resource that sends the first SCI and the resource that receives the first COT shared information is greater than the second duration; and/or, 接收所述第一COT共享信息的资源与所述第二终端设备在所述第一COT内共享传输的资源在时域上的时间间隔大于或等于第五时长。The time interval in the time domain between the resources for receiving the first COT shared information and the resources for shared transmission by the second terminal device in the first COT is greater than or equal to the fifth time length. 根据权利要求21至37中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一COT中的第一时隙集合的每个时隙中包括用于类型2先听后说LBT的时域资源,其中, The method according to any one of claims 21 to 37, characterized in that each time slot of the first time slot set in the first COT includes a time domain for Type 2 listen-before-talk LBT. resources, among which, 所述第一时隙集合为共享所述第一COT的每个终端设备接入所述第一COT的时隙的集合,或,The first time slot set is a set of time slots for each terminal device sharing the first COT to access the first COT, or, 所述第一时隙集合为共享所述第一COT的每个终端设备传输侧行链路信息的时隙的集合,或,The first time slot set is a set of time slots for each terminal device sharing the first COT to transmit sidelink information, or, 所述第一时隙集合为所述第一COT内的所有时隙的集合。The first time slot set is a set of all time slots in the first COT. 根据权利要求38所述的方法,其特征在于,所述每个时隙中用于类型2 LBT的时域资源位于自动增益控制AGC符号和/或间隔GAP符号中。The method according to claim 38, characterized in that the time domain resources for type 2 LBT in each time slot are located in automatic gain control AGC symbols and/or gap GAP symbols. 根据权利要求38或39所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 38 or 39, characterized in that, the method further includes: 所述第二终端设备接收所述第二COT共享信息,所述第二COT共享信息是指示给第三终端设备的,所述第二COT共享信息指示是否共享所述第一COT;The second terminal device receives the second COT sharing information, the second COT sharing information is indicated to the third terminal device, and the second COT sharing information indicates whether to share the first COT; 所述第二终端设备接收来自所述第三终端设备的第二SCI,所述第二SCI指示所述第三终端设备的预留资源;The second terminal device receives a second SCI from the third terminal device, the second SCI indicates the reserved resources of the third terminal device; 所述第二终端设备根据所述第三终端设备的预留资源和所述第二COT共享信息确定所述第一时隙集合。The second terminal device determines the first time slot set according to the reserved resources of the third terminal device and the second COT shared information. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括用于执行如权利要求1至20,或,21至40中的任一项所述方法的模块。A communication device, characterized by comprising a module for executing the method according to any one of claims 1 to 20, or 21 to 40. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括至少一个处理器,所述至少一个处理器与至少一个存储器耦合,所述至少一个处理器用于执行所述至少一个存储器中存储的计算机程序或指令,以使得权利要求1至20中任一项所述的方法被执行,或者,使得权利要求21至40中任一项所述的方法被执行。A communication device, characterized in that it includes at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled to at least one memory, and the at least one processor is used to execute a computer program or instructions stored in the at least one memory, so that The method described in any one of claims 1 to 20 is performed, or the method described in any one of claims 21 to 40 is performed. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令,当所述计算机指令在计算机上运行时,如权利要求1至20中任一项所述的方法被执行,如权利要求21至40中任一项所述的方法被执行。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that computer instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium. When the computer instructions are run on a computer, the method as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 20 is executed, the method according to any one of claims 21 to 40 is executed. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品中包括计算机程序代码,当所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,如权利要求1至20中任一项所述的方法被执行,如权利要求21至40中任一项所述的方法被执行。 A computer program product, characterized in that the computer program product includes computer program code. When the computer program code is run on a computer, the method according to any one of claims 1 to 20 is executed, A method as claimed in any one of claims 21 to 40 is performed.
PCT/CN2023/089301 2022-04-29 2023-04-19 Communication method and communication apparatus Ceased WO2023207723A1 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2024563881A JP2025516244A (en) 2022-04-29 2023-04-19 COMMUNICATION METHOD AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE
KR1020247039182A KR20250005382A (en) 2022-04-29 2023-04-19 Communication method and communication device
EP23795156.1A EP4510738A4 (en) 2022-04-29 2023-04-19 COMMUNICATION METHOD AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE
US18/929,172 US20250056573A1 (en) 2022-04-29 2024-10-28 Communication method and communication apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210474978.6A CN117042168A (en) 2022-04-29 2022-04-29 Communication method and communication device
CN202210474978.6 2022-04-29

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US18/929,172 Continuation US20250056573A1 (en) 2022-04-29 2024-10-28 Communication method and communication apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023207723A1 true WO2023207723A1 (en) 2023-11-02

Family

ID=88517713

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/089301 Ceased WO2023207723A1 (en) 2022-04-29 2023-04-19 Communication method and communication apparatus

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (1) US20250056573A1 (en)
EP (1) EP4510738A4 (en)
JP (1) JP2025516244A (en)
KR (1) KR20250005382A (en)
CN (1) CN117042168A (en)
WO (1) WO2023207723A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20240049283A1 (en) * 2022-08-08 2024-02-08 Qualcomm Incorporated Channel occupancy time sharing for sidelink communications
TW202416738A (en) * 2022-09-30 2024-04-16 新加坡商聯發科技(新加坡)私人有限公司 Methods and apparatus for wireless communications
WO2025111880A1 (en) * 2023-11-29 2025-06-05 上海移远通信技术股份有限公司 Methods and apparatuses for sidelink communication

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110784874A (en) * 2018-07-31 2020-02-11 索尼公司 Electronic device and method for wireless communication, computer-readable storage medium
US20210136732A1 (en) * 2019-11-01 2021-05-06 Qualcomm Incorporated Resource configuration and reservation for sidelink communications
US20220070925A1 (en) * 2020-08-28 2022-03-03 Qualcomm Incorporated Resource reservation for nr-u sl
US20220095117A1 (en) * 2020-09-22 2022-03-24 Qualcomm Incorporated Resource reservation for sidelink communications in shared radio frequency spectrum

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2024501983A (en) * 2021-01-04 2024-01-17 クゥアルコム・インコーポレイテッド Channel Occupancy Time (COT) sharing for sidelinks

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110784874A (en) * 2018-07-31 2020-02-11 索尼公司 Electronic device and method for wireless communication, computer-readable storage medium
US20210136732A1 (en) * 2019-11-01 2021-05-06 Qualcomm Incorporated Resource configuration and reservation for sidelink communications
US20220070925A1 (en) * 2020-08-28 2022-03-03 Qualcomm Incorporated Resource reservation for nr-u sl
US20220095117A1 (en) * 2020-09-22 2022-03-24 Qualcomm Incorporated Resource reservation for sidelink communications in shared radio frequency spectrum

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
MCC SUPPORT: "Final Report of 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 #105-e v1.0.0 (Online meeting, 10th - 27th May 2021)", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 MEETING #106-E R1-2106402, 11 August 2021 (2021-08-11), XP052041685 *
See also references of EP4510738A4

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP4510738A4 (en) 2025-07-23
CN117042168A (en) 2023-11-10
EP4510738A1 (en) 2025-02-19
KR20250005382A (en) 2025-01-09
US20250056573A1 (en) 2025-02-13
JP2025516244A (en) 2025-05-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020168946A1 (en) Method for transmitting data and communication apparatus
CN114731696B (en) Method and apparatus for multiple PUSCH transmissions over unlicensed spectrum
WO2023207723A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2021000679A1 (en) Communication method and device
WO2023165468A1 (en) Resource determination method and device
WO2023011218A1 (en) Resource sharing method and communications apparatus
CN105281864B (en) A kind of data transmission method and device
WO2023207718A1 (en) Method and apparatus for resource selection
US20250227724A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
US20250056434A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus, and system
CN117460079B (en) Indication information sending method, device and system
WO2024032324A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2023207493A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
EP4447588A1 (en) Communication method, device and system
WO2024032580A1 (en) Measurement method, device and system
WO2023165417A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus and system
WO2024067476A1 (en) Communication method and device, computer-readable storage medium, and program product
WO2024208049A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN117750522A (en) Resource determination method and communication device
WO2023207506A1 (en) Shared resource allocation method and apparatus
WO2024032418A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN117676721A (en) Resource exclusion methods and related products
KR20240102049A (en) Method for sidelink communication in unlicensed band and device using the same
WO2024140097A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2024067522A9 (en) Sidelink synchronization signal block transmission method and apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23795156

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2024563881

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2023795156

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2023795156

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20241113

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20247039182

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1020247039182

Country of ref document: KR

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE